Code cleaning: wxID_ANY, wxDefaultSize, wxDefaultPosition, true, false, wxEmptyString...

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@27853 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h b/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h
index f7d3d6abbca3479cc390cadb411204f8eeeb57e3..c6d66e237274d95c7f0bf56b473c4cb3d47a2e17 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h
@@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ public:
     // should be used instead for them
 
     // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit
     // should be used instead for them
 
     // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit

-    void EnableYearChange(bool enable = TRUE);
+    void EnableYearChange(bool enable = true);

 
     // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit
 
     // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit

-    void EnableMonthChange(bool enable = TRUE);
+    void EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true);

 
     // corresponds to wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS bit
 
     // corresponds to wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS bit

-    void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = TRUE);
+    void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = true);

 
     // customization
     // -------------
 
     // customization
     // -------------


@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ public:
     // -------------------------------
 
     // forward these functions to all subcontrols
     // -------------------------------
 
     // forward these functions to all subcontrols

-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
+    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);

 
 private:
     // common part of all ctors
 
 private:
     // common part of all ctors


@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ private:
 
     // Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year
     // typed in by the user
 
     // Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year
     // typed in by the user

-    void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = TRUE; }
+    void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = true; }

 
     // the subcontrols
     wxStaticText *m_staticMonth;
 
     // the subcontrols
     wxStaticText *m_staticMonth;


@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ private:
     // the week day names
     wxString m_weekdays[7];
 
     // the week day names
     wxString m_weekdays[7];
 

-    // TRUE if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in
+    // true if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in

     // the year control
     bool m_userChangedYear;
 
     // the year control
     bool m_userChangedYear;
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/caret.h b/include/wx/generic/caret.h
index bffe9be1b146fa369e548ed2ebfb60591da607c2..d840b7d8c86770a7c5ca6e8b3cd5d68242f59875 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/caret.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/caret.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ protected:
 
     // draw the caret on the given DC
     void DoDraw(wxDC *dc);
 
     // draw the caret on the given DC
     void DoDraw(wxDC *dc);

-    
+

 private:
     // GTK specific initialization
     void InitGeneric();
 private:
     // GTK specific initialization
     void InitGeneric();


@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ private:
                   m_yOld;
 
     wxCaretTimer  m_timer;
                   m_yOld;
 
     wxCaretTimer  m_timer;

-    bool          m_blinkedOut,     // TRUE => caret hidden right now
-                  m_hasFocus;       // TRUE => our window has focus
+    bool          m_blinkedOut,     // true => caret hidden right now
+                  m_hasFocus;       // true => our window has focus

 };
 
 #endif // _WX_CARET_H_
 };
 
 #endif // _WX_CARET_H_

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h b/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h
index 35a0e99bea71e2643bb5148d89b9dd103883fdaf..2c9bb01cf636181e7debd4d84d89fd36238af5e0 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        const wxArrayString& choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        const wxArrayString& choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
+                                       int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                       int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                       bool centre = true,

                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        int n, const wxString *choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        int n, const wxString *choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
+                                       int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                       int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                       bool centre = true,

                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        const wxArrayString& choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        const wxArrayString& choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
+                                       int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                       int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                       bool centre = true,

                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        int n, const wxString *choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                        const wxString& caption,
                                        int n, const wxString *choices,
                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
+                                       int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                       int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                       bool centre = true,

                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -257,8 +257,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
                                         const wxArrayString& choices,
                                         void **client_data,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                         const wxArrayString& choices,
                                         void **client_data,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                        int x = -1, int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
+                                        int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                        int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                        bool centre = true,

                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -267,8 +268,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
                                         int n, const wxString *choices,
                                         void **client_data,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                         int n, const wxString *choices,
                                         void **client_data,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                        int x = -1, int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
+                                        int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                        int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                        bool centre = true,

                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -280,9 +282,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
                                         const wxString& caption,
                                         int n, const wxString *choices,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                         const wxString& caption,
                                         int n, const wxString *choices,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                        int x = -1,
-                                        int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
+                                        int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                        int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                        bool centre = true,

                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 


@@ -291,9 +293,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
                                         const wxString& caption,
                                         const wxArrayString& choices,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                                         const wxString& caption,
                                         const wxArrayString& choices,
                                         wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                                        int x = -1,
-                                        int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
+                                        int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                        int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                        bool centre = true,

                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 
                                         int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
                                         int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h b/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h
index 2af1c78c46a80d2c3e0e560c195c1b3668a22b61..41b7f69deefb69a46d55cf46b98804685b556887 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h
@@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ public:
 
     // Recommended constructor
     wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData);
 
     // Recommended constructor
     wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData);

-  
+

     // Recommended destructor :-)
     ~wxPostScriptDC();
 
 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
     // Recommended destructor :-)
     ~wxPostScriptDC();
 
 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2

-    wxPostScriptDC( const wxString &output, bool interactive = FALSE, wxWindow *parent = NULL )
+    wxPostScriptDC( const wxString &output, bool interactive = false, wxWindow *parent = NULL )

         { Create( output, interactive, parent ); }
         { Create( output, interactive, parent ); }

-    bool Create ( const wxString &output, bool interactive = FALSE, wxWindow *parent = NULL );
+    bool Create ( const wxString &output, bool interactive = false, wxWindow *parent = NULL );

 #endif
 
   virtual bool Ok() const;
 #endif
 
   virtual bool Ok() const;


@@ -75,12 +75,12 @@ public:
   void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points);
 
   bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
   void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points);
 
   bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,

-            wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE,
-            wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
-  bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return TRUE; }
+            wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
+            wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultPosition.x, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultPosition.y);
+  bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; }

 
   void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
 
   void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );

-  void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask=FALSE );
+  void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false );

 
   void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
   void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle);
 
   void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
   void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle);


@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ public:
 
   wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
   wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
 
   wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
   wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;

-  bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return TRUE; }
+  bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; }

   void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
                      wxCoord *descent = (wxCoord *) NULL,
                      wxCoord *externalLeading = (wxCoord *) NULL,
   void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
                      wxCoord *descent = (wxCoord *) NULL,
                      wxCoord *externalLeading = (wxCoord *) NULL,


@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ public:
   void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data) { m_printData = data; }
 
   virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; }
   void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data) { m_printData = data; }
 
   virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; }

-  
+

   static void SetResolution(int ppi);
   static int GetResolution();
 
   static void SetResolution(int ppi);
   static int GetResolution();
 


@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
   void PsPrint( const wxChar* psdata ) { PsPrint( wxConvUTF8.cWX2MB( psdata ) ); }
 #endif
 
   void PsPrint( const wxChar* psdata ) { PsPrint( wxConvUTF8.cWX2MB( psdata ) ); }
 #endif
 

-private:  
+private:

     static float ms_PSScaleFactor;
 
 protected:
     static float ms_PSScaleFactor;
 
 protected:


@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ protected:
     double            m_underlinePosition;
     double            m_underlineThickness;
     wxPrintData       m_printData;
     double            m_underlinePosition;
     double            m_underlineThickness;
     wxPrintData       m_printData;

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC)
 };


@@ -180,30 +180,30 @@ enum
     PS_FILE = wxPRINT_MODE_FILE,
     PS_PRINTER = wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER
 };
     PS_FILE = wxPRINT_MODE_FILE,
     PS_PRINTER = wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER
 };

-    
+

 class wxPrintSetupData: public wxPrintData
 {
 public:
     wxPrintSetupData() {}
 class wxPrintSetupData: public wxPrintData
 {
 public:
     wxPrintSetupData() {}

-    
-    void SetPrinterOrientation( int orient ) 
+
+    void SetPrinterOrientation( int orient )

         { SetOrientation( orient ); }
         { SetOrientation( orient ); }

-    void SetPrinterMode( wxPrintMode mode ) 
+    void SetPrinterMode( wxPrintMode mode )

         { SetPrintMode( mode ); }
         { SetPrintMode( mode ); }

-    void SetAFMPath( const wxString &path ) 
+    void SetAFMPath( const wxString &path )

         { SetFontMetricPath( path ); }
         { SetFontMetricPath( path ); }

-    
+

     void SetPaperName(const wxString& paper) { m_paperName = paper; }
     void SetPrinterFile(const wxString& file) { m_printerFile = file; }
     wxString GetPaperName() const { return m_paperName; }
     wxString GetPrinterFile() const { return m_printerFile; };
     void SetPaperName(const wxString& paper) { m_paperName = paper; }
     void SetPrinterFile(const wxString& file) { m_printerFile = file; }
     wxString GetPaperName() const { return m_paperName; }
     wxString GetPrinterFile() const { return m_printerFile; };

-    
+

     wxString        m_paperName;
     wxString        m_printerFile;
 };
 
 WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPrintSetupData*) wxThePrintSetupData;
     wxString        m_paperName;
     wxString        m_printerFile;
 };
 
 WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPrintSetupData*) wxThePrintSetupData;

-WXDLLEXPORT extern void wxInitializePrintSetupData(bool init = TRUE);
+WXDLLEXPORT extern void wxInitializePrintSetupData(bool init = true);

 #endif
 
 
 #endif
 
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h b/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h
index 1ebdf528e11cbf28cf3467fc2764e6f05abd667a..0c5627ca0861d31e7719bc1aea62e722e16b07e1 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericDirCtrl: public wxControl
 {
 public:
     wxGenericDirCtrl();
 {
 public:
     wxGenericDirCtrl();

-    wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
+    wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

               const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
               const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,


@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ public:
         Init();
         Create(parent, id, dir, pos, size, style, filter, defaultFilter, name);
     }
         Init();
         Create(parent, id, dir, pos, size, style, filter, defaultFilter, name);
     }

-    
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

               const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
               const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,


@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ public:
 
     // Get dir or filename
     virtual wxString GetPath() const;
 
     // Get dir or filename
     virtual wxString GetPath() const;

-    
+

     // Get selected filename path only (else empty string).
     // I.e. don't count a directory as a selection
     virtual wxString GetFilePath() const;
     virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
     // Get selected filename path only (else empty string).
     // I.e. don't count a directory as a selection
     virtual wxString GetFilePath() const;
     virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);

-    
+

     virtual void ShowHidden( bool show );
     virtual bool GetShowHidden() { return m_showHidden; }
 
     virtual void ShowHidden( bool show );
     virtual bool GetShowHidden() { return m_showHidden; }
 


@@ -146,24 +146,24 @@ public:
 
     // Helper
     virtual void SetupSections();
 
     // Helper
     virtual void SetupSections();

-    
+

 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
     // Parse the filter into an array of filters and an array of descriptions
     virtual int ParseFilter(const wxString& filterStr, wxArrayString& filters, wxArrayString& descriptions);
 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
     // Parse the filter into an array of filters and an array of descriptions
     virtual int ParseFilter(const wxString& filterStr, wxArrayString& filters, wxArrayString& descriptions);
 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4

-    
+

     // Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'.
     // E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include"
     // then the child for /usr is returned.
     // Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'.
     // E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include"
     // then the child for /usr is returned.

-    // If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to TRUE
+    // If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to true

     virtual wxTreeItemId FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done);
     virtual wxTreeItemId FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done);

-    
+

     // Resize the components of the control
     virtual void DoResize();
     // Resize the components of the control
     virtual void DoResize();

-    
+

     // Collapse & expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch:
     virtual void ReCreateTree();
     // Collapse & expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch:
     virtual void ReCreateTree();

-    
+

 protected:
     virtual void ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
     virtual void CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
 protected:
     virtual void ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
     virtual void CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);


@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirFilterListCtrl: public wxChoice
 {
 public:
     wxDirFilterListCtrl() { Init(); }
 {
 public:
     wxDirFilterListCtrl() { Init(); }

-    wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
+    wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
               long style = 0)
               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
               long style = 0)


@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ public:
         Init();
         Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
     }
         Init();
         Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
     }

-    
-    bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
+
+    bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
               long style = 0);
               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
               long style = 0);

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h b/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h
index 5cec30a5258a529b358de1859d53a322618870b4..44ff82a6e56c81fc0dd586a232d02479580f02a3 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ public:
 
     // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
     // corner of the image.
 
     // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
     // corner of the image.

-    bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = FALSE, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL);
+    bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL);

 
     // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
     // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the
 
     // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
     // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h b/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h
index 003896977488f8f237ec4af88d061cd5557206c1..e94d7d546806a40cfde431c4f72931b01191da9b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ public:
 
     wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                  const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
 
     wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                  const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,

-                 const wxString& defaultDir = _T(""),
-                 const wxString& defaultFile = _T(""),
+                 const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
+                 const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,

                  const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
                  long style = 0,
                  const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
                  const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
                  long style = 0,
                  const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)


@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ public:
     virtual void ChangeToListMode();
     virtual void ChangeToReportMode();
     virtual void ChangeToSmallIconMode();
     virtual void ChangeToListMode();
     virtual void ChangeToReportMode();
     virtual void ChangeToSmallIconMode();

-    virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = TRUE );
+    virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = true );

     bool GetShowHidden() const { return m_showHidden; }
 
     virtual long Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item );
     bool GetShowHidden() const { return m_showHidden; }
 
     virtual long Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item );

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h b/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h
index bc62532311e378b85032483d9fcbbfd4215227df..f15539ddef717a733cd5b058073f66fb10711ca5 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     01/02/97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c)
 // Created:     01/02/97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c)

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H


@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 /*
  * FONT DIALOG
  */
 /*
  * FONT DIALOG
  */

- 
+

 class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxText;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxText;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox;

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/grid.h b/include/wx/generic/grid.h
index 312c4374679a375e87fffc4e1c0736afb7f3e246..dae05bca1856fdabd06c654a8441a1359d305ed7 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/grid.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/grid.h
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ public:
     // Reset the value in the control back to its starting value
     virtual void Reset() = 0;
 
     // Reset the value in the control back to its starting value
     virtual void Reset() = 0;
 

-    // return TRUE to allow the given key to start editing: the base class
+    // return true to allow the given key to start editing: the base class

     // version only checks that the event has no modifiers. The derived
     // classes are supposed to do "if ( base::IsAcceptedKey() && ... )" in
     // their IsAcceptedKey() implementation, although, of course, it is not a
     // version only checks that the event has no modifiers. The derived
     // classes are supposed to do "if ( base::IsAcceptedKey() && ... )" in
     // their IsAcceptedKey() implementation, although, of course, it is not a


@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ protected:
 
     // if we change the colours/font of the control from the default ones, we
     // must restore the default later and we save them here between calls to
 
     // if we change the colours/font of the control from the default ones, we
     // must restore the default later and we save them here between calls to

-    // Show(TRUE) and Show(FALSE)
+    // Show(true) and Show(false)

     wxColour m_colFgOld,
              m_colBgOld;
     wxFont m_fontOld;
     wxColour m_colFgOld,
              m_colBgOld;
     wxFont m_fontOld;


@@ -563,9 +563,9 @@ public:
     // if !allowOthers, user can't type a string not in choices array
     wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count = 0,
                            const wxString choices[] = NULL,
     // if !allowOthers, user can't type a string not in choices array
     wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count = 0,
                            const wxString choices[] = NULL,

-                           bool allowOthers = FALSE);
+                           bool allowOthers = false);

     wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
     wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,

-                           bool allowOthers = FALSE);
+                           bool allowOthers = false);

 
     virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
                         wxWindowID id,
 
     virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
                         wxWindowID id,


@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ public:
         m_vAlign = vAlign;
     }
     void SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols);
         m_vAlign = vAlign;
     }
     void SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols);

-    void SetOverflow(bool allow = TRUE)
+    void SetOverflow(bool allow = true)

         { m_overflow = allow ? Overflow : SingleCell; }
         { m_overflow = allow ? Overflow : SingleCell; }

-    void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = TRUE)
+    void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true)

         { m_isReadOnly = isReadOnly ? ReadOnly : ReadWrite; }
 
     // takes ownership of the pointer
         { m_isReadOnly = isReadOnly ? ReadOnly : ReadWrite; }
 
     // takes ownership of the pointer


@@ -1116,17 +1116,17 @@ public:
     void DoEndDragResizeCol();
 
     wxGridTableBase * GetTable() const { return m_table; }
     void DoEndDragResizeCol();
 
     wxGridTableBase * GetTable() const { return m_table; }

-    bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership=FALSE,
+    bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership = false,

                    wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode =
                    wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells );
 
     void ClearGrid();
                    wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode =
                    wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells );
 
     void ClearGrid();

-    bool InsertRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
-    bool AppendRows( int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
-    bool DeleteRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
-    bool InsertCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
-    bool AppendCols( int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
-    bool DeleteCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
+    bool InsertRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
+    bool AppendRows( int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
+    bool DeleteRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
+    bool InsertCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
+    bool AppendCols( int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
+    bool DeleteCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true );

 
     void DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc , const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells );
     void DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc );
 
     void DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc , const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells );
     void DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc );


@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ public:
 
     int      GetBatchCount() { return m_batchCount; }
 
 
     int      GetBatchCount() { return m_batchCount; }
 

-    virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = TRUE,
+    virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = true,

                          const wxRect* rect = (const wxRect *)  NULL);
 
     // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an
                          const wxRect* rect = (const wxRect *)  NULL);
 
     // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an


@@ -1197,8 +1197,8 @@ public:
     bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; }
     void EnableEditing( bool edit );
 
     bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; }
     void EnableEditing( bool edit );
 

-    void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = TRUE );
-    void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(FALSE); }
+    void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = true );
+    void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(false); }

     bool CanEnableCellControl() const;
     bool IsCellEditControlEnabled() const;
     bool IsCellEditControlShown() const;
     bool CanEnableCellControl() const;
     bool IsCellEditControlEnabled() const;
     bool IsCellEditControlShown() const;


@@ -1232,8 +1232,8 @@ public:
     // check to see if a cell is either wholly visible (the default arg) or
     // at least partially visible in the grid window
     //
     // check to see if a cell is either wholly visible (the default arg) or
     // at least partially visible in the grid window
     //

-    bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = TRUE );
-    bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = TRUE )
+    bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = true );
+    bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = true )

         { return IsVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), wholeCellVisible ); }
     void MakeCellVisible( int row, int col );
     void MakeCellVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
         { return IsVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), wholeCellVisible ); }
     void MakeCellVisible( int row, int col );
     void MakeCellVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )


@@ -1291,14 +1291,14 @@ public:
     void     SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width);
     void     SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width);
 
     void     SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width);
     void     SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width);
 

-    void     EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = TRUE );
-    void     DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( FALSE ); }
+    void     EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = true );
+    void     DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( false ); }

     bool     CanDragRowSize() { return m_canDragRowSize; }
     bool     CanDragRowSize() { return m_canDragRowSize; }

-    void     EnableDragColSize( bool enable = TRUE );
-    void     DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( FALSE ); }
+    void     EnableDragColSize( bool enable = true );
+    void     DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( false ); }

     bool     CanDragColSize() { return m_canDragColSize; }
     bool     CanDragColSize() { return m_canDragColSize; }

-    void     EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = TRUE);
-    void     DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(FALSE); }
+    void     EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = true);
+    void     DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(false); }

     bool     CanDragGridSize() { return m_canDragGridSize; }
 
     // this sets the specified attribute for this cell or in this row/col
     bool     CanDragGridSize() { return m_canDragGridSize; }
 
     // this sets the specified attribute for this cell or in this row/col


@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ public:
     void     SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width = -1, int precision = -1);
     void     SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName);
 
     void     SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width = -1, int precision = -1);
     void     SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName);
 

-    void     EnableGridLines( bool enable = TRUE );
+    void     EnableGridLines( bool enable = true );

     bool     GridLinesEnabled() { return m_gridLinesEnabled; }
 
     // ------ row and col formatting
     bool     GridLinesEnabled() { return m_gridLinesEnabled; }
 
     // ------ row and col formatting


@@ -1335,26 +1335,26 @@ public:
     bool     GetCellOverflow( int row, int col );
     void     GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols );
 
     bool     GetCellOverflow( int row, int col );
     void     GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols );
 

-    void     SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = FALSE );
+    void     SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = false );

     void     SetRowSize( int row, int height );
     void     SetRowSize( int row, int height );

-    void     SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = FALSE );
+    void     SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = false );

 
     void     SetColSize( int col, int width );
 
     // automatically size the column or row to fit to its contents, if
 
     void     SetColSize( int col, int width );
 
     // automatically size the column or row to fit to its contents, if

-    // setAsMin is TRUE, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width
+    // setAsMin is true, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width

     // for this column
     // for this column

-    void     AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = TRUE )
-        { AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, TRUE); }
-    void     AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = TRUE )
-        { AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, FALSE); }
+    void     AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = true )
+        { AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, true); }
+    void     AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = true )
+        { AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, false); }

 
     // auto size all columns (very ineffective for big grids!)
 
     // auto size all columns (very ineffective for big grids!)

-    void     AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = TRUE )
-        { (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE, setAsMin); }
+    void     AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = true )
+        { (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false, setAsMin); }

 
 

-    void     AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = TRUE )
-        { (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE, setAsMin); }
+    void     AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = true )
+        { (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(false, setAsMin); }

 
     // auto size the grid, that is make the columns/rows of the "right" size
     // and also set the grid size to just fit its contents
 
     // auto size the grid, that is make the columns/rows of the "right" size
     // and also set the grid size to just fit its contents


@@ -1432,23 +1432,23 @@ public:
     void SetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, const wxString& s )
         { SetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s ); }
 
     void SetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, const wxString& s )
         { SetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s ); }
 

-    // returns TRUE if the cell can't be edited
+    // returns true if the cell can't be edited

     bool IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const;
 
     // make the cell editable/readonly
     bool IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const;
 
     // make the cell editable/readonly

-    void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = TRUE);
+    void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = true);

 
     // ------ select blocks of cells
     //
 
     // ------ select blocks of cells
     //

-    void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = FALSE );
-    void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = FALSE );
+    void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = false );
+    void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = false );

 
     void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
 
     void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,

-                      bool addToSelected = FALSE );
+                      bool addToSelected = false );

 
     void SelectBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
                       const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
 
     void SelectBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
                       const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,

-                      bool addToSelected = FALSE )
+                      bool addToSelected = false )

         { SelectBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
                        bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(),
                        addToSelected ); }
         { SelectBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
                        bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(),
                        addToSelected ); }


@@ -1533,10 +1533,10 @@ public:
     //
 
     wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
     //
 
     wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,

-            int x, int y, int w = -1, int h = -1,
+            int x, int y, int w = wxDefaultSize.x, int h = wxDefaultSize.y,

             long style = wxWANTS_CHARS,
             const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr )
             long style = wxWANTS_CHARS,
             const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr )

-        : wxScrolledWindow( parent, -1, wxPoint(x,y), wxSize(w,h),
+        : wxScrolledWindow( parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x,y), wxSize(w,h),

                             (style|wxWANTS_CHARS), name )
         {
             Create();
                             (style|wxWANTS_CHARS), name )
         {
             Create();


@@ -1656,10 +1656,10 @@ public:
         { SetCellBackgroundColour( row, col, colour ); }
 
     bool GetEditable() { return IsEditable(); }
         { SetCellBackgroundColour( row, col, colour ); }
 
     bool GetEditable() { return IsEditable(); }

-    void SetEditable( bool edit = TRUE ) { EnableEditing( edit ); }
+    void SetEditable( bool edit = true ) { EnableEditing( edit ); }

     bool GetEditInPlace() { return IsCellEditControlEnabled(); }
 
     bool GetEditInPlace() { return IsCellEditControlEnabled(); }
 

-    void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = TRUE) { }
+    void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = true) { }

 
     void SetCellAlignment( int align, int row, int col)
     { SetCellAlignment(row, col, align, wxALIGN_CENTER); }
 
     void SetCellAlignment( int align, int row, int col)
     { SetCellAlignment(row, col, align, wxALIGN_CENTER); }


@@ -1772,8 +1772,8 @@ protected:
 
 
     // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() and GetBestSize()
 
 
     // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() and GetBestSize()

-    int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = TRUE);
-    int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = TRUE);
+    int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true);
+    int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true);

 
     // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row()
     void AutoSizeColOrRow(int n, bool setAsMin, bool column /* or row? */);
 
     // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row()
     void AutoSizeColOrRow(int n, bool setAsMin, bool column /* or row? */);


@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ protected:
     // adds an attribute to cache
     void CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const;
 
     // adds an attribute to cache
     void CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const;
 

-    // looks for an attr in cache, returns TRUE if found
+    // looks for an attr in cache, returns true if found

     bool LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const;
 
     // looks for the attr in cache, if not found asks the table and caches the
     bool LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const;
 
     // looks for the attr in cache, if not found asks the table and caches the


@@ -1839,14 +1839,14 @@ protected:
     };
 
     // this method not only sets m_cursorMode but also sets the correct cursor
     };
 
     // this method not only sets m_cursorMode but also sets the correct cursor

-    // for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not FALSE releases the mouse
+    // for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not false releases the mouse

     // if it was captured and captures it if it must be captured
     //
     // for this to work, you should always use it and not set m_cursorMode
     // directly!
     void ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
                           wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,
     // if it was captured and captures it if it must be captured
     //
     // for this to work, you should always use it and not set m_cursorMode
     // directly!
     void ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
                           wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,

-                          bool captureMouse = TRUE);
+                          bool captureMouse = true);

 
     wxWindow *m_winCapture;     // the window which captured the mouse
     CursorMode m_cursorMode;
 
     wxWindow *m_winCapture;     // the window which captured the mouse
     CursorMode m_cursorMode;


@@ -1931,8 +1931,8 @@ public:
         }
 
     wxGridEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
         }
 
     wxGridEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,

-                int row=-1, int col=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1, bool sel = TRUE,
-                bool control=FALSE, bool shift=FALSE, bool alt=FALSE, bool meta=FALSE);
+                int row=-1, int col=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1, bool sel = true,
+                bool control = false, bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false);

 
     virtual int GetRow() { return m_row; }
     virtual int GetCol() { return m_col; }
 
     virtual int GetRow() { return m_row; }
     virtual int GetCol() { return m_col; }


@@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ public:
 
     wxGridSizeEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
                 int rowOrCol=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1,
 
     wxGridSizeEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
                 int rowOrCol=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1,

-                bool control=FALSE, bool shift=FALSE, bool alt=FALSE, bool meta=FALSE);
+                bool control = false, bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false);

 
     int         GetRowOrCol() { return m_rowOrCol; }
     wxPoint     GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); }
 
     int         GetRowOrCol() { return m_rowOrCol; }
     wxPoint     GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); }


@@ -1998,19 +1998,19 @@ public:
         {
             m_topLeft     = wxGridNoCellCoords;
             m_bottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
         {
             m_topLeft     = wxGridNoCellCoords;
             m_bottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;

-            m_selecting   = FALSE;
-            m_control     = FALSE;
-            m_meta        = FALSE;
-            m_shift       = FALSE;
-            m_alt         = FALSE;
+            m_selecting   = false;
+            m_control     = false;
+            m_meta        = false;
+            m_shift       = false;
+            m_alt         = false;

         }
 
     wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
                            const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
                            const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
         }
 
     wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
                            const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
                            const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,

-                           bool sel = TRUE,
-                           bool control=FALSE, bool shift=FALSE,
-                           bool alt=FALSE, bool meta=FALSE);
+                           bool sel = true,
+                           bool control = false, bool shift = false,
+                           bool alt = false, bool meta = false);

 
     wxGridCellCoords GetTopLeftCoords() { return m_topLeft; }
     wxGridCellCoords GetBottomRightCoords() { return m_bottomRight; }
 
     wxGridCellCoords GetTopLeftCoords() { return m_topLeft; }
     wxGridCellCoords GetBottomRightCoords() { return m_bottomRight; }


@@ -2092,40 +2092,40 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridSizeEventFunction)(wxGridSizeEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction)(wxGridRangeSelectEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction)(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent&);
 
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction)(wxGridRangeSelectEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction)(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent&);
 

-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn)     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,    -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,   -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,   -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,  -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK,   -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK,  -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK,  -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn)  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE,           -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE,           -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT,       -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE(fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,        -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL,        -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN,       -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn)       DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN,      -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn)      DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,     -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn)     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,    wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,   wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,   wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,  wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK,   wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK,  wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK,  wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn)  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE,           wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE,           wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT,       wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE(fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,        wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL,        wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN,       wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn)       DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN,      wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn)      DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,     wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),

 
 // The same as above but with the ability to specify an identifier
 
 // The same as above but with the ability to specify an identifier

-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn)     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,    id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,   id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,   id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,  id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK,   id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK,  id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK,  id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn)  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE,           id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE,           id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT,       id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE(id, fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,        id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL,        id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN,       id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn)       DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN,      id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn)      DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,     id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn)     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,    id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,   id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,   id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,  id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK,   id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK,  id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn)   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK,  id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn)  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE,           id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn)            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE,           id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT,       id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE(id, fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,        id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn)         DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL,        id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn)        DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN,       id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn)       DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN,      id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn)      DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,     id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),

 
 #if 0  // TODO: implement these ?  others ?
 
 
 #if 0  // TODO: implement these ?  others ?
 


@@ -2133,9 +2133,9 @@ extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL;
 extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS;
 extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL;
 
 extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS;
 extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL;
 

-#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn)      DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL,      -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS,    -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn)      DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL,      wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn)    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS,    wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
+#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),

 
 #endif
 
 
 #endif
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h b/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h
index 55af91488c3091ae630ea15ea7b498309e28550c..49dc14acf67850c2798acc8f5ff943a240b51f49 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h
@@ -31,24 +31,24 @@ public:
     void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode);
     wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() { return m_selectionMode; }
     void SelectRow( int row,
     void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode);
     wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() { return m_selectionMode; }
     void SelectRow( int row,

-                    bool ControlDown = FALSE,  bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
-                    bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE );
+                    bool ControlDown = false,  bool ShiftDown = false,
+                    bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false );

     void SelectCol( int col,
     void SelectCol( int col,

-                    bool ControlDown = FALSE,  bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
-                    bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE );
+                    bool ControlDown = false,  bool ShiftDown = false,
+                    bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false );

     void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
                       int bottomRow, int rightCol,
     void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
                       int bottomRow, int rightCol,

-                      bool ControlDown = FALSE,  bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
-                      bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE,
-                      bool sendEvent = TRUE );
+                      bool ControlDown = false,  bool ShiftDown = false,
+                      bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false,
+                      bool sendEvent = true );

     void SelectCell( int row, int col,
     void SelectCell( int row, int col,

-                     bool ControlDown = FALSE,  bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
-                     bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE,
-                     bool sendEvent = TRUE );
+                     bool ControlDown = false,  bool ShiftDown = false,
+                     bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false,
+                     bool sendEvent = true );

     void ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
     void ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,

-                              bool ControlDown = FALSE, 
-                              bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
-                              bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE );
+                              bool ControlDown = false,
+                              bool ShiftDown = false,
+                              bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false );

     void ClearSelection();
 
     void UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
     void ClearSelection();
 
     void UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows );

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/helpext.h b/include/wx/generic/helpext.h
index 5a0f473062b5a6693b8e72bb7e51833712e5b327..ab455e7437cbe57a2d0c4885ad12d383c172098a 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/helpext.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/helpext.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpMapList;
 /// Default browser name.
 #   define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER _T("netscape")
 /// Is default browse a variant of netscape?
 /// Default browser name.
 #   define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER _T("netscape")
 /// Is default browse a variant of netscape?

-#   define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER_IS_NETSCAPE TRUE
+#   define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER_IS_NETSCAPE true

 #endif
 
 /**
 #endif
 
 /**


@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpMapList;
 */
 
 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase
 */
 
 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase

-{      
+{

 DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
    public:
    wxExtHelpController();
 DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
    public:
    wxExtHelpController();


@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
        The Netscape support will check whether Netscape is already
        running (by looking at the .netscape/lock file in the user's
        home directory) and tell it to load the page into the existing
        The Netscape support will check whether Netscape is already
        running (by looking at the .netscape/lock file in the user's
        home directory) and tell it to load the page into the existing

-       window. 
+       window.

        @param browsername The command to call a browser/html viewer.
        @param browsername The command to call a browser/html viewer.

-       @param isNetscape Set this to TRUE if the browser is some variant of Netscape.
+       @param isNetscape Set this to true if the browser is some variant of Netscape.

    */
    // Obsolete form
    void SetBrowser(const wxString & browsername = WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER,
    */
    // Obsolete form
    void SetBrowser(const wxString & browsername = WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER,


@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
        @file Name of help directory.
        @return true on success
    */
        @file Name of help directory.
        @return true on success
    */

-   virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxT(""));
+   virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);

 
    /** Display list of all help entries.
        @return true on success
 
    /** Display list of all help entries.
        @return true on success


@@ -144,11 +144,11 @@ DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
    virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
                                    const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
                                    const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,
    virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
                                    const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
                                    const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,

-                                   bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = FALSE)
+                                   bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false)

       {
          // does nothing by default
       }
       {
          // does nothing by default
       }

-   /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help 
+   /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help

    /// frame.
    virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
                                    wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,
    /// frame.
    virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
                                    wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h b/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h
index 3eef4e40cc93a1716ca450bd73ceda77ac353069..692302e433a1b66940e81f63afceb34ae3ac54fb 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericImageList: public wxObject
 {
 public:
     wxGenericImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; }
 {
 public:
     wxGenericImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; }

-    wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1 );
+    wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );

     ~wxGenericImageList();
     ~wxGenericImageList();

-    bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1 );
+    bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );

     bool Create();
 
     virtual int GetImageCount() const;
     bool Create();
 
     virtual int GetImageCount() const;


@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
               int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
 
     virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
               int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,

-              bool solidBackground = FALSE);
+              bool solidBackground = false);

 
 private:
     wxList  m_images;
 
 private:
     wxList  m_images;


@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList: public wxGenericImageList
 public:
     wxImageList() {}
 
 public:
     wxImageList() {}
 

-    wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1 )
+    wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 )

         : wxGenericImageList(width, height, mask, initialCount)
     {
     }
         : wxGenericImageList(width, height, mask, initialCount)
     {
     }

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/laywin.h b/include/wx/generic/laywin.h
index ca0ec2f74af82105e3c0872a4a3aa34dd5808785..0f8ede2e8d9885448780bd54bdb89c7b88165e37 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/laywin.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/laywin.h
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ protected:
     wxSize                  m_size;
     wxLayoutOrientation     m_orientation;
     wxLayoutAlignment       m_alignment;
     wxSize                  m_size;
     wxLayoutOrientation     m_orientation;
     wxLayoutAlignment       m_alignment;

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent)
 };


@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ private:
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction)(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent&);
 
 #define EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(func) \
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction)(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent&);
 
 #define EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(func) \

-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),

 
 /*
  * This event is used to take a bite out of the available client area.
 
 /*
  * This event is used to take a bite out of the available client area.


@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
 protected:
     int                     m_flags;
     wxRect                  m_rect;
 protected:
     int                     m_flags;
     wxRect                  m_rect;

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalculateLayoutEvent)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalculateLayoutEvent)
 };


@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ private:
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction)(wxCalculateLayoutEvent&);
 
 #define EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(func) \
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction)(wxCalculateLayoutEvent&);
 
 #define EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(func) \

-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),

 
 #if wxUSE_SASH
 
 
 #if wxUSE_SASH
 


@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ public:
         Init();
     }
 
         Init();
     }
 

-    wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+    wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,

         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"))
     {
         Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
     }
 
         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"))
     {
         Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
     }
 

-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,

         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"));
 
 // Accessors
         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"));
 
 // Accessors

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h b/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h
index 961bd9901d62d486658cc4dc08e07b4710ab8a2b..cd59781dfa6742934d980621ce5ac99bfff0a75b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericListCtrl: public wxControl
 public:
     wxGenericListCtrl();
     wxGenericListCtrl( wxWindow *parent,
 public:
     wxGenericListCtrl();
     wxGenericListCtrl( wxWindow *parent,

-                wxWindowID winid = -1,
+                wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,

                 const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
                 long style = wxLC_ICON,
                 const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
                 long style = wxLC_ICON,


@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
     ~wxGenericListCtrl();
 
     bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
     ~wxGenericListCtrl();
 
     bool Create( wxWindow *parent,

-                 wxWindowID winid = -1,
+                 wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,

                  const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                  const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
                  long style = wxLC_ICON,
                  const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                  const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
                  long style = wxLC_ICON,


@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     bool SetItemPosition( long item, const wxPoint& pos ); // not supported in wxGLC
     int GetItemCount() const;
     int GetColumnCount() const;
     bool SetItemPosition( long item, const wxPoint& pos ); // not supported in wxGLC
     int GetItemCount() const;
     int GetColumnCount() const;

-    void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = FALSE );
+    void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false );

     wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
     void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col);
     wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const;
     wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
     void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col);
     wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const;


@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ public:
     void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
     long GetTopItem() const;
 
     void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
     long GetTopItem() const;
 

-    void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = TRUE ) ;
+    void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = true ) ;

     void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
     void RecreateWindow() {}
     long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE ) const;
     void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
     void RecreateWindow() {}
     long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE ) const;


@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ public:
     void Edit( long item );
 
     bool EnsureVisible( long item );
     void Edit( long item );
 
     bool EnsureVisible( long item );

-    long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE );
+    long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false );

     long FindItem( long start, long data );
     long FindItem( long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction ); // not supported in wxGLC
     long HitTest( const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
     long FindItem( long start, long data );
     long FindItem( long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction ); // not supported in wxGLC
     long HitTest( const wxPoint& point, int& flags);


@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ public:
     void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
 
     // We have to hand down a few functions
     void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
 
     // We have to hand down a few functions

-    virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = TRUE,
+    virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true,

                          const wxRect *rect = NULL);
 
     virtual void Freeze();
                          const wxRect *rect = NULL);
 
     virtual void Freeze();


@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxGenericListCtrl
 public:
     wxListCtrl() {}
 
 public:
     wxListCtrl() {}
 

-    wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = -1,
+    wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,

                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                long style = wxLC_ICON,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                long style = wxLC_ICON,

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/mdig.h b/include/wx/generic/mdig.h
index 6a9ecbf146e8de3af935f5d68849105a7d65eb72..8ca22f234390aa7166889ace96a726bff5483339 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/mdig.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/mdig.h
@@ -160,10 +160,10 @@ public:
     // no size hints
     virtual void SetSizeHints( int WXUNUSED(minW),
                                int WXUNUSED(minH),
     // no size hints
     virtual void SetSizeHints( int WXUNUSED(minW),
                                int WXUNUSED(minH),

-                               int WXUNUSED(maxW) = -1,
-                               int WXUNUSED(maxH) = -1,
-                               int WXUNUSED(incW) = -1,
-                               int WXUNUSED(incH) = -1) {}
+                               int WXUNUSED(maxW) = wxDefaultSize.x,
+                               int WXUNUSED(maxH) = wxDefaultSize.y,
+                               int WXUNUSED(incW) = wxDefaultSize.x,
+                               int WXUNUSED(incH) = wxDefaultSize.y) {}

 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
     // no toolbar bars
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
     // no toolbar bars


@@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ public:
     void SetIcons( const wxIconBundle& WXUNUSED(icons) ) { }
 
     // no maximize etc
     void SetIcons( const wxIconBundle& WXUNUSED(icons) ) { }
 
     // no maximize etc

-    virtual void Maximize( bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = TRUE) { /* Has no effect */ }
+    virtual void Maximize( bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ }

     virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ }
     virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ }

-    virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize)  = TRUE) { /* Has no effect */ }
-    virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return TRUE; }
-    virtual bool IsIconized() const { return FALSE; }
-    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return FALSE; }
-    virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return FALSE; }
+    virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize)  = true) { /* Has no effect */ }
+    virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; }
+    virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; }
+    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; }
+    virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; }

 
 

-    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return FALSE; }
+    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }

 
     void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event);
     void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
 
     void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event);
     void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);


@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ public:
      }
 
     wxMDIChildFrame * GetActiveChild() const ;
      }
 
     wxMDIChildFrame * GetActiveChild() const ;

-    
-    
+
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
 };

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h b/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h
index 521f5586fa8340c0c6152afdd8159de105ee07d2..01022ecdc459ed897d8a2241b8b06303edfe77d7 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     01/02/97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c)
 // Created:     01/02/97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c)

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef __MSGDLGH_G__
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef __MSGDLGH_G__


@@ -47,5 +47,4 @@ private:
 #define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog
 #endif
 
 #define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog
 #endif
 

-#endif
-       // __MSGDLGH_G__
+#endif // __MSGDLGH_G__

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/notebook.h b/include/wx/generic/notebook.h
index f55b0db48f3c447aa1a45ebed015698dfed2645a..f1307aec63821d3d632578922d00ec943a0fa903 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/notebook.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/notebook.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
     // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
   int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
     // cycle thru the tabs
     // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
   int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
     // cycle thru the tabs

-  //  void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = TRUE);
+  //  void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = true);

     // get the currently selected page
   int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
 
     // get the currently selected page
   int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
 


@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
   bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
                   wxNotebookPage *pPage,
                   const wxString& strText,
   bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
                   wxNotebookPage *pPage,
                   const wxString& strText,

-                  bool bSelect = FALSE,
+                  bool bSelect = false,

                   int imageId = -1);
 
   // callbacks
                   int imageId = -1);
 
   // callbacks


@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ public:
   // base class virtuals
   // -------------------
   virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
   // base class virtuals
   // -------------------
   virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);

-  virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
+  virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);

   virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
 
   // Implementation
   virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
 
   // Implementation


@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ public:
 
   // Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect
   // and resize the children if required
 
   // Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect
   // and resize the children if required

-  bool RefreshLayout(bool force = TRUE);
+  bool RefreshLayout(bool force = true);

 
 protected:
   // common part of all ctors
 
 protected:
   // common part of all ctors

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/panelg.h b/include/wx/generic/panelg.h
index 28852dd454c0bacfa86bfcaf1a214bc8fea3363c..91f4f215cc62b9454af7e48f7a0beb931cec44ac 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/panelg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/panelg.h
@@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ public:
     {
         Init();
 
     {
         Init();
 

-        Create(parent, -1, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name);
+        Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name);

     }
 
     // Constructor
     wxPanel(wxWindow *parent,
     }
 
     // Constructor
     wxPanel(wxWindow *parent,

-            wxWindowID winid = -1,
+            wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,

             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
             long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,
             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
             long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,


@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ public:
     virtual void InitDialog();
 
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     virtual void InitDialog();
 
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__

-    virtual bool IsCanvasWindow() const { return TRUE; }
-    virtual bool ProvidesBackground() const { return TRUE; }
+    virtual bool IsCanvasWindow() const { return true; }
+    virtual bool ProvidesBackground() const { return true; }

 #endif
 
     virtual void ApplyParentThemeBackground(const wxColour& bg)
         { SetBackgroundColour(bg); }
 
 #endif
 
     virtual void ApplyParentThemeBackground(const wxColour& bg)
         { SetBackgroundColour(bg); }
 

-    
+

     WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
 
 protected:
     WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
 
 protected:

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/printps.h b/include/wx/generic/printps.h
index bb60929d0fb0cfe1fdbd731d5b44aed2e315c786..b0446273406db4ebb3d51e537b2c41938789dbfe 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/printps.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/printps.h
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ public:
     wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
     virtual ~wxPostScriptPrinter();
 
     wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
     virtual ~wxPostScriptPrinter();
 

-    virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = TRUE);
+    virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true);

     virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
     virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
     virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
     virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter)
 };

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/region.h b/include/wx/generic/region.h
index 9be316fc10013b87c6930bfdda6875d8c58e525c..1657415892c251cb508d5804417ba6f6d876a67b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/region.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/region.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     2004/04/12
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 2004 David Elliott
 // Created:     2004/04/12
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 2004 David Elliott

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h b/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h
index 1c9a5b5b930f30988f735ebb5ab25183776e26d7..0a89213437245f2eb6d4b886c2f8cc9fdfff5985 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ enum wxSashEdgePosition {
 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEdge
 {
 public:
 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEdge
 {
 public:

-    wxSashEdge() { m_show = FALSE; m_border = FALSE; m_margin = 0; }
+    wxSashEdge() { m_show = false; m_border = false; m_margin = 0; }

 
     bool    m_show;     // Is the sash showing?
     bool    m_border;   // Do we draw a border?
 
     bool    m_show;     // Is the sash showing?
     bool    m_border;   // Do we draw a border?


@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     // Normal constructor
     }
 
     // Normal constructor

-    wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+    wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,

         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"))
     {
         Init();
         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"))
     {
         Init();


@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
 
     ~wxSashWindow();
 
 
     ~wxSashWindow();
 

-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,

         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"));
 
     // Set whether there's a sash in this position
         const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"));
 
     // Set whether there's a sash in this position


@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ public:
     //// dragging the top below the bottom)
     inline void SetDragStatus(wxSashDragStatus status) { m_dragStatus = status; }
     inline wxSashDragStatus GetDragStatus() const { return m_dragStatus; }
     //// dragging the top below the bottom)
     inline void SetDragStatus(wxSashDragStatus status) { m_dragStatus = status; }
     inline wxSashDragStatus GetDragStatus() const { return m_dragStatus; }

-    
+

 private:
     wxSashEdgePosition  m_edge;
     wxRect              m_dragRect;
 private:
     wxSashEdgePosition  m_edge;
     wxRect              m_dragRect;


@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ private:
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSashEventFunction)(wxSashEvent&);
 
 #define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED(id, fn) \
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSashEventFunction)(wxSashEvent&);
 
 #define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED(id, fn) \

-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),

 #define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED_RANGE(id1, id2, fn) \
     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id1, id2, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
 
 #define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED_RANGE(id1, id2, fn) \
     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id1, id2, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h b/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h
index 4d0d0e33073dbcda2f08232ba1682f54708eface..fc55e3177b63e5b1f3b5e31ceb101449b6300a49 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericScrolledWindow : public wxPanel,
 public:
     wxGenericScrolledWindow() : wxScrollHelper(this) { }
     wxGenericScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
 public:
     wxGenericScrolledWindow() : wxScrollHelper(this) { }
     wxGenericScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,

-                     wxWindowID winid = -1,
+                     wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,

                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                      long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                      long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h b/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h
index 2d4e3e400d6526c78f4a779b0087b85cd7002d7b..ff315b97aea9cd40dea8ca3bd8c8224fd23eb57e 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
     wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
 
     wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
     wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
 
     wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,

-               wxWindowID id = -1,
+               wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,


@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
     }
 
     bool Create(wxWindow *parent,

-                wxWindowID id = -1,
+                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                 const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                 const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,


@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ public:
     // implementation from now on
 
     // forward these functions to all subcontrols
     // implementation from now on
 
     // forward these functions to all subcontrols

-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
+    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
+    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);

 
     // get the subcontrols
     wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; }
 
     // get the subcontrols
     wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; }


@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public:
     void SetTextValue(int val);
 
     // put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return
     void SetTextValue(int val);
 
     // put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return

-    // TRUE or return FALSE if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the
+    // true or return false if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the

     // number is out of range
     bool GetTextValue(int *val) const;
 
     // number is out of range
     bool GetTextValue(int *val) const;
 


@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ public:
     wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
 
     wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
     wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
 
     wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,

-               wxWindowID id = -1,
+               wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,


@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
     }
 
     bool Create(wxWindow *parent,

-                wxWindowID id = -1,
+                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                 const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                 const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/splitter.h b/include/wx/generic/splitter.h
index f1214a8cc08b517634fec6bf2198996a75d8a1fa..2102a1bb51cbbd99ed2dcec9f7f6a336a3ccb5fa 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/splitter.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/splitter.h
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     // Normal constructor
     }
 
     // Normal constructor

-    wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+    wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                      long style = wxSP_3D,
                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                      long style = wxSP_3D,


@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual ~wxSplitterWindow();
 
 
     virtual ~wxSplitterWindow();
 

-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                      long style = wxSP_3D,
                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                      long style = wxSP_3D,


@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED,                                \
     id,                                                                     \
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED,                                \
     id,                                                                     \

-    -1,                                                                     \
+    wxID_ANY,                                                               \

     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),
     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),


@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING,                               \
     id,                                                                     \
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING,                               \
     id,                                                                     \

-    -1,                                                                     \
+    wxID_ANY,                                                               \

     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),
     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),


@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED,                                   \
     id,                                                                     \
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED,                                   \
     id,                                                                     \

-    -1,                                                                     \
+    wxID_ANY,                                                               \

     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),
     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),


@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT,                                         \
     id,                                                                     \
   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(                                                \
     wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT,                                         \
     id,                                                                     \

-    -1,                                                                     \
+    wxID_ANY,                                                               \

     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),
     (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ),  \
     NULL                                                                    \
   ),

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h b/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h
index 5fc9df0a9257797b0437f387c55c3248916c68da..8a73ac8bf8d441268924a29bc68aa32cb157d94a 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
   void SetBorderY(int y);
 
   void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
   void SetBorderY(int y);
 
   void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);

-  
+

   void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
   void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
 
   void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
   void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/tabg.h b/include/wx/generic/tabg.h
index 905fad790e5836b95c5137ff6ed7274d714f9451..2badfdbc2ff13fad271cc0281e6b9d2dc98f82d3 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/tabg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/tabg.h
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ public:
 
   inline void SetWindow(wxWindow* wnd) { m_window = wnd; }
   inline wxWindow* GetWindow(void) const { return m_window; }
 
   inline void SetWindow(wxWindow* wnd) { m_window = wnd; }
   inline wxWindow* GetWindow(void) const { return m_window; }

-  
+

   // Automatically positions tabs
   wxTabControl *AddTab(int id, const wxString& label, wxTabControl *existingTab = (wxTabControl *) NULL);
 
   // Remove the tab without deleting the window
   bool RemoveTab(int id);
   // Automatically positions tabs
   wxTabControl *AddTab(int id, const wxString& label, wxTabControl *existingTab = (wxTabControl *) NULL);
 
   // Remove the tab without deleting the window
   bool RemoveTab(int id);

-  
-  void ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs = TRUE);
+
+  void ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs = true);

 
   bool SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label);
   wxString GetTabText(int id) const;
 
   bool SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label);
   wxString GetTabText(int id) const;


@@ -131,14 +131,14 @@ public:
 
   // Draw all tabs
   virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
 
   // Draw all tabs
   virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);

-  
-  // Process mouse event, return FALSE if we didn't process it
+
+  // Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it

   virtual bool OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
 
   // Called when a tab is activated
   virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId);
   // Allows vetoing
   virtual bool OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
 
   // Called when a tab is activated
   virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId);
   // Allows vetoing

-  virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int WXUNUSED(activateId), int WXUNUSED(deactivateId) ) { return TRUE; };
+  virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int WXUNUSED(activateId), int WXUNUSED(deactivateId) ) { return true; };

 
   // Allows use of application-supplied wxTabControl classes.
   virtual wxTabControl *OnCreateTabControl(void) { return new wxTabControl(this); }
 
   // Allows use of application-supplied wxTabControl classes.
   virtual wxTabControl *OnCreateTabControl(void) { return new wxTabControl(this); }


@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ public:
   void SetShadowColour(const wxColour& col);
   void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
   inline void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_textColour = col; }
   void SetShadowColour(const wxColour& col);
   void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
   inline void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_textColour = col; }

-  
+

   inline wxColour GetHighlightColour(void) const { return m_highlightColour; }
   inline wxColour GetShadowColour(void) const { return m_shadowColour; }
   inline wxColour GetBackgroundColour(void) const { return m_backgroundColour; }
   inline wxColour GetHighlightColour(void) const { return m_highlightColour; }
   inline wxColour GetShadowColour(void) const { return m_shadowColour; }
   inline wxColour GetBackgroundColour(void) const { return m_backgroundColour; }


@@ -156,17 +156,17 @@ public:
   inline wxPen *GetShadowPen(void) const { return m_shadowPen; }
   inline wxPen *GetBackgroundPen(void) const { return m_backgroundPen; }
   inline wxBrush *GetBackgroundBrush(void) const { return m_backgroundBrush; }
   inline wxPen *GetShadowPen(void) const { return m_shadowPen; }
   inline wxPen *GetBackgroundPen(void) const { return m_backgroundPen; }
   inline wxBrush *GetBackgroundBrush(void) const { return m_backgroundBrush; }

-  
+

   inline void SetViewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_tabViewRect = rect; }
   inline wxRect GetViewRect(void) const { return m_tabViewRect; }
   inline void SetViewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_tabViewRect = rect; }
   inline wxRect GetViewRect(void) const { return m_tabViewRect; }

-  
+

   // Calculate tab width to fit to view, and optionally adjust the view
   // to fit the tabs exactly.
   // Calculate tab width to fit to view, and optionally adjust the view
   // to fit the tabs exactly.

-  int CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView = FALSE);
+  int CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView = false);

 
   inline void SetTabStyle(long style) { m_tabStyle = style; }
   inline long GetTabStyle(void) const { return m_tabStyle; }
 
   inline void SetTabStyle(long style) { m_tabStyle = style; }
   inline long GetTabStyle(void) const { return m_tabStyle; }

-  
+

   inline void SetTabSize(int w, int h) { m_tabWidth = w; m_tabHeight = h; }
   inline int GetTabWidth(void) const { return m_tabWidth; }
   inline int GetTabHeight(void) const { return m_tabHeight; }
   inline void SetTabSize(int w, int h) { m_tabWidth = w; m_tabHeight = h; }
   inline int GetTabWidth(void) const { return m_tabWidth; }
   inline int GetTabHeight(void) const { return m_tabHeight; }


@@ -176,27 +176,27 @@ public:
   // Returns the total height of the tabs component -- this may be several
   // times the height of a tab, if there are several tab layers (rows).
   int GetTotalTabHeight();
   // Returns the total height of the tabs component -- this may be several
   // times the height of a tab, if there are several tab layers (rows).
   int GetTotalTabHeight();

-  
+

   inline int GetTopMargin(void) const { return m_topMargin; }
   inline void SetTopMargin(int margin) { m_topMargin = margin; }
   inline int GetTopMargin(void) const { return m_topMargin; }
   inline void SetTopMargin(int margin) { m_topMargin = margin; }

-  
-  void SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool = TRUE);
+
+  void SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool = true);

   inline int GetTabSelection() const { return m_tabSelection; }
   inline int GetTabSelection() const { return m_tabSelection; }

-  
+

   // Find tab control for id
   wxTabControl *FindTabControlForId(int id) const ;
 
   // Find tab control for layer, position (starting from zero)
   wxTabControl *FindTabControlForPosition(int layer, int position) const ;
   // Find tab control for id
   wxTabControl *FindTabControlForId(int id) const ;
 
   // Find tab control for layer, position (starting from zero)
   wxTabControl *FindTabControlForPosition(int layer, int position) const ;

-  
+

   inline int GetHorizontalTabOffset() const { return m_tabHorizontalOffset; }
   inline int GetHorizontalTabSpacing() const { return m_tabHorizontalSpacing; }
   inline void SetHorizontalTabOffset(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalOffset = sp; }
   inline void SetHorizontalTabSpacing(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalSpacing = sp; }
   inline int GetHorizontalTabOffset() const { return m_tabHorizontalOffset; }
   inline int GetHorizontalTabSpacing() const { return m_tabHorizontalSpacing; }
   inline void SetHorizontalTabOffset(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalOffset = sp; }
   inline void SetHorizontalTabSpacing(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalSpacing = sp; }

-  
+

   inline void SetVerticalTabTextSpacing(int s) { m_tabVerticalTextSpacing = s; }
   inline int GetVerticalTabTextSpacing() const { return m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; }
   inline void SetVerticalTabTextSpacing(int s) { m_tabVerticalTextSpacing = s; }
   inline int GetVerticalTabTextSpacing() const { return m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; }

-  
+

   inline wxFont *GetTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabFont; }
   inline void SetTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabFont = f; }
 
   inline wxFont *GetTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabFont; }
   inline void SetTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabFont = f; }
 


@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ public:
   inline void SetSelectedTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabSelectedFont = f; }
   // Find the node and the column at which this control is positioned.
   wxList::compatibility_iterator FindTabNodeAndColumn(wxTabControl *control, int *col) const ;
   inline void SetSelectedTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabSelectedFont = f; }
   // Find the node and the column at which this control is positioned.
   wxList::compatibility_iterator FindTabNodeAndColumn(wxTabControl *control, int *col) const ;

-  
+

   // Do the necessary to change to this tab
   virtual bool ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control);
 
   // Do the necessary to change to this tab
   virtual bool ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control);
 


@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ public:
 protected:
    // List of layers, from front to back.
    wxTabLayerList   m_layers;
 protected:
    // List of layers, from front to back.
    wxTabLayerList   m_layers;

-   
+

    // Selected tab
    int              m_tabSelection;
 
    // Selected tab
    int              m_tabSelection;
 


@@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ protected:
 
    // Usual tab width
    int              m_tabWidth;
 
    // Usual tab width
    int              m_tabWidth;

-   
+

    // Space between tabs
    int              m_tabHorizontalSpacing;
    // Space between tabs
    int              m_tabHorizontalSpacing;

-   
+

    // Space between top of normal tab and text
    int              m_tabVerticalTextSpacing;
    // Space between top of normal tab and text
    int              m_tabVerticalTextSpacing;

-   
+

    // Horizontal offset of each tab row above the first
    int              m_tabHorizontalOffset;
 
    // Horizontal offset of each tab row above the first
    int              m_tabHorizontalOffset;
 


@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ protected:
    // The position and size of the view above which the tabs are placed.
    // I.e., the internal client area of the sheet.
    wxRect           m_tabViewRect;
    // The position and size of the view above which the tabs are placed.
    // I.e., the internal client area of the sheet.
    wxRect           m_tabViewRect;

-   
+

    // Bitlist of styles
    long             m_tabStyle;
 
    // Bitlist of styles
    long             m_tabStyle;
 


@@ -255,16 +255,16 @@ protected:
    wxColour         m_shadowColour;
    wxColour         m_backgroundColour;
    wxColour         m_textColour;
    wxColour         m_shadowColour;
    wxColour         m_backgroundColour;
    wxColour         m_textColour;

-   
+

    // Pen and brush cache
    wxPen*           m_highlightPen;
    wxPen*           m_shadowPen;
    wxPen*           m_backgroundPen;
    wxBrush*         m_backgroundBrush;
    // Pen and brush cache
    wxPen*           m_highlightPen;
    wxPen*           m_shadowPen;
    wxPen*           m_backgroundPen;
    wxBrush*         m_backgroundBrush;

-   
+

    wxFont           m_tabFont;
    wxFont           m_tabSelectedFont;
    wxFont           m_tabFont;
    wxFont           m_tabSelectedFont;

-   
+

    int              m_noTabs;
 
    wxWindow*        m_window;
    int              m_noTabs;
 
    wxWindow*        m_window;


@@ -273,11 +273,11 @@ protected:
 /*
  * A dialog box class that is tab-friendly
  */
 /*
  * A dialog box class that is tab-friendly
  */

- 
+

 class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedDialog: public wxDialog
 {
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedDialog)
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedDialog: public wxDialog
 {
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedDialog)

- 
+

 public:
 
    wxTabbedDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
 public:
 
    wxTabbedDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,


@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ public:
     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
      long windowStyle = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
    ~wxTabbedDialog(void);
     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
      long windowStyle = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
    ~wxTabbedDialog(void);

- 
+

    inline wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
    inline void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }
 
    inline wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
    inline void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }
 


@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ public:
 
 protected:
    wxTabView*   m_tabView;
 
 protected:
    wxTabView*   m_tabView;

-   
+

 DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 };
 
 DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 };
 


@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedPanel: public wxPanel
 {
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedPanel)
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedPanel: public wxPanel
 {
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedPanel)

- 
+

 public:
 
    wxTabbedPanel(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 public:
 
    wxTabbedPanel(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,


@@ -314,16 +314,16 @@ public:
     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
     long windowStyle = 0, const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
    ~wxTabbedPanel(void);
     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
     long windowStyle = 0, const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
    ~wxTabbedPanel(void);

- 
+

    inline wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
    inline void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }
    inline wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
    inline void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }

-  
+

    void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
 
 protected:
    wxTabView*   m_tabView;
    void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
 
 protected:
    wxTabView*   m_tabView;

-   
+

 DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 };
 
 DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 };
 


@@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ public:
   // Specific to this class
    void AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window);
    wxWindow *GetTabWindow(int id) const ;
   // Specific to this class
    void AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window);
    wxWindow *GetTabWindow(int id) const ;

-   void ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows = TRUE);
+   void ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows = true);

    inline wxWindow *GetCurrentWindow() const { return m_currentWindow; }
    inline wxWindow *GetCurrentWindow() const { return m_currentWindow; }

-   
+

    void ShowWindowForTab(int id);
    // inline wxList& GetWindows() const { return (wxList&) m_tabWindows; }
 
    void ShowWindowForTab(int id);
    // inline wxList& GetWindows() const { return (wxList&) m_tabWindows; }
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h b/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h
index 876389d0e7e5c02a92a2a315f479e69448e12814..8f8bc0e481ba03b726d00c62cf7970246ae8b55b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ wxGetTextFromUser(const wxString& message,
                   const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr,
                   const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString,
                   wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
                   const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr,
                   const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString,
                   wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,

-                  int x = -1,
-                  int y = -1,
-                  bool centre = TRUE);
+                  int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                  int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                  bool centre = true);

 
 wxString WXDLLEXPORT
 wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message,
 
 wxString WXDLLEXPORT
 wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message,

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/timer.h b/include/wx/generic/timer.h
index 83a6e5c2e2f3e1ccc411440ca6b0f92fe55a139f..0ac91f51e1a22267c55d24616224af2af6a4e590 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/timer.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/timer.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
         { Init(); }
     ~wxTimer();
 
         { Init(); }
     ~wxTimer();
 

-    virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = FALSE);
+    virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = false);

     virtual void Stop();
 
     virtual bool IsRunning() const;
     virtual void Stop();
 
     virtual bool IsRunning() const;


@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ protected:
 
 private:
     wxTimerDesc *m_desc;
 
 private:
     wxTimerDesc *m_desc;

-    
+

     DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer)
 };
 
     DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer)
 };
 

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h b/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h
index 68fb89b8b2b96d39e9f49ebdb6a0af5a84825d5e..cd3cc583f3b803224060928ffeb86557b0336182 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public:
     // --------
     wxGenericTreeCtrl() { Init(); }
 
     // --------
     wxGenericTreeCtrl() { Init(); }
 

-    wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+    wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,


@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual ~wxGenericTreeCtrl();
 
 
     virtual ~wxGenericTreeCtrl();
 

-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                 long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                 long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,


@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@ public:
         // allow the user to expand the items which don't have any children now
         // - but instead add them only when needed, thus minimizing memory
         // usage and loading time.
         // allow the user to expand the items which don't have any children now
         // - but instead add them only when needed, thus minimizing memory
         // usage and loading time.

-    void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = TRUE);
+    void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true);

 
         // the item will be shown in bold
 
         // the item will be shown in bold

-    void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = TRUE);
+    void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true);

 
         // set the item's text colour
     void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col);
 
         // set the item's text colour
     void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col);


@@ -183,15 +183,15 @@ public:
     // number of children
     // ------------------
 
     // number of children
     // ------------------
 

-        // if 'recursively' is FALSE, only immediate children count, otherwise
+        // if 'recursively' is false, only immediate children count, otherwise

         // the returned number is the number of all items in this branch
     size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,
         // the returned number is the number of all items in this branch
     size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,

-                            bool recursively = TRUE) const;
+                            bool recursively = true) const;

 
     // navigation
     // ----------
 
 
     // navigation
     // ----------
 

-    // wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return FALSE if there is no such item
+    // wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return false if there is no such item

 
         // get the root tree item
     wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const { return m_anchor; }
 
         // get the root tree item
     wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const { return m_anchor; }


@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ public:
         // get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only)
     bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
                          wxRect& rect,
         // get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only)
     bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
                          wxRect& rect,

-                         bool textOnly = FALSE) const;
+                         bool textOnly = false) const;

 
         // Start editing the item label: this (temporarily) replaces the item
         // with a one line edit control. The item will be selected if it hadn't
 
         // Start editing the item label: this (temporarily) replaces the item
         // with a one line edit control. The item will be selected if it hadn't


@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual void Freeze();
     virtual void Thaw();
 
     virtual void Freeze();
     virtual void Thaw();

- 
+

     // callbacks
     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
     void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
     // callbacks
     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
     void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );


@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ public:
 
     static wxVisualAttributes
     GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
 
     static wxVisualAttributes
     GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);

-    
+

     // implementation helpers
 protected:
     friend class wxGenericTreeItem;
     // implementation helpers
 protected:
     friend class wxGenericTreeItem;


@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ protected:
                         *m_imageListState,
                         *m_imageListButtons;
 
                         *m_imageListState,
                         *m_imageListButtons;
 

-    int                  m_freezeCount; 
+    int                  m_freezeCount;

     int                  m_dragCount;
     wxPoint              m_dragStart;
     wxGenericTreeItem   *m_dropTarget;
     int                  m_dragCount;
     wxPoint              m_dragStart;
     wxGenericTreeItem   *m_dropTarget;


@@ -457,8 +457,8 @@ protected:
     void DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item);
 
     void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& id,
     void DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item);
 
     void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& id,

-                      bool unselect_others = TRUE,
-                      bool extended_select = FALSE);
+                      bool unselect_others = true,
+                      bool extended_select = false);

 
     wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
                               size_t previous,
 
     wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
                               size_t previous,


@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl: public wxGenericTreeCtrl
 public:
     wxTreeCtrl() {}
 
 public:
     wxTreeCtrl() {}
 

-    wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+    wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,

                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
                long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,

diff --git a/include/wx/generic/wizard.h b/include/wx/generic/wizard.h
index be0b991c387792d4cbf4b4fb8e36c1537a1be93f..e5db3aa0e080ae3d5cd631da95a7aba974edf84f 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/generic/wizard.h
+++ b/include/wx/generic/wizard.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
     // ctor
     wxWizard() { Init(); }
     wxWizard(wxWindow *parent,
     // ctor
     wxWizard() { Init(); }
     wxWizard(wxWindow *parent,

-             int id = -1,
+             int id = wxID_ANY,

              const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
              const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
              const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
              const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,


@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
         Create(parent, id, title, bitmap, pos, style);
     }
     bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
         Create(parent, id, title, bitmap, pos, style);
     }
     bool Create(wxWindow *parent,

-             int id = -1,
+             int id = wxID_ANY,

              const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
              const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
              const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
              const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,


@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ public:
     bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; }
 
     // show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current
     bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; }
 
     // show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current

-    // page first and return FALSE without changing the page if
-    // TransferDataFromWindow() returns FALSE - otherwise, returns TRUE
-    bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = TRUE);
+    // page first and return false without changing the page if
+    // TransferDataFromWindow() returns false - otherwise, returns true
+    bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = true);

 
     // do fill the dialog with controls
     // this is app-overridable to, for example, set help and tooltip text
 
     // do fill the dialog with controls
     // this is app-overridable to, for example, set help and tooltip text


@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ private:
     void AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn);
 
     void FinishLayout();
     void AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn);
 
     void FinishLayout();

-    
+

     wxSize GetManualPageSize() const;
     wxSize GetManualPageSize() const;

-    
+

     // the page size requested by user
     wxSize m_sizePage;
 
     // the page size requested by user
     wxSize m_sizePage;
 


@@ -109,18 +109,18 @@ private:
     bool m_calledSetBorder;
     // Border around page area sizer requested using SetBorder()
     int m_border;
     bool m_calledSetBorder;
     // Border around page area sizer requested using SetBorder()
     int m_border;

-    
+

     // Whether RunWizard() was called
     bool m_started;
     // Whether RunWizard() was called
     bool m_started;

-    
+

     // Page area sizer will be inserted here with padding
     wxBoxSizer *m_sizerBmpAndPage;
     // Page area sizer will be inserted here with padding
     wxBoxSizer *m_sizerBmpAndPage;

-    
+

     // Actual position and size of pages
     wxWizardSizer *m_sizerPage;
     // Actual position and size of pages
     wxWizardSizer *m_sizerPage;

-    
+

     friend class wxWizardSizer;
     friend class wxWizardSizer;

-    
+

     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard)
     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizard)
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard)
     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizard)

diff --git a/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp b/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp
index b262aa3dce22e91ef2528b61b4ab654367f3401e..9def84ca346e444e1f3ab0442e2c08cc84373f59 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 
 wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)
 
 
 wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)

-           : wxFrame(parent, -1, wxT("Busy"),
+           : wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, wxT("Busy"),

                      wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 #if defined(__WXX11__)
                      wxTHICK_FRAME
                      wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 #if defined(__WXX11__)
                      wxTHICK_FRAME


@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)
                      | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW)
 {
     wxPanel *panel = new wxPanel( this );
                      | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW)
 {
     wxPanel *panel = new wxPanel( this );

-    wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(panel, -1, message);
+    wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(panel, wxID_ANY, message);

 
     panel->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
     text->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
 
     panel->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
     text->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);


@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)
 wxBusyInfo::wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent)
 {
     m_InfoFrame = new wxInfoFrame( parent, message);
 wxBusyInfo::wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent)
 {
     m_InfoFrame = new wxInfoFrame( parent, message);

-    m_InfoFrame->Show(TRUE);
+    m_InfoFrame->Show(true);

 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 #ifdef __WXMAC__

-       m_InfoFrame->Update() ;
+    m_InfoFrame->Update() ;

 #else
     wxYield();
     m_InfoFrame->Refresh();
 #else
     wxYield();
     m_InfoFrame->Refresh();


@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ wxBusyInfo::wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent)
 
 wxBusyInfo::~wxBusyInfo()
 {
 
 wxBusyInfo::~wxBusyInfo()
 {

-    m_InfoFrame->Show(FALSE);
+    m_InfoFrame->Show(false);

     m_InfoFrame->Close();
     wxYield();
 }
     m_InfoFrame->Close();
     wxYield();
 }

diff --git a/src/generic/calctrl.cpp b/src/generic/calctrl.cpp
index bce1b1167d3658311930baed4d92e26ec9551fcd..1f6cacf0d51a42bf2b6e5da1b09698c32e6ee3a9 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/calctrl.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/calctrl.cpp
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ class wxYearSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrl
 public:
     wxYearSpinCtrl(wxCalendarCtrl *cal);
 
 public:
     wxYearSpinCtrl(wxCalendarCtrl *cal);
 

-    void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event) 
+    void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event)

     {
         m_cal->SetUserChangedYear();
         m_cal->OnYearChange(event);
     {
         m_cal->SetUserChangedYear();
         m_cal->OnYearChange(event);


@@ -96,12 +96,12 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMonthComboBox, wxComboBox)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMonthComboBox, wxComboBox)

-    EVT_COMBOBOX(-1, wxMonthComboBox::OnMonthChange)
+    EVT_COMBOBOX(wxID_ANY, wxMonthComboBox::OnMonthChange)

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxYearSpinCtrl, wxSpinCtrl)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxYearSpinCtrl, wxSpinCtrl)

-    EVT_TEXT(-1, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearTextChange)
-    EVT_SPINCTRL(-1, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearChange)
+    EVT_TEXT(wxID_ANY, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearTextChange)
+    EVT_SPINCTRL(wxID_ANY, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearChange)

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI


@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxCalendarCtrlStyle )
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)

-    
+

     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)


@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl,"wx/calctrl.h")
 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl)
     wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Updated , wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED , wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED , wxCalendarEvent )
     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl)
     wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Updated , wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED , wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED , wxCalendarEvent )
     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )

-       wxPROPERTY( Date,wxDateTime, SetDate , GetDate, , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Date,wxDateTime, SetDate , GetDate, , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))

     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxCalendarCtrlStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
 
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 
     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxCalendarCtrlStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
 
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 

-wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxCalendarCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxDateTime , Date , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) 
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxCalendarCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxDateTime , Date , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )

 #else
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl)
 #endif
 #else
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl)
 #endif


@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED)
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 wxMonthComboBox::wxMonthComboBox(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 wxMonthComboBox::wxMonthComboBox(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)

-               : wxComboBox(cal->GetParent(), -1,
+               : wxComboBox(cal->GetParent(), wxID_ANY,

                             wxEmptyString,
                             wxDefaultPosition,
                             wxDefaultSize,
                             wxEmptyString,
                             wxDefaultPosition,
                             wxDefaultSize,


@@ -199,11 +199,15 @@ wxMonthComboBox::wxMonthComboBox(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)
     }
 
     SetSelection(m_cal->GetDate().GetMonth());
     }
 
     SetSelection(m_cal->GetDate().GetMonth());

-    SetSize(-1, -1, -1, -1, wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT);
+    SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x,
+            wxDefaultPosition.y,
+            wxDefaultSize.x,
+            wxDefaultSize.y,
+            wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT);

 }
 
 wxYearSpinCtrl::wxYearSpinCtrl(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)
 }
 
 wxYearSpinCtrl::wxYearSpinCtrl(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)

-              : wxSpinCtrl(cal->GetParent(), -1,
+              : wxSpinCtrl(cal->GetParent(), wxID_ANY,

                            cal->GetDate().Format(_T("%Y")),
                            wxDefaultPosition,
                            wxDefaultSize,
                            cal->GetDate().Format(_T("%Y")),
                            wxDefaultPosition,
                            wxDefaultSize,


@@ -227,7 +231,7 @@ wxCalendarCtrl::wxCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
                    const wxString& name)
 {
     Init();
                    const wxString& name)
 {
     Init();

-    
+

     (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name);
 }
 
     (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name);
 }
 


@@ -238,7 +242,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::Init()
     m_staticYear = NULL;
     m_staticMonth = NULL;
 
     m_staticYear = NULL;
     m_staticMonth = NULL;
 

-    m_userChangedYear = FALSE;
+    m_userChangedYear = false;

 
     m_widthCol =
     m_heightRow = 0;
 
     m_widthCol =
     m_heightRow = 0;


@@ -276,7 +280,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                             style | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxWANTS_CHARS,
                             wxDefaultValidator, name) )
     {
                             style | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxWANTS_CHARS,
                             wxDefaultValidator, name) )
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     // needed to get the arrow keys normally used for the dialog navigation
     }
 
     // needed to get the arrow keys normally used for the dialog navigation


@@ -290,12 +294,12 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
     {
         m_spinYear = new wxYearSpinCtrl(this);
     if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
     {
         m_spinYear = new wxYearSpinCtrl(this);

-        m_staticYear = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), -1, m_date.Format(_T("%Y")),
+        m_staticYear = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, m_date.Format(_T("%Y")),

                                         wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                         wxALIGN_CENTRE);
 
         m_comboMonth = new wxMonthComboBox(this);
                                         wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                         wxALIGN_CENTRE);
 
         m_comboMonth = new wxMonthComboBox(this);

-        m_staticMonth = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), -1, m_date.Format(_T("%B")),
+        m_staticMonth = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, m_date.Format(_T("%B")),

                                          wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                          wxALIGN_CENTRE);
     }
                                          wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                          wxALIGN_CENTRE);
     }


@@ -303,12 +307,12 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     ShowCurrentControls();
 
     wxSize sizeReal;
     ShowCurrentControls();
 
     wxSize sizeReal;

-    if ( size.x == -1 || size.y == -1 )
+    if ( size.x == wxDefaultSize.x || size.y == wxDefaultSize.y )

     {
         sizeReal = DoGetBestSize();
     {
         sizeReal = DoGetBestSize();

-        if ( size.x != -1 )
+        if ( size.x != wxDefaultSize.x )

             sizeReal.x = size.x;
             sizeReal.x = size.x;

-        if ( size.y != -1 )
+        if ( size.y != wxDefaultSize.y )

             sizeReal.y = size.y;
     }
     else
             sizeReal.y = size.y;
     }
     else


@@ -327,7 +331,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
     SetHolidayAttrs();
 
 
     SetHolidayAttrs();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxCalendarCtrl::~wxCalendarCtrl()
 }
 
 wxCalendarCtrl::~wxCalendarCtrl()


@@ -365,7 +369,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Show(bool show)
 {
     if ( !wxControl::Show(show) )
     {
 {
     if ( !wxControl::Show(show) )
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
     }
 
     if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )


@@ -377,14 +381,14 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Show(bool show)
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::Enable(bool enable)
 {
     if ( !wxControl::Enable(enable) )
     {
 }
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::Enable(bool enable)
 {
     if ( !wxControl::Enable(enable) )
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
     }
 
     if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )


@@ -393,7 +397,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Enable(bool enable)
         GetYearControl()->Enable(enable);
     }
 
         GetYearControl()->Enable(enable);
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -484,7 +488,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::EnableMonthChange(bool enable)
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date)
 {
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date)
 {

-    bool retval = TRUE;
+    bool retval = true;

 
     bool sameMonth = m_date.GetMonth() == date.GetMonth(),
          sameYear = m_date.GetYear() == date.GetYear();
 
     bool sameMonth = m_date.GetMonth() == date.GetMonth(),
          sameYear = m_date.GetYear() == date.GetYear();


@@ -524,13 +528,13 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date)
             else
             {
                 // forbidden
             else
             {
                 // forbidden

-                retval = FALSE;
+                retval = false;

             }
         }
     }
 
             }
         }
     }
 

-    m_userChangedYear = FALSE;
-    
+    m_userChangedYear = false;
+

     return retval;
 }
 
     return retval;
 }
 


@@ -580,15 +584,15 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date)
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
 {
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
 {

-    bool retval = TRUE;
+    bool retval = true;

 
 

-    if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : TRUE ) )
+    if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : true ) )

     {
         m_lowdate = date;
     }
     else
     {
     {
         m_lowdate = date;
     }
     else
     {

-        retval = FALSE;
+        retval = false;

     }
 
     return retval;
     }
 
     return retval;


@@ -596,15 +600,15 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDate
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
 {
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
 {

-    bool retval = TRUE;
+    bool retval = true;

 
 

-    if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : TRUE ) )
+    if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : true ) )

     {
         m_highdate = date;
     }
     else
     {
     {
         m_highdate = date;
     }
     else
     {

-        retval = FALSE;
+        retval = false;

     }
 
     return retval;
     }
 
     return retval;


@@ -612,18 +616,18 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDate
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */, const wxDateTime& upperdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
 {
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */, const wxDateTime& upperdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
 {

-    bool retval = TRUE;
+    bool retval = true;

 
     if (
 
     if (

-        ( !( lowerdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( upperdate.IsValid() ) ? ( lowerdate <= upperdate ) : TRUE ) ) &&
-        ( !( upperdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( lowerdate.IsValid() ) ? ( upperdate >= lowerdate ) : TRUE ) ) )
+        ( !( lowerdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( upperdate.IsValid() ) ? ( lowerdate <= upperdate ) : true ) ) &&
+        ( !( upperdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( lowerdate.IsValid() ) ? ( upperdate >= lowerdate ) : true ) ) )

     {
         m_lowdate = lowerdate;
         m_highdate = upperdate;
     }
     else
     {
     {
         m_lowdate = lowerdate;
         m_highdate = upperdate;
     }
     else
     {

-        retval = FALSE;
+        retval = false;

     }
 
     return retval;
     }
 
     return retval;


@@ -663,20 +667,20 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const
     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 }
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const
 {
     // Check if the given date is in the range specified
     }
 }
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const
 {
     // Check if the given date is in the range specified

-    return ( ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : TRUE )
-        && ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : TRUE ) );
+    return ( ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : true )
+        && ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : true ) );

 }
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
 {
 }
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
 {

-    bool retval = FALSE;
+    bool retval = false;

 
     if ( !(IsDateInRange(*target)) )
     {
 
     if ( !(IsDateInRange(*target)) )
     {


@@ -685,7 +689,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
             if ( target->GetYear() >= GetLowerDateLimit().GetYear() )
             {
                 *target = GetLowerDateLimit();
             if ( target->GetYear() >= GetLowerDateLimit().GetYear() )
             {
                 *target = GetLowerDateLimit();

-                retval = TRUE;
+                retval = true;

             }
             else
             {
             }
             else
             {


@@ -697,7 +701,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
             if ( target->GetYear() <= GetUpperDateLimit().GetYear() )
             {
                 *target = GetUpperDateLimit();
             if ( target->GetYear() <= GetUpperDateLimit().GetYear() )
             {
                 *target = GetUpperDateLimit();

-                retval = TRUE;
+                retval = true;

             }
             else
             {
             }
             else
             {


@@ -707,7 +711,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {

-        retval = TRUE;
+        retval = true;

     }
 
     return retval;
     }
 
     return retval;


@@ -715,11 +719,11 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeMonth(wxDateTime* target) const
 {
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeMonth(wxDateTime* target) const
 {

-    bool retval = TRUE;
+    bool retval = true;

 
     if ( !(IsDateInRange(*target)) )
     {
 
     if ( !(IsDateInRange(*target)) )
     {

-        retval = FALSE;
+        retval = false;

 
         if ( target->GetMonth() < m_date.GetMonth() )
         {
 
         if ( target->GetMonth() < m_date.GetMonth() )
         {


@@ -822,18 +826,18 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
         wxSize sizeSpin = m_spinYear->GetSize();
         int dy = (sizeCombo.y - sizeStatic.y) / 2;
 /*
         wxSize sizeSpin = m_spinYear->GetSize();
         int dy = (sizeCombo.y - sizeStatic.y) / 2;
 /*

-In the calender the size of the combobox for the year 
-is just defined by a margin from the month combobox to 
-the left border. While in wxUniv the year control can't 
-show all 4 digits, in wxMsw it show almost twice as 
-much. Instead the year should use it's best size and be 
-left aligned to the calendar. Just in case the month in 
-any language is longer than it has space in the 
-calendar it is shortend.This way the year always can 
-show the 4 digits. 
-
-This patch relies on the fact that a combobox has a 
-good best size implementation. This is not the case 
+In the calender the size of the combobox for the year
+is just defined by a margin from the month combobox to
+the left border. While in wxUniv the year control can't
+show all 4 digits, in wxMsw it show almost twice as
+much. Instead the year should use it's best size and be
+left aligned to the calendar. Just in case the month in
+any language is longer than it has space in the
+calendar it is shortend.This way the year always can
+show the 4 digits.
+
+This patch relies on the fact that a combobox has a
+good best size implementation. This is not the case

 with wxMSW but I don't know why.
 
 Otto Wyss
 with wxMSW but I don't know why.
 
 Otto Wyss


@@ -994,7 +998,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
         {
             wxDateTime ldpm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) - wxDateSpan::Day(); // last day prev month
             // Check if range permits change
         {
             wxDateTime ldpm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) - wxDateSpan::Day(); // last day prev month
             // Check if range permits change

-            if ( IsDateInRange(ldpm) && ( ( ldpm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? TRUE : AllowYearChange() ) )
+            if ( IsDateInRange(ldpm) && ( ( ldpm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? true : AllowYearChange() ) )

             {
                 m_leftArrowRect = wxRect(larrowx - 3, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6));
                 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(*wxBLACK, wxSOLID));
             {
                 m_leftArrowRect = wxRect(larrowx - 3, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6));
                 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(*wxBLACK, wxSOLID));


@@ -1004,7 +1008,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
                 dc.DrawRectangle(m_leftArrowRect);
             }
             wxDateTime fdnm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) + wxDateSpan::Month(); // first day next month
                 dc.DrawRectangle(m_leftArrowRect);
             }
             wxDateTime fdnm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) + wxDateSpan::Month(); // first day next month

-            if ( IsDateInRange(fdnm) && ( ( fdnm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? TRUE : AllowYearChange() ) )
+            if ( IsDateInRange(fdnm) && ( ( fdnm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? true : AllowYearChange() ) )

             {
                 m_rightArrowRect = wxRect(rarrowx - 4, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6));
                 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(*wxBLACK, wxSOLID));
             {
                 m_rightArrowRect = wxRect(rarrowx - 4, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6));
                 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(*wxBLACK, wxSOLID));


@@ -1082,10 +1086,10 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
                 wxCoord width;
                 dc.GetTextExtent(dayStr, &width, (wxCoord *)NULL);
 
                 wxCoord width;
                 dc.GetTextExtent(dayStr, &width, (wxCoord *)NULL);
 

-                bool changedColours = FALSE,
-                     changedFont = FALSE;
+                bool changedColours = false,
+                     changedFont = false;

 
 

-                bool isSel = FALSE;
+                bool isSel = false;

                 wxCalendarDateAttr *attr = NULL;
 
                 if ( date.GetMonth() != m_date.GetMonth() || !IsDateInRange(date) )
                 wxCalendarDateAttr *attr = NULL;
 
                 if ( date.GetMonth() != m_date.GetMonth() || !IsDateInRange(date) )


@@ -1093,7 +1097,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
                     // surrounding week or out-of-range
                     // draw "disabled"
                     dc.SetTextForeground(*wxLIGHT_GREY);
                     // surrounding week or out-of-range
                     // draw "disabled"
                     dc.SetTextForeground(*wxLIGHT_GREY);

-                    changedColours = TRUE;
+                    changedColours = true;

                 }
                 else
                 {
                 }
                 else
                 {


@@ -1105,7 +1109,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
                         dc.SetTextForeground(m_colHighlightFg);
                         dc.SetTextBackground(m_colHighlightBg);
 
                         dc.SetTextForeground(m_colHighlightFg);
                         dc.SetTextBackground(m_colHighlightBg);
 

-                        changedColours = TRUE;
+                        changedColours = true;

                     }
                     else if ( attr )
                     {
                     }
                     else if ( attr )
                     {


@@ -1125,19 +1129,19 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
                         if ( colFg.Ok() )
                         {
                             dc.SetTextForeground(colFg);
                         if ( colFg.Ok() )
                         {
                             dc.SetTextForeground(colFg);

-                            changedColours = TRUE;
+                            changedColours = true;

                         }
 
                         if ( colBg.Ok() )
                         {
                             dc.SetTextBackground(colBg);
                         }
 
                         if ( colBg.Ok() )
                         {
                             dc.SetTextBackground(colBg);

-                            changedColours = TRUE;
+                            changedColours = true;

                         }
 
                         if ( attr->HasFont() )
                         {
                             dc.SetFont(attr->GetFont());
                         }
 
                         if ( attr->HasFont() )
                         {
                             dc.SetFont(attr->GetFont());

-                            changedFont = TRUE;
+                            changedFont = true;

                         }
                     }
                 }
                         }
                     }
                 }


@@ -1257,7 +1261,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date)
            rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
 #endif
 
            rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
 #endif
 

-    Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
+    Refresh(true, &rect);

 }
 
 void wxCalendarCtrl::HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* pDC, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, wxPen* pPen, wxBrush* pBrush)
 }
 
 void wxCalendarCtrl::HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* pDC, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, wxPen* pPen, wxBrush* pBrush)


@@ -1351,7 +1355,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* pDC, const wxDateTime& fromdate,
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const
 {
 
 bool wxCalendarCtrl::GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const
 {

-    bool retval = TRUE;
+    bool retval = true;

 
 #if DEBUG_PAINT
     wxLogDebug("+++ GetDateCoord: (%s) +++", date.Format("%d %m %Y"));
 
 #if DEBUG_PAINT
     wxLogDebug("+++ GetDateCoord: (%s) +++", date.Format("%d %m %Y"));


@@ -1428,7 +1432,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) c
     {
         *day = -1;
         *week = -1;
     {
         *day = -1;
         *week = -1;

-        retval = FALSE;
+        retval = false;

     }
 
 #if DEBUG_PAINT
     }
 
 #if DEBUG_PAINT


@@ -1803,7 +1807,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::SetHoliday(size_t day)
         attr = new wxCalendarDateAttr;
     }
 
         attr = new wxCalendarDateAttr;
     }
 

-    attr->SetHoliday(TRUE);
+    attr->SetHoliday(true);

 
     // can't use SetAttr() because it would delete this pointer
     m_attrs[day - 1] = attr;
 
     // can't use SetAttr() because it would delete this pointer
     m_attrs[day - 1] = attr;


@@ -1815,7 +1819,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::ResetHolidayAttrs()
     {
         if ( m_attrs[day] )
         {
     {
         if ( m_attrs[day] )
         {

-            m_attrs[day]->SetHoliday(FALSE);
+            m_attrs[day]->SetHoliday(false);

         }
     }
 }
         }
     }
 }

diff --git a/src/generic/caret.cpp b/src/generic/caret.cpp
index a3edbb026b1dd9c33d4e692465930e7e31517825..03040e1742e8efd0b505dc0e91da794744b2074f 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/caret.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/caret.cpp
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ static int gs_blinkTime = 500;  // in milliseconds
 // timer stuff
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // timer stuff
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-wxCaretTimer::wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret) 
-{ 
-    m_caret = caret; 
+wxCaretTimer::wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret)
+{
+    m_caret = caret;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxCaretTimer::Notify() 
-{ 
-    m_caret->OnTimer(); 
+void wxCaretTimer::Notify()
+{
+    m_caret->OnTimer();

 }
 
 void wxCaret::OnTimer()
 }
 
 void wxCaret::OnTimer()


@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ void wxCaretBase::SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds)
 
 void wxCaret::InitGeneric()
 {
 
 void wxCaret::InitGeneric()
 {

-    m_hasFocus = TRUE;
-    m_blinkedOut = TRUE;
+    m_hasFocus = true;
+    m_blinkedOut = true;

 
     m_xOld =
     m_yOld = -1;
 
     m_xOld =
     m_yOld = -1;


@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ void wxCaret::DoMove()
 
 void wxCaret::OnSetFocus()
 {
 
 void wxCaret::OnSetFocus()
 {

-    m_hasFocus = TRUE;
+    m_hasFocus = true;

 
     if ( IsVisible() )
         Refresh();
 
     if ( IsVisible() )
         Refresh();


@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void wxCaret::OnSetFocus()
 
 void wxCaret::OnKillFocus()
 {
 
 void wxCaret::OnKillFocus()
 {

-    m_hasFocus = FALSE;
+    m_hasFocus = false;

 
     if ( IsVisible() )
     {
 
     if ( IsVisible() )
     {

diff --git a/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp b/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp
index 0f7324317e82f6a9499f95f1e5d273cb99d1f6ea..b78df5c9677e02ce26ebcaf225bfc33c790c53a8 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                                const wxPoint& pos,
                                long styleLbox)
 {
                                const wxPoint& pos,
                                long styleLbox)
 {

-    if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, styleDlg) )
-        return FALSE;
+    if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, styleDlg) )
+        return false;

 
     wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
 
     wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 


@@ -266,13 +266,13 @@ bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) static line
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) static line

-    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( styleDlg & (wxOK|wxCANCEL) ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 
 #endif
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( styleDlg & (wxOK|wxCANCEL) ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );


@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
     m_listbox->SetFocus();
 
 
     m_listbox->SetFocus();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 }
 
 bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,


@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
     if ( !wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(parent, message, caption,
                                     n, choices,
                                     style, pos) )
     if ( !wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(parent, message, caption,
                                     n, choices,
                                     style, pos) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     m_selection = n > 0 ? 0 : -1;
 
 
     m_selection = n > 0 ? 0 : -1;
 


@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
             m_listbox->SetClientData(i, clientData[i]);
     }
 
             m_listbox->SetClientData(i, clientData[i]);
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
 }
 
 bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,


@@ -415,9 +415,9 @@ bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
                                     n, choices,
                                     style, pos,
                                     wxLB_ALWAYS_SB | wxLB_EXTENDED) )
                                     n, choices,
                                     style, pos,
                                     wxLB_ALWAYS_SB | wxLB_EXTENDED) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
 }
 
 bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,


@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
             m_selections.Add(n);
     }
 
             m_selections.Add(n);
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_CHOICEDLG

diff --git a/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp b/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp
index 83cae5f72b9bba0a4a53ca32b28cf2b678a61c9f..849f205e680d76da2346990429bea33fffa20a66 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp
@@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 
 bool wxGenericColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
 {
 
 bool wxGenericColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
 {

-    if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, _("Choose colour"),
+    if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Choose colour"),

                            wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(900, 900)) )
                            wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(900, 900)) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     dialogParent = parent;
 
 
     dialogParent = parent;
 


@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ bool wxGenericColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
     CalculateMeasurements();
     CreateWidgets();
 
     CalculateMeasurements();
     CreateWidgets();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 int wxGenericColourDialog::ShowModal()
 }
 
 int wxGenericColourDialog::ShowModal()


@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
   PaintBasicColours(dc);
   PaintCustomColours(dc);
   PaintCustomColour(dc);
   PaintBasicColours(dc);
   PaintCustomColours(dc);
   PaintCustomColour(dc);

-  PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
+  PaintHighlight(dc, true);

 }
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::CalculateMeasurements()
 }
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::CalculateMeasurements()


@@ -265,11 +265,11 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets()
 #endif
 
     redSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_RED_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Red(), 0, 255,
 #endif
 
     redSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_RED_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Red(), 0, 255,

-        wxPoint(sliderX, 10), wxSize(-1, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
+        wxPoint(sliderX, 10), wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);

     greenSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_GREEN_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Green(), 0, 255,
     greenSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_GREEN_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Green(), 0, 255,

-        wxPoint(sliderX + sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(-1, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
+        wxPoint(sliderX + sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);

     blueSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_BLUE_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Blue(), 0, 255,
     blueSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_BLUE_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Blue(), 0, 255,

-        wxPoint(sliderX + 2*sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(-1, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
+        wxPoint(sliderX + 2*sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);

 
     wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
 
     wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 


@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets()
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 2) static line
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 2) static line

-    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 3) buttons
 #endif
 
     // 3) buttons


@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets()
     buttonsizer->Add( new wxButton(this, wxID_ADD_CUSTOM, _("Add to custom colours") ), 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 
     buttonsizer->Add( new wxButton(this, wxID_ADD_CUSTOM, _("Add to custom colours") ), 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );


@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::InitializeColours(void)
     wxColour curr = colourData.GetColour();
     if ( curr.Ok() )
     {
     wxColour curr = colourData.GetColour();
     if ( curr.Ok() )
     {

-        bool initColourFound = FALSE;
+        bool initColourFound = false;

 
         for (i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxColourDialogNames); i++)
         {
 
         for (i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxColourDialogNames); i++)
         {


@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::InitializeColours(void)
             {
                 whichKind = 1;
                 colourSelection = i;
             {
                 whichKind = 1;
                 colourSelection = i;

-                initColourFound = TRUE;
+                initColourFound = true;

                 break;
             }
         }
                 break;
             }
         }


@@ -477,46 +477,46 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::PaintCustomColour(wxDC& dc)
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnBasicColourClick(int which)
 {
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnBasicColourClick(int which)
 {

-  wxClientDC dc(this);
+    wxClientDC dc(this);

 
 

-  PaintHighlight(dc, FALSE);
-  whichKind = 1;
-  colourSelection = which;
-  colourData.SetColour(standardColours[colourSelection]);
-  redSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Red() );
+    PaintHighlight(dc, false);
+    whichKind = 1;
+    colourSelection = which;
+    colourData.SetColour(standardColours[colourSelection]);
+    redSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Red() );

     greenSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Green() );
     blueSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Blue() );
     greenSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Green() );
     blueSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Blue() );

-  singleCustomColour.Set(standardColours[colourSelection].Red(), standardColours[colourSelection].Green(), standardColours[colourSelection].Blue());
+    singleCustomColour.Set(standardColours[colourSelection].Red(), standardColours[colourSelection].Green(), standardColours[colourSelection].Blue());

 
 

-  PaintCustomColour(dc);
-    PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
+    PaintCustomColour(dc);
+    PaintHighlight(dc, true);

 }
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCustomColourClick(int which)
 {
 }
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCustomColourClick(int which)
 {

-  wxClientDC dc(this);
-  PaintHighlight(dc, FALSE);
-  whichKind = 2;
-  colourSelection = which;
-  colourData.SetColour(customColours[colourSelection]);
-  redSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Red() );
+    wxClientDC dc(this);
+    PaintHighlight(dc, false);
+    whichKind = 2;
+    colourSelection = which;
+    colourData.SetColour(customColours[colourSelection]);
+    redSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Red() );

     greenSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Green() );
     blueSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Blue() );
     greenSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Green() );
     blueSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Blue() );

-  singleCustomColour.Set(customColours[colourSelection].Red(), customColours[colourSelection].Green(), customColours[colourSelection].Blue());
-  PaintCustomColour(dc);
-  PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
+    singleCustomColour.Set(customColours[colourSelection].Red(), customColours[colourSelection].Green(), customColours[colourSelection].Blue());
+    PaintCustomColour(dc);
+    PaintHighlight(dc, true);

 }
 
 /*
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnOk(void)
 {
 }
 
 /*
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnOk(void)
 {

-  Show(FALSE);
+  Show(false);

 }
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCancel(void)
 {
 }
 
 void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCancel(void)
 {

-  colourDialogCancelled = TRUE;
-  Show(FALSE);
+  colourDialogCancelled = true;
+  Show(false);

 }
 */
 
 }
 */
 


@@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::OnAddCustom(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
   wxClientDC dc(this);
   if (whichKind != 2)
   {
   wxClientDC dc(this);
   if (whichKind != 2)
   {

-    PaintHighlight(dc, FALSE);
+    PaintHighlight(dc, false);

     whichKind = 2;
     colourSelection = 0;
     whichKind = 2;
     colourSelection = 0;

-    PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
+    PaintHighlight(dc, true);

   }
 
   customColours[colourSelection].Set(singleCustomColour.Red(), singleCustomColour.Green(), singleCustomColour.Blue());
   }
 
   customColours[colourSelection].Set(singleCustomColour.Red(), singleCustomColour.Green(), singleCustomColour.Blue());

diff --git a/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp b/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp
index 9c0b4eaab1654730ad93fe7b5ce03614c18ffb0a..8f7d2b07de9c1c6aac35ca7e8a707bb9bc6c5beb 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC ()
 
     m_pageNumber = 0;
 
 
     m_pageNumber = 0;
 

-    m_clipping = FALSE;
+    m_clipping = false;

 
     m_underlinePosition = 0.0;
     m_underlineThickness = 0.0;
 
     m_underlinePosition = 0.0;
     m_underlineThickness = 0.0;


@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC (const wxPrintData& printData)
 
     m_pageNumber = 0;
 
 
     m_pageNumber = 0;
 

-    m_clipping = FALSE;
+    m_clipping = false;

 
     m_underlinePosition = 0.0;
     m_underlineThickness = 0.0;
 
     m_underlinePosition = 0.0;
     m_underlineThickness = 0.0;


@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC (const wxPrintData& printData)
 
     m_printData = printData;
 
 
     m_printData = printData;
 

-    m_ok = TRUE;
+    m_ok = true;

 }
 
 wxPostScriptDC::~wxPostScriptDC ()
 }
 
 wxPostScriptDC::~wxPostScriptDC ()


@@ -326,16 +326,16 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::Create( const wxString &output, bool interactive, wxWindow
     {
         wxPrintDialogData ddata( data );
         wxPrintDialog dialog( parent, &data );
     {
         wxPrintDialogData ddata( data );
         wxPrintDialog dialog( parent, &data );

-        dialog.GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
+        dialog.GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(true);

         if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK)
         {
         if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK)
         {

-            m_ok = FALSE;
-            return FALSE;
+            m_ok = false;
+            return false;

         }
         data = dialog.GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData();
     }
 
         }
         data = dialog.GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData();
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 #endif
 
 }
 #endif
 


@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoSetClippingRegion (wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoo
 
     wxDC::DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h);
 
 
     wxDC::DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h);
 

-    m_clipping = TRUE;
+    m_clipping = true;

 
     PsPrintf( wxT("gsave\n newpath\n")
               wxT("%d %d moveto\n")
 
     PsPrintf( wxT("gsave\n newpath\n")
               wxT("%d %d moveto\n")


@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DestroyClippingRegion()
 
     if (m_clipping)
     {
 
     if (m_clipping)
     {

-        m_clipping = FALSE;
+        m_clipping = false;

         PsPrint( "grestore\n" );
     }
 
         PsPrint( "grestore\n" );
     }
 


@@ -391,13 +391,13 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::Clear()
 bool wxPostScriptDC::DoFloodFill (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), const wxColour &WXUNUSED(col), int WXUNUSED(style))
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDC::FloodFill not implemented.") );
 bool wxPostScriptDC::DoFloodFill (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), const wxColour &WXUNUSED(col), int WXUNUSED(style))
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDC::FloodFill not implemented.") );

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxPostScriptDC::DoGetPixel (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), wxColour * WXUNUSED(col)) const
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDC::GetPixel not implemented.") );
 }
 
 bool wxPostScriptDC::DoGetPixel (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), wxColour * WXUNUSED(col)) const
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDC::GetPixel not implemented.") );

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxPostScriptDC::DoCrossHair (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y))
 }
 
 void wxPostScriptDC::DoCrossHair (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y))


@@ -699,14 +699,14 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawLines (int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCo
               wxT("%d %d moveto\n"),
               LogicalToDeviceX(points[0].x+xoffset),
               LogicalToDeviceY(points[0].y+yoffset) );
               wxT("%d %d moveto\n"),
               LogicalToDeviceX(points[0].x+xoffset),
               LogicalToDeviceY(points[0].y+yoffset) );

-    
+

     for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
     {
         PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d lineto\n"),
                   LogicalToDeviceX(points[i].x+xoffset),
                   LogicalToDeviceY(points[i].y+yoffset) );
     }
     for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
     {
         PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d lineto\n"),
                   LogicalToDeviceX(points[i].x+xoffset),
                   LogicalToDeviceY(points[i].y+yoffset) );
     }

-    
+

     PsPrint( "stroke\n" );
 }
 
     PsPrint( "stroke\n" );
 }
 


@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawEllipse (wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord
 
 void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
 {
 
 void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
 {

-    DrawBitmap( icon, x, y, TRUE );
+    DrawBitmap( icon, x, y, true );

 }
 
 /* this has to be char, not wxChar */
 }
 
 /* this has to be char, not wxChar */


@@ -1014,12 +1014,12 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetFont( const wxFont& font )
     // We may legitimately call SetFont before BeginDoc
     if (!m_pstream)
         return;
     // We may legitimately call SetFont before BeginDoc
     if (!m_pstream)
         return;

-    
+

     PsPrint( name );
     PsPrint( " reencodeISO def\n" );
     PsPrint( name );
     PsPrint( " findfont\n" );
     PsPrint( name );
     PsPrint( " reencodeISO def\n" );
     PsPrint( name );
     PsPrint( " findfont\n" );

-    
+

     char buffer[100];
     sprintf( buffer, "%f scalefont setfont\n", LogicalToDeviceYRel(m_font.GetPointSize() * 1000) / 1000.0F);
     // this is a hack - we must scale font size (in pts) according to m_scaleY but
     char buffer[100];
     sprintf( buffer, "%f scalefont setfont\n", LogicalToDeviceYRel(m_font.GetPointSize() * 1000) / 1000.0F);
     // this is a hack - we must scale font size (in pts) according to m_scaleY but


@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetPen( const wxPen& pen )
         double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0;
         double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0;
         double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0;
         double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0;
         double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0;
         double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0;

-        
+

         char buffer[100];
         sprintf( buffer,
             "%.8f %.8f %.8f setrgbcolor\n",
         char buffer[100];
         sprintf( buffer,
             "%.8f %.8f %.8f setrgbcolor\n",


@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetPen( const wxPen& pen )
             if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
 
         PsPrint( buffer );
             if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
 
         PsPrint( buffer );

-            
+

         m_currentRed = red;
         m_currentBlue = blue;
         m_currentGreen = green;
         m_currentRed = red;
         m_currentBlue = blue;
         m_currentGreen = green;


@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush )
                 redPS, greenPS, bluePS );
         for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
             if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
                 redPS, greenPS, bluePS );
         for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
             if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';

-        
+

         PsPrint( buffer );
 
         m_currentRed = red;
         PsPrint( buffer );
 
         m_currentRed = red;


@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
 
     PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d moveto\n"), LogicalToDeviceX(x), LogicalToDeviceY(by) );
     PsPrint( "(" );
 
     PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d moveto\n"), LogicalToDeviceX(x), LogicalToDeviceY(by) );
     PsPrint( "(" );

-    
+

     const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str();
     size_t len = strlen(textbuf);
     size_t i;
     const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str();
     size_t len = strlen(textbuf);
     size_t i;


@@ -1446,9 +1446,9 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
             PsPrint(c);
         }
     }
             PsPrint(c);
         }
     }

-    
+

     PsPrint( ") show\n" );
     PsPrint( ") show\n" );

-    
+

     if (m_font.GetUnderlined())
     {
         wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition);
     if (m_font.GetUnderlined())
     {
         wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition);


@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
 
     PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d moveto\n"),
             LogicalToDeviceX(x), LogicalToDeviceY(y));
 
     PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d moveto\n"),
             LogicalToDeviceX(x), LogicalToDeviceY(y));

-    
+

     char buffer[100];
     sprintf(buffer, "%.8f rotate\n", angle);
     size_t i;
     char buffer[100];
     sprintf(buffer, "%.8f rotate\n", angle);
     size_t i;


@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
         if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
     }
     PsPrint( buffer);
         if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
     }
     PsPrint( buffer);

-    
+

     PsPrint( "(" );
     const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str();
     size_t len = strlen(textbuf);
     PsPrint( "(" );
     const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str();
     size_t len = strlen(textbuf);


@@ -1562,16 +1562,16 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
             PsPrint(c);
         }
     }
             PsPrint(c);
         }
     }

-    
+

     PsPrint( ") show\n" );
     PsPrint( ") show\n" );

-    
+

     sprintf( buffer, "%.8f rotate\n", -angle );
     for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
     {
         if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
     }
     PsPrint( buffer );
     sprintf( buffer, "%.8f rotate\n", -angle );
     for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
     {
         if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
     }
     PsPrint( buffer );

-    
+

     if (m_font.GetUnderlined())
     {
         wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition);
     if (m_font.GetUnderlined())
     {
         wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition);


@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
         }
         PsPrint( buffer );
     }
         }
         PsPrint( buffer );
     }

-    
+

     CalcBoundingBox( x, y );
     CalcBoundingBox( x + size * text.Length() * 2/3 , y );
 }
     CalcBoundingBox( x, y );
     CalcBoundingBox( x + size * text.Length() * 2/3 , y );
 }


@@ -1780,11 +1780,11 @@ wxSize wxPostScriptDC::GetPPI(void) const
 
 bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
 {
 
 bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, FALSE, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, false, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );

 
     if ( m_printData.GetPrintMode() != wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM )
     {
 
     if ( m_printData.GetPrintMode() != wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM )
     {

-        if (m_printData.GetFilename() == wxT(""))
+        if (m_printData.GetFilename() == wxEmptyString)

         {
             wxString filename = wxGetTempFileName( wxT("ps") );
             m_printData.SetFilename(filename);
         {
             wxString filename = wxGetTempFileName( wxT("ps") );
             m_printData.SetFilename(filename);


@@ -1796,12 +1796,12 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
         if (!m_pstream)
         {
             wxLogError( _("Cannot open file for PostScript printing!"));
         if (!m_pstream)
         {
             wxLogError( _("Cannot open file for PostScript printing!"));

-            m_ok = FALSE;
-            return FALSE;
+            m_ok = false;
+            return false;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    m_ok = TRUE;
+    m_ok = true;

     m_title = message;
 
     PsPrint( "%!PS-Adobe-2.0\n" );
     m_title = message;
 
     PsPrint( "%!PS-Adobe-2.0\n" );


@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
 
     wxPageNumber = 1;
     m_pageNumber = 1;
 
     wxPageNumber = 1;
     m_pageNumber = 1;

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()
 }
 
 void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()


@@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()
 
     if (m_clipping)
     {
 
     if (m_clipping)
     {

-        m_clipping = FALSE;
+        m_clipping = false;

         PsPrint( "grestore\n" );
     }
 
         PsPrint( "grestore\n" );
     }
 


@@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()
         command += wxT(" ");
         command += m_printData.GetFilename();
 
         command += wxT(" ");
         command += m_printData.GetFilename();
 

-        wxExecute( command, TRUE );
+        wxExecute( command, true );

         wxRemoveFile( m_printData.GetFilename() );
     }
 #endif
         wxRemoveFile( m_printData.GetFilename() );
     }
 #endif


@@ -2019,9 +2019,9 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
                            wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
                            int rop, bool WXUNUSED(useMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(xsrcMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(ysrcMask) )
 {
                            wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
                            int rop, bool WXUNUSED(useMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(xsrcMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(ysrcMask) )
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, FALSE, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, false, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );

 
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( source, FALSE, wxT("invalid source dc") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( source, false, wxT("invalid source dc") );

 
     /* blit into a bitmap */
     wxBitmap bitmap( (int)fwidth, (int)fheight );
 
     /* blit into a bitmap */
     wxBitmap bitmap( (int)fwidth, (int)fheight );


@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
     /* draw bitmap. scaling and positioning is done there */
     DrawBitmap( bitmap, xdest, ydest );
 
     /* draw bitmap. scaling and positioning is done there */
     DrawBitmap( bitmap, xdest, ydest );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxCoord wxPostScriptDC::GetCharHeight() const
 }
 
 wxCoord wxPostScriptDC::GetCharHeight() const


@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
     /
     /  example:
     /
     /
     /  example:
     /

-    /    wxPostScriptDC dc(NULL, TRUE);
+    /    wxPostScriptDC dc(NULL, true);

     /    if (dc.Ok()){
     /      wxSetAFMPath("d:\\wxw161\\afm\\");
     /      dc.StartDoc("Test");
     /    if (dc.Ok()){
     /      wxSetAFMPath("d:\\wxw161\\afm\\");
     /      dc.StartDoc("Test");


@@ -2525,12 +2525,12 @@ bool wxPostScriptModule::OnInit()
 {
     wxInitializePrintSetupData();
 
 {
     wxInitializePrintSetupData();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxPostScriptModule::OnExit()
 {
 }
 
 void wxPostScriptModule::OnExit()
 {

-    wxInitializePrintSetupData(FALSE);
+    wxInitializePrintSetupData(false);

 }
 #endif
   // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
 }
 #endif
   // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2

diff --git a/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp b/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp
index 91c38afb437ec8fcf041973bdb8068701d3f9149..0a129d1b0ad7adbaba993650dc3d4f6455756afe 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp
@@ -160,28 +160,29 @@ size_t wxGetAvailableDrives(wxArrayString &paths, wxArrayString &names, wxArrayI
     ULONG ulDriveNum = 0;
     ULONG ulDriveMap = 0;
     rc = ::DosQueryCurrentDisk(&ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap);
     ULONG ulDriveNum = 0;
     ULONG ulDriveMap = 0;
     rc = ::DosQueryCurrentDisk(&ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap);

-    if ( rc == 0){
+    if ( rc == 0)
+    {

         size_t i = 0;
         while (i < 26)
         {
         size_t i = 0;
         while (i < 26)
         {

-           if (ulDriveMap & ( 1 << i ))
-           {
-               wxString path, name;
-               path.Printf(wxT("%c:\\"), 'A' + i);
-               name.Printf(wxT("%c:"), 'A' + i);
-
-               int imageId;
-               if (path == wxT("A:\\") || path == wxT("B:\\"))
-                 imageId = wxFileIconsTable::floppy;
-               else
-                 imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive;
-               paths.Add(path);
-               names.Add(name);
-               icon_ids.Add(imageId);
-           }
+            if (ulDriveMap & ( 1 << i ))
+            {
+                wxString path, name;
+                path.Printf(wxT("%c:\\"), 'A' + i);
+                name.Printf(wxT("%c:"), 'A' + i);
+
+                int imageId;
+                if (path == wxT("A:\\") || path == wxT("B:\\"))
+                    imageId = wxFileIconsTable::floppy;
+                else
+                    imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive;
+                paths.Add(path);
+                names.Add(name);
+                icon_ids.Add(imageId);
+            }

             i ++;
             i ++;

-       }
-    } 
+        }
+    }

 #else // !__WIN32__, !__OS2__
     int drive;
 
 #else // !__WIN32__, !__OS2__
     int drive;
 


@@ -236,7 +237,7 @@ size_t wxGetAvailableDrives(wxArrayString &paths, wxArrayString &names, wxArrayI
             CFStringRef cfstr = CFStringCreateWithCharacters( kCFAllocatorDefault,
                                                               volumeName.unicode,
                                                               volumeName.length );
             CFStringRef cfstr = CFStringCreateWithCharacters( kCFAllocatorDefault,
                                                               volumeName.unicode,
                                                               volumeName.length );

-            // Do something with str
+            // Do something with str

             char *cstr = NewPtr(CFStringGetLength(cfstr) + 1);
             if (( cstr == NULL ) ||
                 !CFStringGetCString(cfstr, cstr, CFStringGetLength(cfstr) + 1,
             char *cstr = NewPtr(CFStringGetLength(cfstr) + 1);
             if (( cstr == NULL ) ||
                 !CFStringGetCString(cfstr, cstr, CFStringGetLength(cfstr) + 1,


@@ -307,7 +308,7 @@ bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
     if ( dirName.Len() == 3 && dirName[1u] == wxT(':') )
     {
         wxString dirNameLower(dirName.Lower());
     if ( dirName.Len() == 3 && dirName[1u] == wxT(':') )
     {
         wxString dirNameLower(dirName.Lower());

-        // VS: always return TRUE for removable media, since Win95 doesn't
+        // VS: always return true for removable media, since Win95 doesn't

         //     like it when MS-DOS app accesses empty floppy drive
         return (dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('a') ||
                 dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('b') ||
         //     like it when MS-DOS app accesses empty floppy drive
         return (dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('a') ||
                 dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('b') ||


@@ -315,7 +316,7 @@ bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
     }
     else
 #endif
     }
     else
 #endif

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

 }
 
 #elif defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__)
 }
 
 #elif defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__)


@@ -328,39 +329,39 @@ int setdrive(int drive)
     (defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1)
     return _chdrive(drive);
 #else
     (defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1)
     return _chdrive(drive);
 #else

-       wxChar  newdrive[4];
+    wxChar  newdrive[4];

 
 

-       if (drive < 1 || drive > 31)
-               return -1;
-       newdrive[0] = (wxChar)(wxT('A') + drive - 1);
-       newdrive[1] = wxT(':');
+    if (drive < 1 || drive > 31)
+        return -1;
+    newdrive[0] = (wxChar)(wxT('A') + drive - 1);
+    newdrive[1] = wxT(':');

 #ifdef __OS2__
 #ifdef __OS2__

-       newdrive[2] = wxT('\\');
-       newdrive[3] = wxT('\0');
+    newdrive[2] = wxT('\\');
+    newdrive[3] = wxT('\0');

 #else
 #else

-       newdrive[2] = wxT('\0');
+    newdrive[2] = wxT('\0');

 #endif
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 #endif
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)

-       if (::SetCurrentDirectory(newdrive))
+    if (::SetCurrentDirectory(newdrive))

 #else
     // VA doesn't know what LPSTR is and has its own set
 #else
     // VA doesn't know what LPSTR is and has its own set

-       if (!DosSetCurrentDir((PSZ)newdrive))
+    if (!DosSetCurrentDir((PSZ)newdrive))

 #endif
 #endif

-               return 0;
-       else
-               return -1;
+        return 0;
+    else
+        return -1;

 #endif // !GNUWIN32
 }
 
 bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
 {
 #ifdef __WXWINCE__
 #endif // !GNUWIN32
 }
 
 bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
 {
 #ifdef __WXWINCE__

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 #else
 #ifdef __WIN32__
     UINT errorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
 #endif
 #else
 #ifdef __WIN32__
     UINT errorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
 #endif

-    bool success = TRUE;
+    bool success = true;

 
     // Check if this is a root directory and if so,
     // whether the drive is available.
 
     // Check if this is a root directory and if so,
     // whether the drive is available.


@@ -382,7 +383,7 @@ bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
 
         if (err == -1)
         {
 
         if (err == -1)
         {

-            success = FALSE;
+            success = false;

         }
 #endif
     }
         }
 #endif
     }


@@ -416,8 +417,8 @@ wxDirItemData::wxDirItemData(const wxString& path, const wxString& name,
      * In UnixLand we just check whether the first char is a dot
      * For FileNameFromPath read LastDirNameInThisPath ;-) */
     // m_isHidden = (bool)(wxFileNameFromPath(*m_path)[0] == '.');
      * In UnixLand we just check whether the first char is a dot
      * For FileNameFromPath read LastDirNameInThisPath ;-) */
     // m_isHidden = (bool)(wxFileNameFromPath(*m_path)[0] == '.');

-    m_isHidden = FALSE;
-    m_isExpanded = FALSE;
+    m_isHidden = false;
+    m_isExpanded = false;

     m_isDir = isDir;
 }
 
     m_isDir = isDir;
 }
 


@@ -434,13 +435,13 @@ void wxDirItemData::SetNewDirName(const wxString& path)
 bool wxDirItemData::HasSubDirs() const
 {
     if (m_path.IsEmpty())
 bool wxDirItemData::HasSubDirs() const
 {
     if (m_path.IsEmpty())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxDir dir;
     {
         wxLogNull nolog;
         if ( !dir.Open(m_path) )
 
     wxDir dir;
     {
         wxLogNull nolog;
         if ( !dir.Open(m_path) )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
 
     return dir.HasSubDirs();
     }
 
     return dir.HasSubDirs();


@@ -449,13 +450,13 @@ bool wxDirItemData::HasSubDirs() const
 bool wxDirItemData::HasFiles(const wxString& WXUNUSED(spec)) const
 {
     if (m_path.IsEmpty())
 bool wxDirItemData::HasFiles(const wxString& WXUNUSED(spec)) const
 {
     if (m_path.IsEmpty())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxDir dir;
     {
         wxLogNull nolog;
         if ( !dir.Open(m_path) )
 
     wxDir dir;
     {
         wxLogNull nolog;
         if ( !dir.Open(m_path) )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
 
     return dir.HasFiles();
     }
 
     return dir.HasFiles();


@@ -478,7 +479,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGenericDirCtrlStyle )
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)

-    
+

     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)


@@ -508,17 +509,17 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl,"wx/dirctrl.h")
 
 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl)
     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
 
 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl)
     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )

-       wxPROPERTY( DefaultPath , wxString , SetDefaultPath , GetDefaultPath  , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
-       wxPROPERTY( Filter , wxString , SetFilter , GetFilter  , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
-       wxPROPERTY( DefaultFilter , int , SetFilterIndex, GetFilterIndex, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
+    wxPROPERTY( DefaultPath , wxString , SetDefaultPath , GetDefaultPath  , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Filter , wxString , SetFilter , GetFilter  , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
+    wxPROPERTY( DefaultFilter , int , SetFilterIndex, GetFilterIndex, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )

     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxGenericDirCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") )
 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
 
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 
     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxGenericDirCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") )
 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
 
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 

-wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxGenericDirCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxString , DefaultPath , 
-                 wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle , wxString , Filter , int , DefaultFilter ) 
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxGenericDirCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxString , DefaultPath ,
+                 wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle , wxString , Filter , int , DefaultFilter )

 #else
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl)
 #endif
 #else
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl)
 #endif


@@ -547,7 +548,7 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                               const wxString& name)
 {
     if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name))
                               const wxString& name)
 {
     if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
 
 
     SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
 


@@ -584,8 +585,8 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
     m_treeCtrl->SetImageList(wxTheFileIconsTable->GetSmallImageList());
 
 
     m_treeCtrl->SetImageList(wxTheFileIconsTable->GetSmallImageList());
 

-    m_showHidden = FALSE;
-    wxDirItemData* rootData = new wxDirItemData(wxT(""), wxT(""), TRUE);
+    m_showHidden = false;
+    wxDirItemData* rootData = new wxDirItemData(wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, true);

 
     wxString rootName;
 
 
     wxString rootName;
 


@@ -606,7 +607,7 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     SetBestSize(size);
     DoResize();
 
     SetBestSize(size);
     DoResize();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxGenericDirCtrl::~wxGenericDirCtrl()
 }
 
 wxGenericDirCtrl::~wxGenericDirCtrl()


@@ -615,7 +616,7 @@ wxGenericDirCtrl::~wxGenericDirCtrl()
 
 void wxGenericDirCtrl::Init()
 {
 
 void wxGenericDirCtrl::Init()
 {

-    m_showHidden = FALSE;
+    m_showHidden = false;

     m_currentFilter = 0;
     m_currentFilterStr = wxEmptyString; // Default: any file
     m_treeCtrl = NULL;
     m_currentFilter = 0;
     m_currentFilterStr = wxEmptyString; // Default: any file
     m_treeCtrl = NULL;


@@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ShowHidden( bool show )
 const wxTreeItemId
 wxGenericDirCtrl::AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId)
 {
 const wxTreeItemId
 wxGenericDirCtrl::AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId)
 {

-    wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,name,TRUE);
+    wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,name,true);

 
     wxTreeItemId id = AppendItem( m_rootId, name, imageId, -1, dir_item);
 
 
     wxTreeItemId id = AppendItem( m_rootId, name, imageId, -1, dir_item);
 


@@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
     if (!data->m_isExpanded)
         return;
 
     if (!data->m_isExpanded)
         return;
 

-    data->m_isExpanded = FALSE;
+    data->m_isExpanded = false;

     wxTreeItemIdValue cookie;
     /* Workaround because DeleteChildren has disapeared (why?) and
      * CollapseAndReset doesn't work as advertised (deletes parent too) */
     wxTreeItemIdValue cookie;
     /* Workaround because DeleteChildren has disapeared (why?) and
      * CollapseAndReset doesn't work as advertised (deletes parent too) */


@@ -765,7 +766,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
     if (data->m_isExpanded)
         return;
 
     if (data->m_isExpanded)
         return;
 

-    data->m_isExpanded = TRUE;
+    data->m_isExpanded = true;

 
     if (parentId == m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem())
     {
 
     if (parentId == m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem())
     {


@@ -784,7 +785,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
     // whether the drive is avaiable.
     if (!wxIsDriveAvailable(dirName))
     {
     // whether the drive is avaiable.
     if (!wxIsDriveAvailable(dirName))
     {

-        data->m_isExpanded = FALSE;
+        data->m_isExpanded = false;

         //wxMessageBox(wxT("Sorry, this drive is not available."));
         return;
     }
         //wxMessageBox(wxT("Sorry, this drive is not available."));
         return;
     }


@@ -869,7 +870,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
             path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH);
         path += eachFilename;
 
             path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH);
         path += eachFilename;
 

-        wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,TRUE);
+        wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,true);

         wxTreeItemId id = AppendItem( parentId, eachFilename,
                                       wxFileIconsTable::folder, -1, dir_item);
         m_treeCtrl->SetItemImage( id, wxFileIconsTable::folder_open,
         wxTreeItemId id = AppendItem( parentId, eachFilename,
                                       wxFileIconsTable::folder, -1, dir_item);
         m_treeCtrl->SetItemImage( id, wxFileIconsTable::folder_open,


@@ -898,7 +899,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
                 path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH);
             path += eachFilename;
             //path = dirName + wxString(wxT("/")) + eachFilename;
                 path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH);
             path += eachFilename;
             //path = dirName + wxString(wxT("/")) + eachFilename;

-            wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,FALSE);
+            wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,false);

             int image_id = wxFileIconsTable::file;
             if (eachFilename.Find(wxT('.')) != wxNOT_FOUND)
                 image_id = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID(eachFilename.AfterLast(wxT('.')));
             int image_id = wxFileIconsTable::file;
             if (eachFilename.Find(wxT('.')) != wxNOT_FOUND)
                 image_id = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID(eachFilename.AfterLast(wxT('.')));


@@ -955,9 +956,9 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString&
                 if (childPath == path3)
                 {
                     if (path3.Len() == path2.Len())
                 if (childPath == path3)
                 {
                     if (path3.Len() == path2.Len())

-                        done = TRUE;
+                        done = true;

                     else
                     else

-                        done = FALSE;
+                        done = false;

                     return childId;
                 }
             }
                     return childId;
                 }
             }


@@ -973,7 +974,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString&
 // and select the given tree item.
 bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
 {
 // and select the given tree item.
 bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
 {

-    bool done = FALSE;
+    bool done = false;

     wxTreeItemId id = FindChild(m_rootId, path, done);
     wxTreeItemId lastId = id; // The last non-zero id
     while (id.IsOk() && !done)
     wxTreeItemId id = FindChild(m_rootId, path, done);
     wxTreeItemId lastId = id; // The last non-zero id
     while (id.IsOk() && !done)


@@ -996,16 +997,16 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
             // Find the first file in this directory
             wxTreeItemIdValue cookie;
             wxTreeItemId childId = m_treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(lastId, cookie);
             // Find the first file in this directory
             wxTreeItemIdValue cookie;
             wxTreeItemId childId = m_treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(lastId, cookie);

-            bool selectedChild = FALSE;
+            bool selectedChild = false;

             while (childId.IsOk())
             {
                 wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(childId);
 
             while (childId.IsOk())
             {
                 wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(childId);
 

-                if (data && data->m_path != wxT("") && !data->m_isDir)
+                if (data && data->m_path != wxEmptyString && !data->m_isDir)

                 {
                     m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(childId);
                     m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(childId);
                 {
                     m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(childId);
                     m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(childId);

-                    selectedChild = TRUE;
+                    selectedChild = true;

                     break;
                 }
                 childId = m_treeCtrl->GetNextChild(lastId, cookie);
                     break;
                 }
                 childId = m_treeCtrl->GetNextChild(lastId, cookie);


@@ -1022,10 +1023,10 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
             m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(lastId);
         }
 
             m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(lastId);
         }
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 wxString wxGenericDirCtrl::GetPath() const
 }
 
 wxString wxGenericDirCtrl::GetPath() const


@@ -1136,10 +1137,10 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExtractWildcard(const wxString& filterStr, int n, wxStrin
     {
         filter = filters[n];
         description = descriptions[n];
     {
         filter = filters[n];
         description = descriptions[n];

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
 }
 
 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4


@@ -1166,8 +1167,16 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::DoResize()
             // correct control height to always be returned, rather
             // than the drop-down list height which is sometimes returned.
             wxSize oldSize = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize();
             // correct control height to always be returned, rather
             // than the drop-down list height which is sometimes returned.
             wxSize oldSize = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize();

-            m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(-1, -1, oldSize.x+10, -1, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
-            m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(-1, -1, oldSize.x, -1, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
+            m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                      wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                      oldSize.x+10,
+                                      wxDefaultSize.y,
+                                      wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
+            m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x,
+                                      wxDefaultPosition.y,
+                                      oldSize.x,
+                                      wxDefaultSize.y,
+                                      wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);

 #endif
             filterSz = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize();
             sz.y -= (filterSz.y + verticalSpacing);
 #endif
             filterSz = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize();
             sz.y -= (filterSz.y + verticalSpacing);


@@ -1189,9 +1198,9 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 }
 
 wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent,
 }
 
 wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent,

-                                          const wxString & text,
-                                          int image, int selectedImage,
-                                          wxTreeItemData * data)
+                                           const wxString & text,
+                                           int image, int selectedImage,
+                                           wxTreeItemData * data)

 {
   wxTreeCtrl *treeCtrl = GetTreeCtrl ();
 
 {
   wxTreeCtrl *treeCtrl = GetTreeCtrl ();
 


@@ -1215,7 +1224,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent,
 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice)
 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice)

-    EVT_CHOICE(-1, wxDirFilterListCtrl::OnSelFilter)
+    EVT_CHOICE(wxID_ANY, wxDirFilterListCtrl::OnSelFilter)

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 bool wxDirFilterListCtrl::Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id,
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 bool wxDirFilterListCtrl::Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id,


@@ -1448,7 +1457,7 @@ class wxFileIconsTableModule: public wxModule
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileIconsTableModule)
 public:
     wxFileIconsTableModule() {}
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileIconsTableModule)
 public:
     wxFileIconsTableModule() {}

-    bool OnInit() { wxTheFileIconsTable = new wxFileIconsTable; return TRUE; }
+    bool OnInit() { wxTheFileIconsTable = new wxFileIconsTable; return true; }

     void OnExit()
     {
         if (wxTheFileIconsTable)
     void OnExit()
     {
         if (wxTheFileIconsTable)


@@ -1536,7 +1545,7 @@ wxImageList *wxFileIconsTable::GetSmallImageList()
 static wxBitmap CreateAntialiasedBitmap(const wxImage& img)
 {
     const unsigned int size = 16;
 static wxBitmap CreateAntialiasedBitmap(const wxImage& img)
 {
     const unsigned int size = 16;

-    
+

     wxImage smallimg (size, size);
     unsigned char *p1, *p2, *ps;
     unsigned char mr = img.GetMaskRed(),
     wxImage smallimg (size, size);
     unsigned char *p1, *p2, *ps;
     unsigned char mr = img.GetMaskRed(),


@@ -1579,7 +1588,7 @@ static wxBitmap CreateAntialiasedBitmap(const wxImage& img)
         }
         p1 += size*2 * 3, p2 += size*2 * 3;
     }
         }
         p1 += size*2 * 3, p2 += size*2 * 3;
     }

-    
+

     return wxBitmap(smallimg);
 }
 
     return wxBitmap(smallimg);
 }
 


@@ -1598,27 +1607,27 @@ static wxImage CutEmptyBorders(const wxImage& img)
     bool empt;
 
 #define MK_DTTMP(x,y)      dttmp = dt + ((x + y * w) * 3)
     bool empt;
 
 #define MK_DTTMP(x,y)      dttmp = dt + ((x + y * w) * 3)

-#define NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)  if (dttmp[0] != mr || dttmp[1] != mg || dttmp[2] != mb) {empt = FALSE; break;}
+#define NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)  if (dttmp[0] != mr || dttmp[1] != mg || dttmp[2] != mb) {empt = false; break;}

 
 

-    for (empt = TRUE, top = 0; empt && top < h; top++)
+    for (empt = true, top = 0; empt && top < h; top++)

     {
         MK_DTTMP(0, top);
         for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3)
             NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
     }
     {
         MK_DTTMP(0, top);
         for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3)
             NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
     }

-    for (empt = TRUE, bottom = h-1; empt && bottom > top; bottom--)
+    for (empt = true, bottom = h-1; empt && bottom > top; bottom--)

     {
         MK_DTTMP(0, bottom);
         for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3)
             NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
     }
     {
         MK_DTTMP(0, bottom);
         for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3)
             NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
     }

-    for (empt = TRUE, left = 0; empt && left < w; left++)
+    for (empt = true, left = 0; empt && left < w; left++)

     {
         MK_DTTMP(left, 0);
         for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w)
             NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
     }
     {
         MK_DTTMP(left, 0);
         for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w)
             NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
     }

-    for (empt = TRUE, right = w-1; empt && right > left; right--)
+    for (empt = true, right = w-1; empt && right > left; right--)

     {
         MK_DTTMP(right, 0);
         for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w)
     {
         MK_DTTMP(right, 0);
         for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w)


@@ -1658,7 +1667,7 @@ int wxFileIconsTable::GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime)
             ic = wxIcon( iconLoc.GetFileName() );
         }
     }
             ic = wxIcon( iconLoc.GetFileName() );
         }
     }

-    
+

     delete ft;
 
     if ( !ic.Ok() )
     delete ft;
 
     if ( !ic.Ok() )


@@ -1679,7 +1688,7 @@ int wxFileIconsTable::GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime)
     }
 
     const unsigned int size = 16;
     }
 
     const unsigned int size = 16;

-    
+

     int id = m_smallImageList->GetImageCount();
     if ((bmp.GetWidth() == (int) size) && (bmp.GetHeight() == (int) size))
     {
     int id = m_smallImageList->GetImageCount();
     if ((bmp.GetWidth() == (int) size) && (bmp.GetHeight() == (int) size))
     {

diff --git a/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp b/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp
index 9adf9232db5cca377c861129cd21d631ff273dc0..fd25e7b71c7b89b3105d69b5f79fd8e5fb510388 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp
@@ -60,15 +60,15 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericDirDialog, wxDialog)
     EVT_BUTTON               (wxID_OK,        wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK)
     EVT_BUTTON               (ID_NEW,         wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew)
     EVT_BUTTON               (ID_GO_HOME,     wxGenericDirDialog::OnGoHome)
     EVT_BUTTON               (wxID_OK,        wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK)
     EVT_BUTTON               (ID_NEW,         wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew)
     EVT_BUTTON               (ID_GO_HOME,     wxGenericDirDialog::OnGoHome)

-    EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN        (-1,             wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeKeyDown)
-    EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED     (-1,             wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeSelected)
+    EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN        (wxID_ANY,       wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeKeyDown)
+    EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED     (wxID_ANY,       wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeSelected)

     EVT_TEXT_ENTER           (ID_TEXTCTRL,    wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK)
     EVT_CHECKBOX             (ID_SHOW_HIDDEN, wxGenericDirDialog::OnShowHidden)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
                                        const wxString& defaultPath, long style,
     EVT_TEXT_ENTER           (ID_TEXTCTRL,    wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK)
     EVT_CHECKBOX             (ID_SHOW_HIDDEN, wxGenericDirDialog::OnShowHidden)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
                                        const wxString& defaultPath, long style,

-                                       const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz, 
+                                       const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz,

                                        const wxString& name):
                 wxDialog(parent, ID_DIRCTRL, title, pos, sz, style, name)
 {
                                        const wxString& name):
                 wxDialog(parent, ID_DIRCTRL, title, pos, sz, style, name)
 {


@@ -87,23 +87,23 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
 
     // VS: 'Home directory' concept is unknown to MS-DOS
 #ifndef __DOS__
 
     // VS: 'Home directory' concept is unknown to MS-DOS
 #ifndef __DOS__

-    wxBitmapButton* homeButton = 
+    wxBitmapButton* homeButton =

         new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_GO_HOME,
                            wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_GO_HOME, wxART_CMN_DIALOG));
     buttonsizer->Add( homeButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
 #endif
         new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_GO_HOME,
                            wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_GO_HOME, wxART_CMN_DIALOG));
     buttonsizer->Add( homeButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
 #endif

-    
+

     // I'm not convinced we need a New button, and we tend to get annoying
     // accidental-editing with label editing enabled.
     if (style & wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
     {
     // I'm not convinced we need a New button, and we tend to get annoying
     // accidental-editing with label editing enabled.
     if (style & wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
     {

-        wxBitmapButton* newButton = 
+        wxBitmapButton* newButton =

             new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_NEW,
                             wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_NEW_DIR, wxART_CMN_DIALOG));
         buttonsizer->Add( newButton, 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
         newButton->SetToolTip(_("Create new directory"));
             new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_NEW,
                             wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_NEW_DIR, wxART_CMN_DIALOG));
         buttonsizer->Add( newButton, 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
         newButton->SetToolTip(_("Create new directory"));

-#endif    
+#endif

     }
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
     }
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS


@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
     topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxTOP | wxALIGN_RIGHT, 10 );
 
     // 1) dir ctrl
     topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxTOP | wxALIGN_RIGHT, 10 );
 
     // 1) dir ctrl

-    m_dirCtrl = NULL; // this is neccessary, event handler called from 
+    m_dirCtrl = NULL; // this is neccessary, event handler called from

                       // wxGenericDirCtrl would crash otherwise!
     long dirStyle = wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY|wxSUNKEN_BORDER;
                       // wxGenericDirCtrl would crash otherwise!
     long dirStyle = wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY|wxSUNKEN_BORDER;

-    
+

 #ifdef __WXMSW__
     if (style & wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
     {
 #ifdef __WXMSW__
     if (style & wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
     {


@@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
         // before we can call EditLabel (required for "New directory")
         dirStyle |= wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS;
     }
         // before we can call EditLabel (required for "New directory")
         dirStyle |= wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS;
     }

-#endif    
+#endif

 
     m_dirCtrl = new wxGenericDirCtrl(this, ID_DIRCTRL,
                                      m_path, wxPoint(5, 5),
 
     m_dirCtrl = new wxGenericDirCtrl(this, ID_DIRCTRL,
                                      m_path, wxPoint(5, 5),

-                                     wxSize(300, 200), 
+                                     wxSize(300, 200),

                                      dirStyle);
 
     topsizer->Add( m_dirCtrl, 1, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxEXPAND, 10 );
                                      dirStyle);
 
     topsizer->Add( m_dirCtrl, 1, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxEXPAND, 10 );


@@ -143,12 +143,12 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) Static line
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) Static line

-    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 4) Buttons
     buttonsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
 #endif
 
     // 4) Buttons
     buttonsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );

-    
+

     // OK and Cancel button should be at the right bottom
     wxButton* okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"));
     buttonsizer->Add( okButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     // OK and Cancel button should be at the right bottom
     wxButton* okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"));
     buttonsizer->Add( okButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );


@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
     okButton->SetDefault();
     m_dirCtrl->SetFocus();
 
     okButton->SetDefault();
     m_dirCtrl->SetFocus();
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );


@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ void wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     }
     // Interact with user, find out if the dir is a typo or to be created
     wxString msg;
     }
     // Interact with user, find out if the dir is a typo or to be created
     wxString msg;

-    msg.Printf(_("The directory '%s' does not exist\nCreate it now?"), 
+    msg.Printf(_("The directory '%s' does not exist\nCreate it now?"),

                m_path.c_str());
                m_path.c_str());

-    wxMessageDialog dialog(this, msg, _("Directory does not exist"), 
+    wxMessageDialog dialog(this, msg, _("Directory does not exist"),

                            wxYES_NO | wxICON_WARNING);
 
     if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_YES ) {
                            wxYES_NO | wxICON_WARNING);
 
     if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_YES ) {


@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ void wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
         }
         else {
             // Trouble...
         }
         else {
             // Trouble...

-            msg.Printf(_("Failed to create directory '%s'\n(Do you have the required permissions?)"), 
+            msg.Printf(_("Failed to create directory '%s'\n(Do you have the required permissions?)"),

                        m_path.c_str());
             wxMessageDialog errmsg(this, msg, _("Error creating directory"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR);
             errmsg.ShowModal();
                        m_path.c_str());
             wxMessageDialog errmsg(this, msg, _("Error creating directory"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR);
             errmsg.ShowModal();


@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew( wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
         return;
     }
 
         return;
     }
 

-    wxDirItemData *new_data = new wxDirItemData( path, new_name, TRUE );
+    wxDirItemData *new_data = new wxDirItemData( path, new_name, true );

 
     // TODO: THIS CODE DOESN'T WORK YET. We need to avoid duplication of the first child
     // of the parent.
 
     // TODO: THIS CODE DOESN'T WORK YET. We need to avoid duplication of the first child
     // of the parent.

diff --git a/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp b/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp
index 5890d2dc9ac4be85b99885adaa87d752a69c48e2..fe3fe5574cecd13f1b2aae019e47b2176810ddb2 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ wxGenericDragImage::~wxGenericDragImage()
 
 void wxGenericDragImage::Init()
 {
 
 void wxGenericDragImage::Init()
 {

-    m_isDirty = FALSE;
-    m_isShown = FALSE;
+    m_isDirty = false;
+    m_isShown = false;

     m_windowDC = (wxDC*) NULL;
     m_window = (wxWindow*) NULL;
     m_windowDC = (wxDC*) NULL;
     m_window = (wxWindow*) NULL;

-    m_fullScreen = FALSE;
+    m_fullScreen = false;

     m_pBackingBitmap = (wxBitmap*) NULL;
 }
 
     m_pBackingBitmap = (wxBitmap*) NULL;
 }
 


@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
     m_cursor = cursor;
 
 {
     m_cursor = cursor;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor
 }
 
 // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor


@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor)
     m_cursor = cursor;
     m_bitmap = image;
 
     m_cursor = cursor;
     m_bitmap = image;
 

-    return TRUE ;
+    return true ;

 }
 
 // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor
 }
 
 // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor


@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor)
     m_cursor = cursor;
     m_icon = image;
 
     m_cursor = cursor;
     m_icon = image;
 

-    return TRUE ;
+    return true ;

 }
 
 // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor
 }
 
 // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor


@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot,
     if (rect)
         m_boundingRect = * rect;
 
     if (rect)
         m_boundingRect = * rect;
 

-    m_isDirty = FALSE;
-    m_isDirty = FALSE;
+    m_isDirty = false;
+    m_isDirty = false;

 
     if (window)
     {
 
     if (window)
     {


@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot,
             m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height);
     }
 
             m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height);
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
 }
 
 // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left


@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxW
 
     int x = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().x;
     int y = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().y;
 
     int x = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().x;
     int y = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().y;

-    
+

     wxSize sz = fullScreenRect->GetSize();
 
     if (fullScreenRect->GetParent() && !fullScreenRect->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
     wxSize sz = fullScreenRect->GetSize();
 
     if (fullScreenRect->GetParent() && !fullScreenRect->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))


@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxW
     rect.x = x; rect.y = y;
     rect.width = sz.x; rect.height = sz.y;
 
     rect.x = x; rect.y = y;
     rect.width = sz.x; rect.height = sz.y;
 

-    return BeginDrag(hotspot, window, TRUE, & rect);
+    return BeginDrag(hotspot, window, true, & rect);

 }
 
 // End drag
 }
 
 // End drag


@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::EndDrag()
 
     m_repairBitmap = wxNullBitmap;
 
 
     m_repairBitmap = wxNullBitmap;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window
 }
 
 // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window


@@ -334,22 +334,22 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Move(const wxPoint& pt)
     wxPoint oldPos = m_position;
 
     bool eraseOldImage = (m_isDirty && m_isShown);
     wxPoint oldPos = m_position;
 
     bool eraseOldImage = (m_isDirty && m_isShown);

-    
+

     if (m_isShown)
     if (m_isShown)

-        RedrawImage(oldPos - m_offset, pt2 - m_offset, eraseOldImage, TRUE);
+        RedrawImage(oldPos - m_offset, pt2 - m_offset, eraseOldImage, true);

 
     m_position = pt2;
 
     if (m_isShown)
 
     m_position = pt2;
 
     if (m_isShown)

-        m_isDirty = TRUE;
+        m_isDirty = true;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericDragImage::Show()
 {
     wxASSERT_MSG( (m_windowDC != (wxDC*) NULL), wxT("No window DC in wxGenericDragImage::Show()") );
 }
 
 bool wxGenericDragImage::Show()
 {
     wxASSERT_MSG( (m_windowDC != (wxDC*) NULL), wxT("No window DC in wxGenericDragImage::Show()") );

-    
+

     // Show at the current position
 
     if (!m_isShown)
     // Show at the current position
 
     if (!m_isShown)


@@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Show()
         //memDC.Blit(0, 0, m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height, m_windowDC, m_boundingRect.x, m_boundingRect.y);
         memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
 
         //memDC.Blit(0, 0, m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height, m_windowDC, m_boundingRect.x, m_boundingRect.y);
         memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
 

-        RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, FALSE, TRUE);
+        RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, false, true);

     }
 
     }
 

-    m_isShown = TRUE;
-    m_isDirty = TRUE;
+    m_isShown = true;
+    m_isDirty = true;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericDragImage::UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC,
 }
 
 bool wxGenericDragImage::UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC,


@@ -390,13 +390,13 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Hide()
 
     if (m_isShown && m_isDirty)
     {
 
     if (m_isShown && m_isDirty)
     {

-        RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, TRUE, FALSE);
+        RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, true, false);

     }
 
     }
 

-    m_isShown = FALSE;
-    m_isDirty = FALSE;
+    m_isShown = false;
+    m_isDirty = false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // More efficient: erase and redraw simultaneously if possible
 }
 
 // More efficient: erase and redraw simultaneously if possible


@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPo
                                      bool eraseOld, bool drawNew)
 {
     if (!m_windowDC)
                                      bool eraseOld, bool drawNew)
 {
     if (!m_windowDC)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxBitmap* backing = (m_pBackingBitmap ? m_pBackingBitmap : (wxBitmap*) & m_backingBitmap);
     if (!backing->Ok())
 
     wxBitmap* backing = (m_pBackingBitmap ? m_pBackingBitmap : (wxBitmap*) & m_backingBitmap);
     if (!backing->Ok())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxRect oldRect(GetImageRect(oldPos));
     wxRect newRect(GetImageRect(newPos));
 
     wxRect oldRect(GetImageRect(oldPos));
     wxRect newRect(GetImageRect(newPos));


@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPo
     memDCTemp.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
     memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
 
     memDCTemp.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
     memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)
 }
 
 // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)


@@ -481,15 +481,15 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const
     if (m_bitmap.Ok())
     {
         dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap, pos.x, pos.y, (m_bitmap.GetMask() != 0));
     if (m_bitmap.Ok())
     {
         dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap, pos.x, pos.y, (m_bitmap.GetMask() != 0));

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else if (m_icon.Ok())
     {
         dc.DrawIcon(m_icon, pos.x, pos.y);
     }
     else if (m_icon.Ok())
     {
         dc.DrawIcon(m_icon, pos.x, pos.y);

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)
 }
 
 // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)

diff --git a/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp b/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp
index 8ab4c47a9f84114e3b208ac1679162117be8e4b9..7faeda83453ecead72464dd5ba17ddb264d6aa67 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp
@@ -90,16 +90,16 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                                         const wxString& title,
                                         int style)
 {
                                         const wxString& title,
                                         int style)
 {

-    if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, title,
+    if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title,

                            wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                            wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | style) )
     {
                            wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                            wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | style) )
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     SetData(data);
 
     }
 
     SetData(data);
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_FindReplaceData, FALSE,
+    wxCHECK_MSG( m_FindReplaceData, false,

                  _T("can't create dialog without data") );
 
     wxBoxSizer *leftsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
                  _T("can't create dialog without data") );
 
     wxBoxSizer *leftsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );


@@ -108,27 +108,27 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     wxFlexGridSizer *sizer2Col = new wxFlexGridSizer(3);
     sizer2Col->AddGrowableCol(2);
 
     wxFlexGridSizer *sizer2Col = new wxFlexGridSizer(3);
     sizer2Col->AddGrowableCol(2);
 

-    sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, -1, _("Search for:"),
-                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, -1)),
+    sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Search for:"),
+                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y)),

                                     0,
                                     wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxALIGN_RIGHT);
 
     sizer2Col->Add(10, 0);
 
                                     0,
                                     wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxALIGN_RIGHT);
 
     sizer2Col->Add(10, 0);
 

-    m_textFind = new wxTextCtrl(this, -1, m_FindReplaceData->GetFindString());
+    m_textFind = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, m_FindReplaceData->GetFindString());

     sizer2Col->Add(m_textFind, 1, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND);
 
     if ( style & wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG )
     {
     sizer2Col->Add(m_textFind, 1, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND);
 
     if ( style & wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG )
     {

-        sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, -1, _("Replace with:"),
-                                        wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, -1)),
+        sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Replace with:"),
+                                        wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y)),

                                         0,
                                         wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL |
                                         wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxTOP, 5);
 
         sizer2Col->Add(10, 0);
 
                                         0,
                                         wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL |
                                         wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxTOP, 5);
 
         sizer2Col->Add(10, 0);
 

-        m_textRepl = new wxTextCtrl(this, -1,
+        m_textRepl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY,

                                     m_FindReplaceData->GetReplaceString());
         sizer2Col->Add(m_textRepl, 1,
                        wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND | wxTOP, 5);
                                     m_FindReplaceData->GetReplaceString());
         sizer2Col->Add(m_textRepl, 1,
                        wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND | wxTOP, 5);


@@ -140,16 +140,16 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
     wxBoxSizer *chksizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL);
 
 
     wxBoxSizer *chksizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL);
 

-    m_chkWord = new wxCheckBox(this, -1, _("Whole word"));
+    m_chkWord = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Whole word"));

     chksizer->Add(m_chkWord, 0, wxALL, 3);
 
     chksizer->Add(m_chkWord, 0, wxALL, 3);
 

-    m_chkCase = new wxCheckBox(this, -1, _("Match case"));
+    m_chkCase = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Match case"));

     chksizer->Add(m_chkCase, 0, wxALL, 3);
 
     optsizer->Add(chksizer, 0, wxALL, 10);
 
     static const wxString searchDirections[] = {_("Up"), _("Down")};
     chksizer->Add(m_chkCase, 0, wxALL, 3);
 
     optsizer->Add(chksizer, 0, wxALL, 10);
 
     static const wxString searchDirections[] = {_("Up"), _("Down")};

-    m_radioDir = new wxRadioBox(this, -1, _("Search direction"),
+    m_radioDir = new wxRadioBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Search direction"),

                                 wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                 WXSIZEOF(searchDirections), searchDirections);
 
                                 wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                 WXSIZEOF(searchDirections), searchDirections);
 


@@ -180,23 +180,23 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     int flags = m_FindReplaceData->GetFlags();
 
     if ( flags & wxFR_MATCHCASE )
     int flags = m_FindReplaceData->GetFlags();
 
     if ( flags & wxFR_MATCHCASE )

-        m_chkCase->SetValue(TRUE);
+        m_chkCase->SetValue(true);

 
     if ( flags & wxFR_WHOLEWORD )
 
     if ( flags & wxFR_WHOLEWORD )

-        m_chkWord->SetValue(TRUE);
+        m_chkWord->SetValue(true);

 
     m_radioDir->SetSelection( flags & wxFR_DOWN );
 
     if ( style & wxFR_NOMATCHCASE )
 
     m_radioDir->SetSelection( flags & wxFR_DOWN );
 
     if ( style & wxFR_NOMATCHCASE )

-        m_chkCase->Enable(FALSE);
+        m_chkCase->Enable(false);

 
     if ( style & wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD )
 
     if ( style & wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD )

-        m_chkWord->Enable(FALSE);
+        m_chkWord->Enable(false);

 
     if ( style & wxFR_NOUPDOWN)
 
     if ( style & wxFR_NOUPDOWN)

-        m_radioDir->Enable(FALSE);
+        m_radioDir->Enable(false);

 
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );


@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
     m_textFind->SetFocus();
 
 
     m_textFind->SetFocus();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {
     SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE);
 
 {
     SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE);
 

-    Show(FALSE);
+    Show(false);

 }
 
 void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent &event)
 }
 
 void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent &event)

diff --git a/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp b/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp
index fe7031deca1d67c47c132e51510abe0c90f9d2e4..c457e404e74cd5312a2e9cdb580afa8cef9cc5cc 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp
@@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ void wxFileData::ReadData()
     // try to get a better icon
     if (m_image == wxFileIconsTable::file)
     {
     // try to get a better icon
     if (m_image == wxFileIconsTable::file)
     {

-        if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), TRUE) != wxNOT_FOUND)
-       {
+        if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true) != wxNOT_FOUND)
+        {

             m_image = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID( m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.')));
             m_image = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID( m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.')));

-       } else if (IsExe())
-       {
+        } else if (IsExe())
+        {

             m_image = wxFileIconsTable::executable;
             m_image = wxFileIconsTable::executable;

-       }
+        }

     }
 
     m_size = buff.st_size;
     }
 
     m_size = buff.st_size;


@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ wxString wxFileData::GetFileType() const
         return _("<LINK>");
     else if (IsDrive())
         return _("<DRIVE>");
         return _("<LINK>");
     else if (IsDrive())
         return _("<DRIVE>");

-   else if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), TRUE) != wxNOT_FOUND)
+   else if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true) != wxNOT_FOUND)

         return m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.'));
 
     return wxEmptyString;
         return m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.'));
 
     return wxEmptyString;


@@ -361,16 +361,16 @@ void wxFileData::MakeItem( wxListItem &item )
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileCtrl,wxListCtrl)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFileCtrl,wxListCtrl)
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileCtrl,wxListCtrl)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFileCtrl,wxListCtrl)

-    EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteItem)
-    EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems)
-    EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListEndLabelEdit)
-    EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListColClick)
+    EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteItem)
+    EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems)
+    EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListEndLabelEdit)
+    EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListColClick)

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 
 wxFileCtrl::wxFileCtrl()
 {
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 
 wxFileCtrl::wxFileCtrl()
 {

-    m_showHidden = FALSE;
+    m_showHidden = false;

     m_sort_foward = 1;
     m_sort_field = wxFileData::FileList_Name;
 }
     m_sort_foward = 1;
     m_sort_field = wxFileData::FileList_Name;
 }


@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ void wxFileCtrl::GoToParentDir()
         if (!m_dirName.IsEmpty())
         {
             if (m_dirName.Last() == wxT('.'))
         if (!m_dirName.IsEmpty())
         {
             if (m_dirName.Last() == wxT('.'))

-                m_dirName = wxT("");
+                m_dirName = wxEmptyString;

         }
 #elif defined(__UNIX__)
         if (m_dirName.IsEmpty())
         }
 #elif defined(__UNIX__)
         if (m_dirName.IsEmpty())


@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericFileDialog,wxDialog)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 long wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastViewStyle = wxLC_LIST;
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 long wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastViewStyle = wxLC_LIST;

-bool wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastShowHidden = FALSE;
+bool wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastShowHidden = false;

 
 wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                            const wxString& message,
 
 wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                            const wxString& message,


@@ -869,10 +869,10 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                            const wxPoint& pos )
                     :wxFileDialogBase(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos)
 {
                            const wxPoint& pos )
                     :wxFileDialogBase(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos)
 {

-    wxDialog::Create( parent, -1, message, pos, wxDefaultSize,
+    wxDialog::Create( parent, wxID_ANY, message, pos, wxDefaultSize,

                       wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER );
 
                       wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER );
 

-    if (wxConfig::Get(FALSE))
+    if (wxConfig::Get(false))

     {
         wxConfig::Get()->Read(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"),
                               &ms_lastViewStyle);
     {
         wxConfig::Get()->Read(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"),
                               &ms_lastViewStyle);


@@ -964,8 +964,8 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
     wxBoxSizer *staticsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     if (is_pda)
 
     wxBoxSizer *staticsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     if (is_pda)

-        staticsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, -1, _("Current directory:") ), 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
-    m_static = new wxStaticText( this, -1, m_dir );
+        staticsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _("Current directory:") ), 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
+    m_static = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, m_dir );

     staticsizer->Add( m_static, 1 );
     mainsizer->Add( staticsizer, 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxBOTTOM, 10 );
 
     staticsizer->Add( m_static, 1 );
     mainsizer->Add( staticsizer, 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxBOTTOM, 10 );
 


@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
     }
     SetFilterIndex( 0 );
 
     }
     SetFilterIndex( 0 );
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( mainsizer );
 
     mainsizer->Fit( this );
     SetSizer( mainsizer );
 
     mainsizer->Fit( this );


@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
 wxGenericFileDialog::~wxGenericFileDialog()
 {
 
 wxGenericFileDialog::~wxGenericFileDialog()
 {

-    if (wxConfig::Get(FALSE))
+    if (wxConfig::Get(false))

     {
         wxConfig::Get()->Write(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"),
                                ms_lastViewStyle);
     {
         wxConfig::Get()->Write(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"),
                                ms_lastViewStyle);


@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ void wxGenericFileDialog::OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
     GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( cevent );
 }
 
     GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( cevent );
 }
 

-static bool ignoreChanges = FALSE;
+static bool ignoreChanges = false;

 
 void wxGenericFileDialog::OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
 {
 
 void wxGenericFileDialog::OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
 {


@@ -1150,9 +1150,9 @@ void wxGenericFileDialog::OnSelected( wxListEvent &event )
     dir += filename;
     if (wxDirExists(dir)) return;
 
     dir += filename;
     if (wxDirExists(dir)) return;
 

-    ignoreChanges = TRUE;
+    ignoreChanges = true;

     m_text->SetValue( filename );
     m_text->SetValue( filename );

-    ignoreChanges = FALSE;
+    ignoreChanges = false;

 }
 
 void wxGenericFileDialog::HandleAction( const wxString &fn )
 }
 
 void wxGenericFileDialog::HandleAction( const wxString &fn )

diff --git a/src/generic/grid.cpp b/src/generic/grid.cpp
index 8947c56632c19ea533d9ac212af55022c0f17ad9..c68571a1a2d3362a16fd7730884a832b2727b051 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/grid.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/grid.cpp
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 {
     if (m_control)
     {
 {
     if (m_control)
     {

-        m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/);
+        m_control->PopEventHandler(true /* delete it*/);

 
         m_control->Destroy();
         m_control = NULL;
 
         m_control->Destroy();
         m_control = NULL;


@@ -660,10 +660,10 @@ bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 
     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 

-    bool changed = FALSE;
+    bool changed = false;

     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
     if (value != m_startValue)
     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
     if (value != m_startValue)

-        changed = TRUE;
+        changed = true;

 
     if (changed)
         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 
     if (changed)
         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);


@@ -717,16 +717,16 @@ bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
             case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
             case WXK_DIVIDE:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
             case WXK_DIVIDE:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:

-                return TRUE;
+                return true;

 
             default:
                 // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees
                 if ( (keycode < 255) && (wxIsprint(keycode)) )
 
             default:
                 // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees
                 if ( (keycode < 255) && (wxIsprint(keycode)) )

-                    return TRUE;
+                    return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)


@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
     if ( HasRange() )
     {
         // create a spin ctrl
     if ( HasRange() )
     {
         // create a spin ctrl

-        m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString,
+        m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,

                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
                                    m_min, m_max);
                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
                                    m_min, m_max);


@@ -912,15 +912,15 @@ bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
             case WXK_UP:
             case WXK_DOWN:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
             case WXK_UP:
             case WXK_DOWN:

-                return TRUE;
+                return true;

 
             default:
                 if ( (keycode < 128) && wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 
             default:
                 if ( (keycode < 128) && wxIsdigit(keycode) )

-                    return TRUE;
+                    return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)


@@ -1055,9 +1055,9 @@ bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
         else
             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 
         else
             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
 }
 
 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()


@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
     char tmpbuf[2];
     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
     char tmpbuf[2];
     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';

-    bool is_decimal_point = ( wxString(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent) == 
+    bool is_decimal_point = ( wxString(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent) ==

       wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
             || is_decimal_point
       wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
             || is_decimal_point


@@ -1171,27 +1171,27 @@ bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
             case WXK_DECIMAL:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
             case WXK_DECIMAL:
             case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:

-                return TRUE;
+                return true;

 
 

-            default: 
+            default:

             {
                // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
                 char tmpbuf[2];
                 tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
                 tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
                 bool is_decimal_point =
             {
                // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
                 char tmpbuf[2];
                 tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
                 tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
                 bool is_decimal_point =

-                  ( wxString(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent) == 
+                  ( wxString(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent) ==

                     wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
                                       wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
                 if ( (keycode < 128) &&
                      (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
                       is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
                     wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
                                       wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
                 if ( (keycode < 128) &&
                      (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
                       is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )

-                    return TRUE;
+                    return true;

             }
         }
     }
 
             }
         }
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL


@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 
 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
 {
 
 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
 {

-    bool resize = FALSE;
+    bool resize = false;

     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
 
     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
 


@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
         size = sizeBest;
 
         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
         size = sizeBest;
 

-        resize = TRUE;
+        resize = true;

     }
 
     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
     }
 
     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )


@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
         // leave 1 pixel margin
         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
 
         // leave 1 pixel margin
         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
 

-        resize = TRUE;
+        resize = true;

     }
 
     if ( resize )
     }
 
     if ( resize )


@@ -1315,10 +1315,10 @@ bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 
     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 

-    bool changed = FALSE;
+    bool changed = false;

     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
     if ( value != m_startValue )
     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
     if ( value != m_startValue )

-        changed = TRUE;
+        changed = true;

 
     if ( changed )
     {
 
     if ( changed )
     {


@@ -1360,11 +1360,11 @@ bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
             case WXK_SPACE:
             case '+':
             case '-':
             case WXK_SPACE:
             case '+':
             case '-':

-                return TRUE;
+                return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
 }
 
 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false


@@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
             {
             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
             {

-                bool is_empty = TRUE;
+                bool is_empty = true;

                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
                 {
                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
                 {
                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block


@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
                     {
                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
                     {

-                        is_empty = FALSE;
+                        is_empty = false;

                         break;
                     }
                 }
                         break;
                     }
                 }


@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
     {
         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
     {
         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);

-        hasDouble = TRUE;
+        hasDouble = true;

     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {


@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
     {
         // get checkbox size
     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
     {
         // get checkbox size

-        wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString);
+        wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);

         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
 
         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
 


@@ -2878,7 +2878,7 @@ bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
         // use the default attr provider by default
         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
     }
         // use the default attr provider by default
         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
 }
 
 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)


@@ -2939,14 +2939,14 @@ bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
 
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 
 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),


@@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),


@@ -2962,14 +2962,14 @@ bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 
 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 }
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),


@@ -2977,7 +2977,7 @@ bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 
 {
     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
 {
 
 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
 {

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
 }
 
 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),


@@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )


@@ -3243,7 +3243,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )


@@ -3260,7 +3260,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
                     ) );
 
                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
                     ) );
 

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
     }
 
     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )


@@ -3286,7 +3286,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )


@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )


@@ -3333,7 +3333,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
         // TODO: something better than this ?
         //
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
         // TODO: something better than this ?
         //
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 #endif
 
     }
 #endif
 


@@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
 }
 
 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )


@@ -3371,7 +3371,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
                         (unsigned long)numCols,
                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
                     ) );
                         (unsigned long)numCols,
                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
                     ) );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
     }
 
     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )


@@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 
         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
 }
 
 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )


@@ -3768,10 +3768,10 @@ static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
 
 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
 
 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \

-                                          m_colRights, m_numCols, TRUE)
+                                          m_colRights, m_numCols, true)

 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \

-                                          m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, TRUE)
+                                          m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI


@@ -3786,7 +3786,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)

-    
+

     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)


@@ -3817,7 +3817,7 @@ wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 

-wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) 
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )

 
 /*
  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (à la NotebookPageInfo)
 
 /*
  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (à la NotebookPageInfo)


@@ -3863,7 +3863,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 {
     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
 {
     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
 
     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;


@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
     Create() ;
 
 
     Create() ;
 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -3912,12 +3912,12 @@ wxGrid::~wxGrid()
 
 void wxGrid::Create()
 {
 
 void wxGrid::Create()
 {

-    m_created = FALSE;    // set to TRUE by CreateGrid
+    m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid

 
     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
 
     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;

-    m_ownTable     = FALSE;
+    m_ownTable     = false;

 
 

-    m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE;
+    m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;

 
     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
 
 
     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
 


@@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ void wxGrid::Create()
 
     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
 
     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);

-    
+

 #else
     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
 #else
     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));


@@ -3956,24 +3956,24 @@ void wxGrid::Create()
 
     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
 
     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,

-                                                    -1,
+                                                    wxID_ANY,

                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
                                                     wxDefaultSize );
 
     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
                                                     wxDefaultSize );
 
     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,

-                                              -1,
+                                              wxID_ANY,

                                               wxDefaultPosition,
                                               wxDefaultSize );
 
     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
                                               wxDefaultPosition,
                                               wxDefaultSize );
 
     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,

-                                              -1,
+                                              wxID_ANY,

                                               wxDefaultPosition,
                                               wxDefaultSize );
 
     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
                                   m_rowLabelWin,
                                   m_colLabelWin,
                                               wxDefaultPosition,
                                               wxDefaultSize );
 
     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
                                   m_rowLabelWin,
                                   m_colLabelWin,

-                                  -1,
+                                  wxID_ANY,

                                   wxDefaultPosition,
                                   wxDefaultSize );
 
                                   wxDefaultPosition,
                                   wxDefaultSize );
 


@@ -3999,7 +3999,7 @@ void wxGrid::Create()
 
     m_gridWin->SetDefaultForegroundColour(gfg);
     m_gridWin->SetDefaultBackgroundColour(gbg);
 
     m_gridWin->SetDefaultForegroundColour(gfg);
     m_gridWin->SetDefaultBackgroundColour(gbg);

-    
+

     Init();
 }
 
     Init();
 }
 


@@ -4008,7 +4008,7 @@ bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
 {
     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
 {
     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,

-                 FALSE,
+                 false,

                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
 
     m_numRows = numRows;
                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
 
     m_numRows = numRows;


@@ -4016,12 +4016,12 @@ bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
 
     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
     m_table->SetView( this );
 
     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
     m_table->SetView( this );

-    m_ownTable = TRUE;
+    m_ownTable = true;

     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
 
     CalcDimensions();
 
     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
 
     CalcDimensions();
 

-    m_created = TRUE;
+    m_created = true;

 
     return m_created;
 }
 
     return m_created;
 }


@@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@ bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
     if ( m_created )
     {
         // stop all processing
     if ( m_created )
     {
         // stop all processing

-        m_created = FALSE;
+        m_created = false;

 
         if (m_ownTable)
         {
 
         if (m_ownTable)
         {


@@ -4071,12 +4071,12 @@ bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
         m_table = table;
         m_table->SetView( this );
         if (takeOwnership)
         m_table = table;
         m_table->SetView( this );
         if (takeOwnership)

-            m_ownTable = TRUE;
+            m_ownTable = true;

         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
 
         CalcDimensions();
 
         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
 
         CalcDimensions();
 

-        m_created = TRUE;
+        m_created = true;

     }
 
     return m_created;
     }
 
     return m_created;


@@ -4129,22 +4129,22 @@ void wxGrid::Init()
 #endif
 
     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
 #endif
 
     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );

-    m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE;
+    m_gridLinesEnabled = true;

     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
 
     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
 
     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;

-    m_canDragRowSize = TRUE;
-    m_canDragColSize = TRUE;
-    m_canDragGridSize = TRUE;
+    m_canDragRowSize = true;
+    m_canDragColSize = true;
+    m_canDragGridSize = true;

     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;

-    m_isDragging = FALSE;
+    m_isDragging = false;

     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
 
     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
 

-    m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE;
+    m_waitForSlowClick = false;

 
     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
 
     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );


@@ -4156,9 +4156,9 @@ void wxGrid::Init()
     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
 
     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
 

-    m_editable = TRUE;  // default for whole grid
+    m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid

 
 

-    m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE;
+    m_inOnKeyDown = false;

     m_batchCount = 0;
 
     m_extraWidth =
     m_batchCount = 0;
 
     m_extraWidth =


@@ -4332,7 +4332,7 @@ void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
 {
     int i;
 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
 {
     int i;

-    bool result = FALSE;
+    bool result = false;

 
     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
 
     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.


@@ -4400,7 +4400,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }
                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }

-        result = TRUE;
+        result = true;

         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:


@@ -4436,7 +4436,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }
                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }

-        result = TRUE;
+        result = true;

         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:


@@ -4489,7 +4489,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }
                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }

-        result = TRUE;
+        result = true;

         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:


@@ -4532,7 +4532,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
             }
 
         }
             }
 
         }

-        result = TRUE;
+        result = true;

         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:


@@ -4567,7 +4567,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }
                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }

-        result = TRUE;
+        result = true;

         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
         break;
 
         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:


@@ -4620,7 +4620,7 @@ bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }
                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
             }
         }

-        result = TRUE;
+        result = true;

         break;
     }
 
         break;
     }
 


@@ -4802,7 +4802,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     {
         if (!m_isDragging)
         {
     {
         if (!m_isDragging)
         {

-            m_isDragging = TRUE;
+            m_isDragging = true;

             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
         }
 
             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
         }
 


@@ -4859,7 +4859,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     if (m_isDragging)
     {
         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
     if (m_isDragging)
     {
         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();

-        m_isDragging = FALSE;
+        m_isDragging = false;

     }
 
     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
     }
 
     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window


@@ -4931,10 +4931,10 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
         {
             row = YToRow(y);
             if ( row >=0 &&
         {
             row = YToRow(y);
             if ( row >=0 &&

-                !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
-           {
+                 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
+            {

                 // no default action at the moment
                 // no default action at the moment

-           }
+            }

         }
         else
         {
         }
         else
         {


@@ -4972,7 +4972,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     {
         row = YToRow(y);
         if ( row >=0 &&
     {
         row = YToRow(y);
         if ( row >=0 &&

-           !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
+             !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )

         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }
         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }


@@ -4985,7 +4985,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     {
         row = YToRow(y);
         if ( row >= 0 &&
     {
         row = YToRow(y);
         if ( row >= 0 &&

-            !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
+             !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )

         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }
         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }


@@ -5003,12 +5003,12 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
             {
                 // don't capture the mouse yet
                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
             {
                 // don't capture the mouse yet
                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )

-                    ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE);
+                    ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);

             }
         }
         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
         {
             }
         }
         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
         {

-            ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE);
+            ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);

         }
     }
 }
         }
     }
 }


@@ -5024,7 +5024,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     {
         if (!m_isDragging)
         {
     {
         if (!m_isDragging)
         {

-            m_isDragging = TRUE;
+            m_isDragging = true;

             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
         }
 
             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
         }
 


@@ -5081,7 +5081,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     if (m_isDragging)
     {
         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
     if (m_isDragging)
     {
         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();

-        m_isDragging = FALSE;
+        m_isDragging = false;

     }
 
     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
     }
 
     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window


@@ -5154,7 +5154,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
             if ( col >= 0 &&
                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
             {
             if ( col >= 0 &&
                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
             {

-               // no default action at the moment
+                // no default action at the moment

             }
         }
         else
             }
         }
         else


@@ -5193,7 +5193,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     {
         col = XToCol(x);
         if ( col >= 0 &&
     {
         col = XToCol(x);
         if ( col >= 0 &&

-            !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
+             !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )

         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }
         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }


@@ -5206,7 +5206,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
     {
         col = XToCol(x);
         if ( col >= 0 &&
     {
         col = XToCol(x);
         if ( col >= 0 &&

-            !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
+             !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )

         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }
         {
             // no default action at the moment
         }


@@ -5224,12 +5224,12 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
             {
                 // don't capture the cursor yet
                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
             {
                 // don't capture the cursor yet
                 if ( CanDragColSize() )

-                    ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE);
+                    ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);

             }
         }
         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
         {
             }
         }
         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
         {

-            ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE);
+            ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);

         }
     }
 }
         }
     }
 }


@@ -5370,7 +5370,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
                 return;
         }
 
                 return;
         }
 

-        m_isDragging = TRUE;
+        m_isDragging = true;

         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
         {
             // Hide the edit control, so it
         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
         {
             // Hide the edit control, so it


@@ -5456,7 +5456,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
         return;
     }
 
         return;
     }
 

-    m_isDragging = FALSE;
+    m_isDragging = false;

     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
 
     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
 
     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL


@@ -5574,7 +5574,7 @@ void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
                 editor->DecRef();
                 attr->DecRef();
 
                 editor->DecRef();
                 attr->DecRef();
 

-                m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE;
+                m_waitForSlowClick = false;

             }
             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
             }
             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )


@@ -5746,7 +5746,7 @@ void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
             rect.height = ch - rect.y;

-            m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+            m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );

             rect.width = cw;
             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
             if (m_table)
             rect.width = cw;
             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
             if (m_table)


@@ -5767,7 +5767,7 @@ void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
                 }
             }
                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
                 }
             }

-            m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
+            m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );

         }
 
         ShowCellEditControl();
         }
 
         ShowCellEditControl();


@@ -5805,7 +5805,7 @@ void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;

-            m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+            m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );

             rect.height = ch;
             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
             if (m_table)
             rect.height = ch;
             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
             if (m_table)


@@ -5826,7 +5826,7 @@ void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
                 }
             }
                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
                 }
             }

-            m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
+            m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );

         }
 
         ShowCellEditControl();
         }
 
         ShowCellEditControl();


@@ -5857,7 +5857,7 @@ bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
             return Redimension( msg );
 
         default:
             return Redimension( msg );
 
         default:

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -5888,7 +5888,7 @@ bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( m_table )
     }
 
     if ( m_table )


@@ -5902,7 +5902,7 @@ bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }
         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -5913,7 +5913,7 @@ bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( m_table )
     }
 
     if ( m_table )


@@ -5923,7 +5923,7 @@ bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }
         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -5934,7 +5934,7 @@ bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( m_table )
     }
 
     if ( m_table )


@@ -5947,7 +5947,7 @@ bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }
         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -5958,7 +5958,7 @@ bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( m_table )
     }
 
     if ( m_table )


@@ -5971,7 +5971,7 @@ bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }
         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -5982,7 +5982,7 @@ bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( m_table )
     }
 
     if ( m_table )


@@ -5992,7 +5992,7 @@ bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }
         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -6003,7 +6003,7 @@ bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
     if ( !m_created )
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if ( m_table )
     }
 
     if ( m_table )


@@ -6016,7 +6016,7 @@ bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }
         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -6061,7 +6061,7 @@ int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
                this,
                m_selectingTopLeft,
                m_selectingBottomRight,
                this,
                m_selectingTopLeft,
                m_selectingBottomRight,

-               TRUE,
+               true,

                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
                mouseEv.AltDown(),
                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
                mouseEv.AltDown(),


@@ -6078,7 +6078,7 @@ int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
                row, col,
                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
                row, col,
                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),

-               FALSE,
+               false,

                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
                mouseEv.AltDown(),
                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
                mouseEv.AltDown(),


@@ -6243,7 +6243,7 @@ void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
     }
 
         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
     }
 

-    m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE;
+    m_inOnKeyDown = true;

 
     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
     //
 
     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
     //


@@ -6331,7 +6331,7 @@ void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
                 {
                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
                     {
                 {
                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
                     {

-                        MoveCursorLeft( FALSE );
+                        MoveCursorLeft( false );

                     }
                     else
                     {
                     }
                     else
                     {


@@ -6343,7 +6343,7 @@ void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
                 {
                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
                     {
                 {
                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
                     {

-                        MoveCursorRight( FALSE );
+                        MoveCursorRight( false );

                     }
                     else
                     {
                     }
                     else
                     {


@@ -6401,7 +6401,7 @@ void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
                 }
                 if ( !IsEditable() )
                 {
                 }
                 if ( !IsEditable() )
                 {

-                    MoveCursorRight( FALSE );
+                    MoveCursorRight( false );

                     break;
                 }
                 // Otherwise fall through to default
                     break;
                 }
                 // Otherwise fall through to default


@@ -6449,7 +6449,7 @@ void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE;
+    m_inOnKeyDown = false;

 }
 
 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
 }
 
 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )


@@ -6468,7 +6468,7 @@ void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
                                           event.ControlDown(),
                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
                                           event.ControlDown(),

-                                          TRUE,
+                                          true,

                                           event.AltDown(),
                                           event.MetaDown() );
             }
                                           event.AltDown(),
                                           event.MetaDown() );
             }


@@ -6499,7 +6499,7 @@ void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
     {
         DisableCellEditControl();
 
     {
         DisableCellEditControl();
 

-        if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) )
+        if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )

         {
             wxRect r;
             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
         {
             wxRect r;
             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);


@@ -6572,7 +6572,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         wxRect rect;
         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
         wxRect rect;
         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );

-        m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
+        m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );

     }
     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
     }
     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||


@@ -6586,7 +6586,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         need_refresh[0] =
         need_refresh[1] =
         need_refresh[2] =
         need_refresh[0] =
         need_refresh[1] =
         need_refresh[2] =

-        need_refresh[3] = FALSE;
+        need_refresh[3] = false;

         int     i;
 
         // Store intermediate values
         int     i;
 
         // Store intermediate values


@@ -6629,7 +6629,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area to the left of the old or new selection.

-            need_refresh[0] = TRUE;
+            need_refresh[0] = true;

             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
                                                             oldLeft ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
                                                             oldLeft ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,


@@ -6640,7 +6640,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area above the old or new selection.
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area above the old or new selection.

-            need_refresh[1] = TRUE;
+            need_refresh[1] = true;

             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
                                                             leftCol ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
                                                             leftCol ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,


@@ -6651,7 +6651,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area to the right of the old or new selection.

-            need_refresh[2] = TRUE;
+            need_refresh[2] = true;

             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,


@@ -6662,7 +6662,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area below the old or new selection.
         {
             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
             // area below the old or new selection.

-            need_refresh[3] = TRUE;
+            need_refresh[3] = true;

             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
                                                             leftCol ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
                                                             leftCol ),
                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,


@@ -6672,7 +6672,7 @@ void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCo
         // various Refresh() calls
         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
         // various Refresh() calls
         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )

-                m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) );
+                m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );

     }
     // Change Selection
     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
     }
     // Change Selection
     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;


@@ -6693,10 +6693,10 @@ bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
         //
         m_gridWin->Refresh();
         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
         //
         m_gridWin->Refresh();

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -6719,10 +6719,10 @@ bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
             }
         }
 
             }
         }
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -6749,12 +6749,12 @@ void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
         {
             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
         {
             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);

-            bool marked = FALSE;
+            bool marked = false;

             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
             {
                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
                 {
             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
             {
                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
                 {

-                    marked = TRUE;
+                    marked = true;

                     break;
                 }
             }
                     break;
                 }
             }


@@ -6765,7 +6765,7 @@ void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
                 {
                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
                     {
                 {
                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
                     {

-                        marked = TRUE;
+                        marked = true;

                         break;
                     }
                 }
                         break;
                     }
                 }


@@ -6795,13 +6795,13 @@ void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
                         {
                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
                         {
                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);

-                            bool marked = FALSE;
+                            bool marked = false;

 
                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
                             {
                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
                                 {
 
                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
                             {
                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
                                 {

-                                    marked = TRUE;
+                                    marked = true;

                                     break;
                                 }
                             }
                                     break;
                                 }
                             }


@@ -6812,7 +6812,7 @@ void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
                                 {
                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
                                     {
                                 {
                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
                                     {

-                                        marked = TRUE;
+                                        marked = true;

                                         break;
                                     }
                                 }
                                         break;
                                     }
                                 }


@@ -7512,19 +7512,19 @@ bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
 {
     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
 {
     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();

-        
+

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
 {
     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
     // current one if it's read only
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
 {
     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
     // current one if it's read only

-    return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE;
+    return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
 {
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
 {

-    bool isShown = FALSE;
+    bool isShown = false;

 
     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
     {
 
     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
     {


@@ -7554,7 +7554,7 @@ void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
     {
         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
         {
     {
         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
         {

-            m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE;
+            m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;

             return;
         }
         else
             return;
         }
         else


@@ -7602,7 +7602,7 @@ void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
             {
             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
             {

-                editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1,
+                editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,

                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
 
                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
 
                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),


@@ -7650,7 +7650,7 @@ void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
 
             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
             editor->SetSize( rect );
 
             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
             editor->SetSize( rect );

-            editor->Show( TRUE, attr );
+            editor->Show( true, attr );

 
             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
 
             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor


@@ -7675,7 +7675,7 @@ void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
 
         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
 
         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);

-        editor->Show( FALSE );
+        editor->Show( false );

         editor->DecRef();
         attr->DecRef();
         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
         editor->DecRef();
         attr->DecRef();
         m_gridWin->SetFocus();


@@ -7683,7 +7683,7 @@ void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;

-        m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
+        m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -7808,14 +7808,14 @@ static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
 {
     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
 {
     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,

-                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, FALSE);
+                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);

 }
 
 
 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
 {
     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
 }
 
 
 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
 {
     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,

-                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, FALSE);
+                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -8039,11 +8039,11 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         }
         else
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         }
         else

-            return FALSE;
-        return TRUE;
+            return false;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -8073,11 +8073,11 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         }
         else
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         }
         else

-            return FALSE;
-        return TRUE;
+            return false;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -8107,11 +8107,11 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
         }
         else
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
         }
         else

-            return FALSE;
-        return TRUE;
+            return false;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -8141,17 +8141,17 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
         }
         else
                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
         }
         else

-            return FALSE;
-        return TRUE;
+            return false;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
 {
 }
 
 
 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
 {

-    if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE;
+    if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;

 
     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
     if ( row > 0 )
 
     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
     if ( row > 0 )


@@ -8164,22 +8164,22 @@ bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
 
         if ( newRow == row )
         {
 
         if ( newRow == row )
         {

-           //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
+            //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.

             newRow = row - 1;
         }
 
         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
 
             newRow = row - 1;
         }
 
         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
 {
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
 {

-    if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE;
+    if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;

 
     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )
 
     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )


@@ -8192,16 +8192,16 @@ bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
         if ( newRow == row )
         {
             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
         if ( newRow == row )
         {
             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.

-           newRow = row + 1;
+            newRow = row + 1;

         }
 
         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
 
         }
 
         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )


@@ -8261,10 +8261,10 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
             ClearSelection();
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
             ClearSelection();
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )


@@ -8325,10 +8325,10 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
 
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )


@@ -8389,10 +8389,10 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
 
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
 }
 
 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )


@@ -8453,10 +8453,10 @@ bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
 
             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
         }
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -8518,18 +8518,18 @@ void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
     {
         if ( width == 0 )
         {
     {
         if ( width == 0 )
         {

-            m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
-            m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
+            m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
+            m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );

         }
         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
         {
         }
         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
         {

-            m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
-            if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
+            m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
+            if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );

         }
 
         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
         CalcWindowSizes();
         }
 
         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
         CalcWindowSizes();

-        wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( TRUE );
+        wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -8541,18 +8541,18 @@ void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
     {
         if ( height == 0 )
         {
     {
         if ( height == 0 )
         {

-            m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
-            m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
+            m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
+            m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );

         }
         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
         {
         }
         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
         {

-            m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
-            if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
+            m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
+            if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );

         }
 
         m_colLabelHeight = height;
         CalcWindowSizes();
         }
 
         m_colLabelHeight = height;
         CalcWindowSizes();

-        wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( TRUE );
+        wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -8664,12 +8664,12 @@ void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-// Note:       under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
-//                             does not support vertical printing
+// Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
+//       does not support vertical printing

 //
 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
 //
 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);

-//                             pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
-//             pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
+//                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
+//                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);

 //
 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
 {
 //
 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
 {


@@ -8697,7 +8697,7 @@ void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
                 rect.x = 0;
                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
                 rect.x = 0;
                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;

-                m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+                m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -8716,7 +8716,7 @@ void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
                 rect.y = 0;
                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
                 rect.y = 0;
                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;

-                m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+                m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -8761,7 +8761,7 @@ void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
             return;
         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
             return;
         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);

-        m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
+        m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -8777,7 +8777,7 @@ void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
             return;
         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
             return;
         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);

-        m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
+        m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -8998,7 +8998,7 @@ bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
 {
     if ( !m_table )
     {
 {
     if ( !m_table )
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
     }
 
     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();


@@ -9039,14 +9039,14 @@ bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
 #endif
 
         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
 #endif
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else
     {
 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
 #endif
     }
     else
     {
 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
 #endif

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -9082,7 +9082,7 @@ wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
 
     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr,
     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
 
     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr,

-                  _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") );
+                  _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned true and then m_table should be !NULL") );

 
     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
     if ( !attr )
 
     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
     if ( !attr )


@@ -9645,7 +9645,7 @@ void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;

-            m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+            m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );

         }
     }
     else
         }
     }
     else


@@ -9660,7 +9660,7 @@ void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
             rect.height = ch - rect.y;

-            m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+            m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );

         }
     }
     if ( setAsMin )
         }
     }
     if ( setAsMin )


@@ -9722,7 +9722,7 @@ void wxGrid::AutoSize()
 {
     BeginBatch();
 
 {
     BeginBatch();
 

-    wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE));
+    wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));

 
     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
 
     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width


@@ -9844,8 +9844,8 @@ wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
 
     int width, height;
     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
 
     int width, height;

-    width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE);
-    height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE);
+    width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
+    height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);

 
     int maxwidth, maxheight;
     wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );
 
     int maxwidth, maxheight;
     wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );


@@ -9883,7 +9883,7 @@ void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
             rect.x = 0;
             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
             rect.x = 0;
             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);

-            m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
+            m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );

         }
 
         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
         }
 
         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&


@@ -9910,7 +9910,7 @@ void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
         ClearSelection();
 
     if ( m_selection )
         ClearSelection();
 
     if ( m_selection )

-        m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected );
+        m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -9920,7 +9920,7 @@ void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
         ClearSelection();
 
     if ( m_selection )
         ClearSelection();
 
     if ( m_selection )

-        m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected );
+        m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -9932,7 +9932,7 @@ void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
 
     if ( m_selection )
         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
 
     if ( m_selection )
         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,

-                                  FALSE, addToSelected );
+                                  false, addToSelected );

 }
 
 
 }
 
 

diff --git a/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp b/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp
index a7491003d7f82a970a765215fae0b8d547034cf0..6b608141f92064fb5d6e43d745ae3b4a1262db68 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ wxString wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
 {
     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
 
 {
     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
 

-    bool hasDatetime = FALSE;
+    bool hasDatetime = false;

     wxDateTime val;
     wxString text;
     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME) )
     wxDateTime val;
     wxString text;
     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME) )


@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ wxString wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
 
         if (tempval){
             val = *((wxDateTime *)tempval);
 
         if (tempval){
             val = *((wxDateTime *)tempval);

-            hasDatetime = TRUE;
+            hasDatetime = true;

             delete (wxDateTime *)tempval;
         }
 
             delete (wxDateTime *)tempval;
         }
 


@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer::GetTextLines(wxGrid& grid,
 
     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
     wxStringTokenizer tk(data , _T(" \n\t\r"));
 
     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
     wxStringTokenizer tk(data , _T(" \n\t\r"));

-    wxString thisline(wxT(""));
+    wxString thisline = wxEmptyString;

 
     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
     {
 
     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
     {

diff --git a/src/generic/gridsel.cpp b/src/generic/gridsel.cpp
index d7487cb1df5d725f0db3e4f7c327051b6508b213..317b5038e175de9d4653085ebbd3e3184747fd11 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/gridsel.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/gridsel.cpp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
         {
             wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n];
             if ( row == coords.GetRow() && col == coords.GetCol() )
         {
             wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n];
             if ( row == coords.GetRow() && col == coords.GetCol() )

-                return TRUE;
+                return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
         if ( BlockContainsCell(coords1.GetRow(), coords1.GetCol(),
                                coords2.GetRow(), coords2.GetCol(),
                                row, col ) )
         if ( BlockContainsCell(coords1.GetRow(), coords1.GetCol(),
                                coords2.GetRow(), coords2.GetCol(),
                                row, col ) )

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

     }
 
     // Now check whether the given cell is
     }
 
     // Now check whether the given cell is


@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
         {
             if ( row == m_rowSelection[n] )
         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
         {
             if ( row == m_rowSelection[n] )

-              return TRUE;
+              return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -108,10 +108,10 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
         {
             if ( col == m_colSelection[n] )
         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
         {
             if ( col == m_colSelection[n] )

-              return TRUE;
+              return true;

         }
     }
         }
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // Change the selection mode
 }
 
 // Change the selection mode


@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
                     m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n);
                     SelectBlock( topRow, 0,
                                  bottomRow, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1,
                     m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n);
                     SelectBlock( topRow, 0,
                                  bottomRow, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1,

-                                 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                 false, false, false, false, false );

                 }
             }
             else // selmode == wxGridSelectColumns)
                 }
             }
             else // selmode == wxGridSelectColumns)


@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
                     m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n);
                     SelectBlock( 0, leftCol,
                                  m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, rightCol,
                     m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n);
                     SelectBlock( 0, leftCol,
                                  m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, rightCol,

-                                 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                 false, false, false, false, false );

                 }
             }
         }
                 }
             }
         }


@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
 
     // Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible)
     count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount();
 
     // Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible)
     count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount();

-    bool done = FALSE;
+    bool done = false;

     for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
     {
         wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n];
     for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
     {
         wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n];


@@ -233,12 +233,12 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
             else if ( coords1.GetRow() == row + 1)
             {
                 coords1.SetRow(row);
             else if ( coords1.GetRow() == row + 1)
             {
                 coords1.SetRow(row);

-                done = TRUE;
+                done = true;

             }
             else if ( coords2.GetRow() == row - 1)
             {
                 coords2.SetRow(row);
             }
             else if ( coords2.GetRow() == row - 1)
             {
                 coords2.SetRow(row);

-                done = TRUE;
+                done = true;

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );

-        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

     }
 
     // Send Event
     }
 
     // Send Event


@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
                                     m_grid,
                                     wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),
                                     m_grid,
                                     wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),

-                                    TRUE,
+                                    true,

                                     ControlDown,  ShiftDown,
                                     AltDown, MetaDown );
 
                                     ControlDown,  ShiftDown,
                                     AltDown, MetaDown );
 


@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
 
     // Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible)
     count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount();
 
     // Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible)
     count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount();

-    bool done = FALSE;
+    bool done = false;

     for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
     {
         wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n];
     for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
     {
         wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n];


@@ -328,12 +328,12 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
             else if ( coords1.GetCol() == col + 1)
             {
                 coords1.SetCol(col);
             else if ( coords1.GetCol() == col + 1)
             {
                 coords1.SetCol(col);

-                done = TRUE;
+                done = true;

             }
             else if ( coords2.GetCol() == col - 1)
             {
                 coords2.SetCol(col);
             }
             else if ( coords2.GetCol() == col - 1)
             {
                 coords2.SetCol(col);

-                done = TRUE;
+                done = true;

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );

-        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

     }
 
     // Send Event
     }
 
     // Send Event


@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
                                     m_grid,
                                     wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ),
                                     m_grid,
                                     wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ),

-                                    TRUE,
+                                    true,

                                     ControlDown,  ShiftDown,
                                     AltDown, MetaDown );
 
                                     ControlDown,  ShiftDown,
                                     AltDown, MetaDown );
 


@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ) );

-        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

     }
 
     // Send Event, if not disabled.
     }
 
     // Send Event, if not disabled.


@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
                                         m_grid,
                                         wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ),
                                         wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ),
                                         m_grid,
                                         wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ),
                                         wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ),

-                                        TRUE,
+                                        true,

                                         ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                         AltDown, MetaDown );
         m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
                                         ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                         AltDown, MetaDown );
         m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);


@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCell( int row, int col,
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
     {
         wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                               wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );

-        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+        ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

     }
 
     // Send event
     }
 
     // Send event


@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCell( int row, int col,
                                         m_grid,
                                         wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                         wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                         m_grid,
                                         wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                         wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),

-                                        TRUE,
+                                        true,

                                         ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                         AltDown, MetaDown);
         m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
                                         ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                         AltDown, MetaDown);
         m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);


@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                 if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
                 {
                     wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords, coords );
                 if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
                 {
                     wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords, coords );

-                    ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+                    ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

                 }
 
                 // Send event
                 }
 
                 // Send event


@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                                                 m_grid,
                                                 wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                                 wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                                 m_grid,
                                                 wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                                 wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),

-                                                FALSE,
+                                                false,

                                                 ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                                 AltDown, MetaDown );
                 m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
                                                 ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                                 AltDown, MetaDown );
                 m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);


@@ -656,19 +656,19 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
             {
                 if ( topRow < row )
                     SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, row - 1, rightCol,
             {
                 if ( topRow < row )
                     SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, row - 1, rightCol,

-                                 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                 false, false, false, false, false );

                 if ( bottomRow > row )
                     SelectBlock( row + 1, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
                 if ( bottomRow > row )
                     SelectBlock( row + 1, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,

-                                 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                 false, false, false, false, false );

             }
             if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
             {
                 if ( leftCol < col )
                     SelectBlock( row, leftCol, row, col - 1,
             }
             if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
             {
                 if ( leftCol < col )
                     SelectBlock( row, leftCol, row, col - 1,

-                                 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                 false, false, false, false, false );

                 if ( rightCol > col )
                     SelectBlock( row, col + 1, row, rightCol,
                 if ( rightCol > col )
                     SelectBlock( row, col + 1, row, rightCol,

-                                 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                 false, false, false, false, false );

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -687,11 +687,11 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                 {
                     if ( col > 0 )
                         SelectBlock( row, 0, row, col - 1,
                 {
                     if ( col > 0 )
                         SelectBlock( row, 0, row, col - 1,

-                                     FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                     false, false, false, false, false );

                     if ( col < m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 )
                         SelectBlock( row, col + 1,
                                      row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1,
                     if ( col < m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 )
                         SelectBlock( row, col + 1,
                                      row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1,

-                                     FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                     false, false, false, false, false );

                 }
             }
         }
                 }
             }
         }


@@ -711,11 +711,11 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                 {
                     if ( row > 0 )
                         SelectBlock( 0, col, row - 1, col,
                 {
                     if ( row > 0 )
                         SelectBlock( 0, col, row - 1, col,

-                                     FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                     false, false, false, false, false );

                     if ( row < m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1 )
                         SelectBlock( row + 1, col,
                                      m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
                     if ( row < m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1 )
                         SelectBlock( row + 1, col,
                                      m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col,

-                                     FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
+                                     false, false, false, false, false );

                 }
             }
         }
                 }
             }
         }


@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
           {
               r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                              wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
           {
               r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                              wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );

-              ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+              ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

           }
 
           wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),
           }
 
           wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),


@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                                           m_grid,
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                           m_grid,
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),

-                                          FALSE,
+                                          false,

                                           ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                           AltDown, MetaDown );
           m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
                                           ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                           AltDown, MetaDown );
           m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);


@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
           {
               r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                              wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );
           {
               r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                              wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );

-              ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+              ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

           }
 
           wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),
           }
 
           wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),


@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                                           m_grid,
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),
                                           m_grid,
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                           wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),

-                                          FALSE,
+                                          false,

                                           ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                           AltDown, MetaDown );
           m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
                                           ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                           AltDown, MetaDown );
           m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);


@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
           {
               r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                              wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );
           {
               r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                              wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );

-              ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+              ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

           }
 
           wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),
           }
 
           wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),


@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
                                           m_grid,
                                           wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                           wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ),
                                           m_grid,
                                           wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                           wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ),

-                                          FALSE,
+                                          false,

                                           ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                           AltDown, MetaDown );
           m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
                                           ControlDown, ShiftDown,
                                           AltDown, MetaDown );
           m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);


@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
             if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
             {
                 r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords1 );
             if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
             {
                 r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords1 );

-                ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+                ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
         if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
         {
             r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords2 );
         if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
         {
             r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords2 );

-            ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+            ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
             {
                 r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                                wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );
             {
                 r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
                                                wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );

-                ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+                ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
             {
                 r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                                wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );
             {
                 r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
                                                wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );

-                ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
+                ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );

             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }


@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
                                     wxGridCellCoords( 0, 0 ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1,
                                                       m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( 0, 0 ),
                                     wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1,
                                                       m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),

-                                    FALSE );
+                                    false );

 
     m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
 }
 
     m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
 }

diff --git a/src/generic/helpext.cpp b/src/generic/helpext.cpp
index e0e5ef301156674578791c8df91937f41420c771..78a30c12aea3984c4c9e7cba715252f0f78ad3d5 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/helpext.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/helpext.cpp
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayHelp(const wxString &relativeURL)
 //      return false;
 //   }
 //   else
 //      return false;
 //   }
 //   else

-      return TRUE;
+      return true;

 
 #elif defined(__DOS__)
 
 
 #elif defined(__DOS__)
 


@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayHelp(const wxString &relativeURL)
                  << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << relativeURL << wxT(")");
          success = wxExecute(command);
          if(success != 0 ) // returns PID on success
                  << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << relativeURL << wxT(")");
          success = wxExecute(command);
          if(success != 0 ) // returns PID on success

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

       }
    }
 #endif
       }
    }
 #endif


@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
 #endif
 
       if(! wxDirExists(file))
 #endif
 
       if(! wxDirExists(file))

-         return FALSE;
+         return false;

 
       mapFile << file << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << WXEXTHELP_MAPFILE;
    }
 
       mapFile << file << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << WXEXTHELP_MAPFILE;
    }


@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
       mapFile = m_MapFile;
 
    if(! wxFileExists(mapFile))
       mapFile = m_MapFile;
 
    if(! wxFileExists(mapFile))

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

 
    DeleteList();
    m_MapList = new wxList;
 
    DeleteList();
    m_MapList = new wxList;


@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
 
    FILE *input = wxFopen(mapFile,wxT("rt"));
    if(! input)
 
    FILE *input = wxFopen(mapFile,wxT("rt"));
    if(! input)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

    do
    {
       if(fgets(buffer,WXEXTHELP_BUFLEN,input) && *buffer != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
    do
    {
       if(fgets(buffer,WXEXTHELP_BUFLEN,input) && *buffer != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)


@@ -301,13 +301,13 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
             break; // error
          for(i=0; isdigit(buffer[i])||isspace(buffer[i])||buffer[i]=='-'; i++)
             ; // find begin of URL
             break; // error
          for(i=0; isdigit(buffer[i])||isspace(buffer[i])||buffer[i]=='-'; i++)
             ; // find begin of URL

-         url = wxT("");
+         url = wxEmptyString;

          while(buffer[i] && ! isspace(buffer[i]) && buffer[i] !=
                WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
             url << (wxChar) buffer[i++];
          while(buffer[i] && buffer[i] != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
             i++;
          while(buffer[i] && ! isspace(buffer[i]) && buffer[i] !=
                WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
             url << (wxChar) buffer[i++];
          while(buffer[i] && buffer[i] != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
             i++;

-         doc = wxT("");
+         doc = wxEmptyString;

          if(buffer[i])
             doc = wxString::FromAscii( (buffer + i + 1) ); // skip the comment character
          m_MapList->Append(new wxExtHelpMapEntry(id,url,doc));
          if(buffer[i])
             doc = wxString::FromAscii( (buffer + i + 1) ); // skip the comment character
          m_MapList->Append(new wxExtHelpMapEntry(id,url,doc));


@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
    fclose(input);
 
    m_MapFile = file; // now it's valid
    fclose(input);
 
    m_MapFile = file; // now it's valid

-   return TRUE;
+   return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ bool
 wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
 {
    if(! m_NumOfEntries)
 wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
 {
    if(! m_NumOfEntries)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

 
    wxString contents;
    wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst();
 
    wxString contents;
    wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst();


@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
       node = node->GetNext();
    }
 
       node = node->GetNext();
    }
 

-   bool rc = FALSE;
+   bool rc = false;

    wxString file;
    file << m_MapFile << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << contents;
    if(file.Contains(wxT('#')))
    wxString file;
    file << m_MapFile << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << contents;
    if(file.Contains(wxT('#')))


@@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
       rc = DisplaySection(CONTENTS_ID);
 
    // if not found, open homemade toc:
       rc = DisplaySection(CONTENTS_ID);
 
    // if not found, open homemade toc:

-   return rc ? TRUE : KeywordSearch(wxT(""));
+   return rc ? true : KeywordSearch(wxEmptyString);

 }
 
 bool
 wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(int sectionNo)
 {
    if(! m_NumOfEntries)
 }
 
 bool
 wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(int sectionNo)
 {
    if(! m_NumOfEntries)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

 
    wxBusyCursor b; // display a busy cursor
    wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst();
 
    wxBusyCursor b; // display a busy cursor
    wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst();


@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(int sectionNo)
          return DisplayHelp(entry->url);
       node = node->GetNext();
    }
          return DisplayHelp(entry->url);
       node = node->GetNext();
    }

-   return FALSE;
+   return false;

 }
 
 bool wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(const wxString& section)
 }
 
 bool wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(const wxString& section)


@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
                                    wxHelpSearchMode WXUNUSED(mode))
 {
    if(! m_NumOfEntries)
                                    wxHelpSearchMode WXUNUSED(mode))
 {
    if(! m_NumOfEntries)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

 
    wxString     *choices = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries];
    wxString     *urls = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries];
 
    wxString     *choices = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries];
    wxString     *urls = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries];


@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
             // choices[idx] = (**i).doc.Contains((**i).doc.Before(WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR));
             //if(choices[idx].IsEmpty()) // didn't contain the ';'
             //   choices[idx] = (**i).doc;
             // choices[idx] = (**i).doc.Contains((**i).doc.Before(WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR));
             //if(choices[idx].IsEmpty()) // didn't contain the ';'
             //   choices[idx] = (**i).doc;

-            choices[idx] = wxT("");
+            choices[idx] = wxEmptyString;

             for(j=0;entry->doc.c_str()[j]
                    && entry->doc.c_str()[j] != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR; j++)
                choices[idx] << entry->doc.c_str()[j];
             for(j=0;entry->doc.c_str()[j]
                    && entry->doc.c_str()[j] != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR; j++)
                choices[idx] << entry->doc.c_str()[j];


@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
    else if(idx == 0)
    {
       wxMessageBox(_("No entries found."));
    else if(idx == 0)
    {
       wxMessageBox(_("No entries found."));

-      rc = FALSE;
+      rc = false;

    }
    else
    {
    }
    else
    {


@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
       if(idx != -1)
          rc = DisplayHelp(urls[idx]);
       else
       if(idx != -1)
          rc = DisplayHelp(urls[idx]);
       else

-         rc = FALSE;
+         rc = false;

    }
    delete[] urls;
    delete[] choices;
    }
    delete[] urls;
    delete[] choices;


@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
 
 bool wxExtHelpController::Quit()
 {
 
 bool wxExtHelpController::Quit()
 {

-   return TRUE;
+   return true;

 }
 
 void wxExtHelpController::OnQuit()
 }
 
 void wxExtHelpController::OnQuit()

diff --git a/src/generic/imaglist.cpp b/src/generic/imaglist.cpp
index ea69fbfaf2fe3d5be4cac42eac550996f3d215ac..8402f8971839574df1a949b3f3e3c768916ce4b1 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/imaglist.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/imaglist.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Create( int width, int height, bool WXUNUSED(mask), int
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::Create()
 {
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::Create()
 {

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 int wxGenericImageList::Add( const wxBitmap &bitmap )
 }
 
 int wxGenericImageList::Add( const wxBitmap &bitmap )


@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap )
 {
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 
 {
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );

 
     wxBitmap* newBitmap = (bitmap.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) ?
                              #if defined(__VISAGECPP__)
 
     wxBitmap* newBitmap = (bitmap.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) ?
                              #if defined(__VISAGECPP__)


@@ -134,19 +134,19 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap )
         m_images.Insert( next, newBitmap );
     }
 
         m_images.Insert( next, newBitmap );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::Remove( int index )
 {
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 
 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::Remove( int index )
 {
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );

 
     delete node->GetData();
     m_images.Erase( node );
 
 
     delete node->GetData();
     m_images.Erase( node );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::RemoveAll()
 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::RemoveAll()


@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::RemoveAll()
     WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList, m_images);
     m_images.Clear();
 
     WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList, m_images);
     m_images.Clear();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const
 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const


@@ -164,13 +164,13 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const
 
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 
 
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );

 
     wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData();
     width = bm->GetWidth();
     height = bm->GetHeight();
 
 
     wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData();
     width = bm->GetWidth();
     height = bm->GetHeight();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,
 }
 
 bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,


@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,
 {
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 
 {
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );

 
     wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData();
 
 
     wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData();
 


@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,
     else
         dc.DrawBitmap( *bm, x, y, (flags & wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT) > 0 );
 
     else
         dc.DrawBitmap( *bm, x, y, (flags & wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT) > 0 );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 

diff --git a/src/generic/laywin.cpp b/src/generic/laywin.cpp
index 738e819a0d3c56adc586995ceb81f318d4405c9b..3a9b07640395528fbddc026010f696b7d5f8515a 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/laywin.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/laywin.cpp
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ void wxSashLayoutWindow::OnCalculateLayout(wxCalculateLayoutEvent& event)
         // Make sure the sash is erased when the window is resized
         if ((pos.x != thisRect.x || pos.y != thisRect.y || sz.x != thisRect.width || sz.y != thisRect.height) &&
             (GetSashVisible(wxSASH_TOP) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_RIGHT) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_BOTTOM) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_LEFT)))
         // Make sure the sash is erased when the window is resized
         if ((pos.x != thisRect.x || pos.y != thisRect.y || sz.x != thisRect.width || sz.y != thisRect.height) &&
             (GetSashVisible(wxSASH_TOP) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_RIGHT) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_BOTTOM) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_LEFT)))

-            Refresh(TRUE);
+            Refresh(true);

 
     }
 
 
     }
 


@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* r)
 
     clientWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
 
 
     clientWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE


@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow)
 
     // Find the last layout-aware window, so we can make it fill all remaining
     // space.
 
     // Find the last layout-aware window, so we can make it fill all remaining
     // space.

-    wxWindow           *lastAwareWindow = NULL;
+    wxWindow *lastAwareWindow = NULL;

     wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
 
     while (node)
     wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
 
     while (node)


@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow)
     }
 
     if (event.GetRect().GetWidth() < 0 || event.GetRect().GetHeight() < 0)
     }
 
     if (event.GetRect().GetWidth() < 0 || event.GetRect().GetHeight() < 0)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     event.SetRect(rect);
 
 
     event.SetRect(rect);
 


@@ -337,6 +337,6 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow)
         lastAwareWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, wxMax(0, rect.width), wxMax(0, rect.height));
     }
 
         lastAwareWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, wxMax(0, rect.width), wxMax(0, rect.height));
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

diff --git a/src/generic/listbkg.cpp b/src/generic/listbkg.cpp
index 6993bff6761317aebeaf8ac12125cf6b99e4fdd3..f0d53056976b41066f4b9a08bc1860336f91c414 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/listbkg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/listbkg.cpp
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ wxListbook::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     m_line = new wxStaticLine
                  (
                     this,
     m_line = new wxStaticLine
                  (
                     this,

-                    -1,
+                    wxID_ANY,

                     wxDefaultPosition,
                     wxDefaultSize,
                     IsVertical() ? wxLI_HORIZONTAL : wxLI_VERTICAL
                     wxDefaultPosition,
                     wxDefaultSize,
                     IsVertical() ? wxLI_HORIZONTAL : wxLI_VERTICAL

diff --git a/src/generic/listctrl.cpp b/src/generic/listctrl.cpp
index 99fec5e45f73874ca4c4eb9d82357262dbed3918..ce1a34c6af226da5f6186b4c952df3f77bb069fb 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/listctrl.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/listctrl.cpp
@@ -534,14 +534,14 @@ public:
 
     // all these functions only do something if the line is currently visible
 
 
     // all these functions only do something if the line is currently visible
 

-    // change the line "selected" state, return TRUE if it really changed
-    bool HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight = TRUE);
+    // change the line "selected" state, return true if it really changed
+    bool HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight = true);

 
     // as HighlightLine() but do it for the range of lines: this is incredibly
     // more efficient for virtual list controls!
     //
     // NB: unlike HighlightLine() this one does refresh the lines on screen
 
     // as HighlightLine() but do it for the range of lines: this is incredibly
     // more efficient for virtual list controls!
     //
     // NB: unlike HighlightLine() this one does refresh the lines on screen

-    void HighlightLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo, bool on = TRUE );
+    void HighlightLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo, bool on = true );

 
     // toggle the line state and refresh it
     void ReverseHighlight( size_t line )
 
     // toggle the line state and refresh it
     void ReverseHighlight( size_t line )


@@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ public:
     int GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const;
 
     void SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which );
     int GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const;
 
     void SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which );

-    void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = FALSE );
-    int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall = FALSE );
+    void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false );
+    int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall = false );

 
     void SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item );
     void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width );
 
     void SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item );
     void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width );


@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     // set the scrollbars and update the positions of the items
     }
 
     // set the scrollbars and update the positions of the items

-    void RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh = FALSE);
+    void RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh = false);

 
     // refresh the window and the header
     void RefreshAll();
 
     // refresh the window and the header
     void RefreshAll();


@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ public:
     void DeleteColumn( int col );
     void DeleteEverything();
     void EnsureVisible( long index );
     void DeleteColumn( int col );
     void DeleteEverything();
     void EnsureVisible( long index );

-    long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE );
+    long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false );

     long FindItem( long start, long data);
     long HitTest( int x, int y, int &flags );
     void InsertItem( wxListItem &item );
     long FindItem( long start, long data);
     long HitTest( int x, int y, int &flags );
     void InsertItem( wxListItem &item );


@@ -700,11 +700,11 @@ public:
     virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
     {
         if ( !wxScrolledWindow::SetFont(font) )
     virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
     {
         if ( !wxScrolledWindow::SetFont(font) )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

 
         m_lineHeight = 0;
 
 
         m_lineHeight = 0;
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     // these are for wxListLineData usage only
     }
 
     // these are for wxListLineData usage only


@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ void wxListItemData::SetSize( int width, int height )
 
 bool wxListItemData::IsHit( int x, int y ) const
 {
 
 bool wxListItemData::IsHit( int x, int y ) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, FALSE, _T("can't be called in this mode") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, false, _T("can't be called in this mode") );

 
     return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()).Inside(x, y);
 }
 
     return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()).Inside(x, y);
 }


@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ wxListLineData::wxListLineData( wxListMainWindow *owner )
         m_gi = new GeometryInfo;
     }
 
         m_gi = new GeometryInfo;
     }
 

-    m_highlighted = FALSE;
+    m_highlighted = false;

 
     InitItems( GetMode() == wxLC_REPORT ? m_owner->GetColumnCount() : 1 );
 }
 
     InitItems( GetMode() == wxLC_REPORT ? m_owner->GetColumnCount() : 1 );
 }


@@ -1438,10 +1438,10 @@ bool wxListLineData::SetAttributes(wxDC *dc,
 
         dc->SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
 
 
         dc->SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxListLineData::Draw( wxDC *dc )
 }
 
 void wxListLineData::Draw( wxDC *dc )


@@ -1608,14 +1608,14 @@ void wxListLineData::DrawTextFormatted(wxDC *dc,
 
 bool wxListLineData::Highlight( bool on )
 {
 
 bool wxListLineData::Highlight( bool on )
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( !IsVirtual(), FALSE, _T("unexpected call to Highlight") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( !IsVirtual(), false, _T("unexpected call to Highlight") );

 
     if ( on == m_highlighted )
 
     if ( on == m_highlighted )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     m_highlighted = on;
 
 
     m_highlighted = on;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxListLineData::ReverseHighlight( void )
 }
 
 void wxListLineData::ReverseHighlight( void )


@@ -1638,8 +1638,8 @@ END_EVENT_TABLE()
 void wxListHeaderWindow::Init()
 {
     m_currentCursor = (wxCursor *) NULL;
 void wxListHeaderWindow::Init()
 {
     m_currentCursor = (wxCursor *) NULL;

-    m_isDragging = FALSE;
-    m_dirty = FALSE;
+    m_isDragging = false;
+    m_dirty = false;

 }
 
 wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow()
 }
 
 wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow()


@@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow( wxWindow *win,
     m_resizeCursor = new wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
 
 #if _USE_VISATTR
     m_resizeCursor = new wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
 
 #if _USE_VISATTR

-    wxVisualAttributes attr = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();    
+    wxVisualAttributes attr = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();

     SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
     SetDefaultFont( attr.font );
     SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
     SetDefaultFont( attr.font );


@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
     dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT);
 
     dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour());
     dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT);
 
     dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour());

-    
+

     int x = HEADER_OFFSET_X;
 
     int numColumns = m_owner->GetColumnCount();
     int x = HEADER_OFFSET_X;
 
     int numColumns = m_owner->GetColumnCount();


@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
 
         // for this we need the width of the text
         wxCoord wLabel;
 
         // for this we need the width of the text
         wxCoord wLabel;

-       wxCoord hLabel;
+        wxCoord hLabel;

         dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetText(), &wLabel, &hLabel);
         wLabel += 2*EXTRA_WIDTH;
 
         dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetText(), &wLabel, &hLabel);
         wLabel += 2*EXTRA_WIDTH;
 


@@ -1871,8 +1871,8 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
         if (event.ButtonUp())
         {
             ReleaseMouse();
         if (event.ButtonUp())
         {
             ReleaseMouse();

-            m_isDragging = FALSE;
-            m_dirty = TRUE;
+            m_isDragging = false;
+            m_dirty = true;

             m_owner->SetColumnWidth( m_column, m_currentX - m_minX );
             SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, event.GetPosition());
         }
             m_owner->SetColumnWidth( m_column, m_currentX - m_minX );
             SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, event.GetPosition());
         }


@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
     else // not dragging
     {
         m_minX = 0;
     else // not dragging
     {
         m_minX = 0;

-        bool hit_border = FALSE;
+        bool hit_border = false;

 
         // end of the current column
         int xpos = 0;
 
         // end of the current column
         int xpos = 0;


@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
             if ( (abs(x-xpos) < 3) && (y < 22) )
             {
                 // near the column border
             if ( (abs(x-xpos) < 3) && (y < 22) )
             {
                 // near the column border

-                hit_border = TRUE;
+                hit_border = true;

                 break;
             }
 
                 break;
             }
 


@@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
                 if ( SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG,
                                    event.GetPosition()) )
                 {
                 if ( SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG,
                                    event.GetPosition()) )
                 {

-                    m_isDragging = TRUE;
+                    m_isDragging = true;

                     m_currentX = x;
                     CaptureMouse();
                     DrawCurrent();
                     m_currentX = x;
                     CaptureMouse();
                     DrawCurrent();


@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ wxListTextCtrl::wxListTextCtrl(wxListMainWindow *owner, size_t itemEdit)
                 m_itemEdited(itemEdit)
 {
     m_owner = owner;
                 m_itemEdited(itemEdit)
 {
     m_owner = owner;

-    m_finished = FALSE;
+    m_finished = false;

 
     wxRect rectLabel = owner->GetLineLabelRect(itemEdit);
 
 
     wxRect rectLabel = owner->GetLineLabelRect(itemEdit);
 


@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ void wxListTextCtrl::Finish()
     {
         wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
 
     {
         wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
 

-        m_finished = TRUE;
+        m_finished = true;

 
         m_owner->SetFocus();
     }
 
         m_owner->SetFocus();
     }


@@ -2048,19 +2048,19 @@ bool wxListTextCtrl::AcceptChanges()
     if ( value == m_startValue )
     {
         // nothing changed, always accept
     if ( value == m_startValue )
     {
         // nothing changed, always accept

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) )
     {
         // vetoed by the user
     }
 
     if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) )
     {
         // vetoed by the user

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     // accepted, do rename the item
     m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value);
 
     }
 
     // accepted, do rename the item
     m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxListTextCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event )
 }
 
 void wxListTextCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event )


@@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ void wxListTextCtrl::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event )
         sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x;
     if (mySize.x > sx)
         sx = mySize.x;
         sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x;
     if (mySize.x > sx)
         sx = mySize.x;

-    SetSize(sx, -1);
+    SetSize(sx, wxDefaultSize.y);

 
     event.Skip();
 }
 
     event.Skip();
 }


@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 void wxListMainWindow::Init()
 {
 
 void wxListMainWindow::Init()
 {

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

     m_countVirt = 0;
     m_lineFrom =
     m_lineTo = (size_t)-1;
     m_countVirt = 0;
     m_lineFrom =
     m_lineTo = (size_t)-1;


@@ -2155,11 +2155,11 @@ void wxListMainWindow::Init()
     m_small_spacing = 30;
     m_normal_spacing = 40;
 
     m_small_spacing = 30;
     m_normal_spacing = 40;
 

-    m_hasFocus = FALSE;
+    m_hasFocus = false;

     m_dragCount = 0;
     m_dragCount = 0;

-    m_isCreated = FALSE;
+    m_isCreated = false;

 
 

-    m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
+    m_lastOnSame = false;

     m_renameTimer = new wxListRenameTimer( this );
 
     m_current =
     m_renameTimer = new wxListRenameTimer( this );
 
     m_current =


@@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ wxListMainWindow::wxListMainWindow( wxWindow *parent,
 
     SetScrollbars( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 );
 
 
     SetScrollbars( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 );
 

-    wxVisualAttributes attr = wxGenericListCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes();    
+    wxVisualAttributes attr = wxGenericListCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes();

     SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
     SetDefaultFont( attr.font );
     SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
     SetDefaultFont( attr.font );


@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::IsHighlighted(size_t line) const
     else // !virtual
     {
         wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line);
     else // !virtual
     {
         wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line);

-        wxCHECK_MSG( ld, FALSE, _T("invalid index in IsHighlighted") );
+        wxCHECK_MSG( ld, false, _T("invalid index in IsHighlighted") );

 
         return ld->IsHighlighted();
     }
 
         return ld->IsHighlighted();
     }


@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight )
     else // !virtual
     {
         wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line);
     else // !virtual
     {
         wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line);

-        wxCHECK_MSG( ld, FALSE, _T("invalid index in HighlightLine") );
+        wxCHECK_MSG( ld, false, _T("invalid index in HighlightLine") );

 
         changed = ld->Highlight(highlight);
     }
 
         changed = ld->Highlight(highlight);
     }


@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAfter( size_t lineFrom )
     else // !report
     {
         // TODO: how to do it more efficiently?
     else // !report
     {
         // TODO: how to do it more efficiently?

-        m_dirty = TRUE;
+        m_dirty = true;

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -2740,7 +2740,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::HighlightAll( bool on )
         // we just have one item to turn off
         if ( HasCurrent() && IsHighlighted(m_current) )
         {
         // we just have one item to turn off
         if ( HasCurrent() && IsHighlighted(m_current) )
         {

-            HighlightLine(m_current, FALSE);
+            HighlightLine(m_current, false);

             RefreshLine(m_current);
         }
     }
             RefreshLine(m_current);
         }
     }


@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::OnRenameAccept(size_t itemEdit, const wxString& value)
     le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit;
 
     wxListLineData *data = GetLine(itemEdit);
     le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit;
 
     wxListLineData *data = GetLine(itemEdit);

-    wxCHECK_MSG( data, FALSE, _T("invalid index in OnRenameAccept()") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, _T("invalid index in OnRenameAccept()") );

 
     data->GetItem( 0, le.m_item );
     le.m_item.m_text = value;
 
     data->GetItem( 0, le.m_item );
     le.m_item.m_text = value;


@@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnRenameCancelled(size_t itemEdit)
     // let owner know that the edit was cancelled
     wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, GetParent()->GetId() );
 
     // let owner know that the edit was cancelled
     wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, GetParent()->GetId() );
 

-    le.SetEditCanceled(TRUE);
+    le.SetEditCanceled(true);

 
     le.SetEventObject( GetParent() );
     le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit;
 
     le.SetEventObject( GetParent() );
     le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit;


@@ -2936,11 +2936,11 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
         return;
     }
 
         return;
     }
 

-    bool forceClick = FALSE;
+    bool forceClick = false;

     if (event.ButtonDClick())
     {
         m_renameTimer->Stop();
     if (event.ButtonDClick())
     {
         m_renameTimer->Stop();

-        m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
+        m_lastOnSame = false;

 
         if ( current == m_lineLastClicked )
         {
 
         if ( current == m_lineLastClicked )
         {


@@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
         {
             // the first click was on another item, so don't interpret this as
             // a double click, but as a simple click instead
         {
             // the first click was on another item, so don't interpret this as
             // a double click, but as a simple click instead

-            forceClick = TRUE;
+            forceClick = true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -2962,9 +2962,9 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
             (hitResult == wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL) &&
             HasFlag(wxLC_EDIT_LABELS)  )
         {
             (hitResult == wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL) &&
             HasFlag(wxLC_EDIT_LABELS)  )
         {

-            m_renameTimer->Start( 100, TRUE );
+            m_renameTimer->Start( 100, true );

         }
         }

-        m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
+        m_lastOnSame = false;

     }
     else if (event.RightDown())
     {
     }
     else if (event.RightDown())
     {


@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
 
         if ( IsSingleSel() || !(event.ControlDown() || event.ShiftDown()) )
         {
 
         if ( IsSingleSel() || !(event.ControlDown() || event.ShiftDown()) )
         {

-            HighlightAll( FALSE );
+            HighlightAll( false );

 
             ChangeCurrent(current);
 
 
             ChangeCurrent(current);
 


@@ -3098,19 +3098,19 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnArrowChar(size_t newCurrent, const wxKeyEvent& event)
     {
         // all previously selected items are unselected unless ctrl is held
         if ( !event.ControlDown() )
     {
         // all previously selected items are unselected unless ctrl is held
         if ( !event.ControlDown() )

-            HighlightAll(FALSE);
+            HighlightAll(false);

 
         ChangeCurrent(newCurrent);
 
         ChangeCurrent(newCurrent);

-        
+

         // refresh the old focus to remove it
         RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
 
         if ( !event.ControlDown() )
         {
         // refresh the old focus to remove it
         RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
 
         if ( !event.ControlDown() )
         {

-            HighlightLine( m_current, TRUE );
+            HighlightLine( m_current, true );

         }
     }
         }
     }

-       
+

     RefreshLine( m_current );
 
     MoveToFocus();
     RefreshLine( m_current );
 
     MoveToFocus();


@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
     // it
     if ( !m_hasFocus )
     {
     // it
     if ( !m_hasFocus )
     {

-        m_hasFocus = TRUE;
+        m_hasFocus = true;

 
         RefreshSelected();
     }
 
         RefreshSelected();
     }


@@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
         if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event) )
             return;
     }
         if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event) )
             return;
     }

-    m_hasFocus = FALSE;
+    m_hasFocus = false;

     RefreshSelected();
 }
 
     RefreshSelected();
 }
 


@@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ int wxListMainWindow::GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const
 
 void wxListMainWindow::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
 {
 
 void wxListMainWindow::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
 {

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 
     // calc the spacing from the icon size
     int width = 0,
 
     // calc the spacing from the icon size
     int width = 0,


@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
 
 void wxListMainWindow::SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall )
 {
 
 void wxListMainWindow::SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall )
 {

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

     if (isSmall)
     {
         m_small_spacing = spacing;
     if (isSmall)
     {
         m_small_spacing = spacing;


@@ -3456,9 +3456,9 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item )
 
     wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
     if ( headerWin )
 
     wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
     if ( headerWin )

-        headerWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
+        headerWin->m_dirty = true;

 
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 
     // invalidate it as it has to be recalculated
     m_headerWidth = 0;
 
     // invalidate it as it has to be recalculated
     m_headerWidth = 0;


@@ -3472,10 +3472,10 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width )
     wxCHECK_RET( InReportView(),
                  _T("SetColumnWidth() can only be called in report mode.") );
 
     wxCHECK_RET( InReportView(),
                  _T("SetColumnWidth() can only be called in report mode.") );
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

     wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
     if ( headerWin )
     wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
     if ( headerWin )

-        headerWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
+        headerWin->m_dirty = true;

 
     wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col );
     wxCHECK_RET( node, _T("no column?") );
 
     wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col );
     wxCHECK_RET( node, _T("no column?") );


@@ -3618,7 +3618,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask )
                 {
                     if ( IsSingleSel() )
                     {
                 {
                     if ( IsSingleSel() )
                     {

-                        HighlightLine(oldCurrent, FALSE);
+                        HighlightLine(oldCurrent, false);

                     }
 
                     RefreshLine(oldCurrent);
                     }
 
                     RefreshLine(oldCurrent);


@@ -3639,7 +3639,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask )
                     // we must unselect the old current item as well or we
                     // might end up with more than one selected item in a
                     // single selection control
                     // we must unselect the old current item as well or we
                     // might end up with more than one selected item in a
                     // single selection control

-                    HighlightLine(oldCurrent, FALSE);
+                    HighlightLine(oldCurrent, false);

                 }
 
                 RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
                 }
 
                 RefreshLine( oldCurrent );


@@ -3664,7 +3664,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask )
 
                     if ( oldCurrent != (size_t)-1 )
                     {
 
                     if ( oldCurrent != (size_t)-1 )
                     {

-                        HighlightLine( oldCurrent, FALSE );
+                        HighlightLine( oldCurrent, false );

                         RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
                     }
                 }
                         RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
                     }
                 }


@@ -3732,7 +3732,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemCount(long count)
     ResetVisibleLinesRange();
 
     // scrollbars must be reset
     ResetVisibleLinesRange();
 
     // scrollbars must be reset

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 }
 
 int wxListMainWindow::GetSelectedItemCount() const
 }
 
 int wxListMainWindow::GetSelectedItemCount() const


@@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ int wxListMainWindow::GetSelectedItemCount() const
     // deal with the quick case first
     if ( IsSingleSel() )
     {
     // deal with the quick case first
     if ( IsSingleSel() )
     {

-        return HasCurrent() ? IsHighlighted(m_current) : FALSE;
+        return HasCurrent() ? IsHighlighted(m_current) : false;

     }
 
     // virtual controls remmebers all its selections itself
     }
 
     // virtual controls remmebers all its selections itself


@@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::GetItemRect( long index, wxRect &rect ) const
     if ( m_dirty )
     {
         wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow)->
     if ( m_dirty )
     {
         wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow)->

-            RecalculatePositions(TRUE /* no refresh */);
+            RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */);

     }
 
     rect = GetLineRect((size_t)index);
     }
 
     rect = GetLineRect((size_t)index);


@@ -3829,7 +3829,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const
     pos.x = rect.x;
     pos.y = rect.y;
 
     pos.x = rect.x;
     pos.y = rect.y;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3887,7 +3887,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
                        (entireHeight + lineHeight - 1) / lineHeight,
                        GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL),
                        GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL),
                        (entireHeight + lineHeight - 1) / lineHeight,
                        GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL),
                        GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL),

-                       TRUE );
+                       true );

     }
     else // !report
     {
     }
     else // !report
     {


@@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
                 (y + lineHeight) / lineHeight,
                 GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ),
                 GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ),
                 (y + lineHeight) / lineHeight,
                 GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ),
                 GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ),

-                TRUE
+                true

             );
         }
         else // "flowed" arrangement, the most complicated case
             );
         }
         else // "flowed" arrangement, the most complicated case


@@ -4025,7 +4025,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
                 0,
                 GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ),
                 0,
                 0,
                 GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ),
                 0,

-                TRUE
+                true

             );
         }
     }
             );
         }
     }


@@ -4041,13 +4041,13 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
 
 void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAll()
 {
 
 void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAll()
 {

-    m_dirty = FALSE;
+    m_dirty = false;

     Refresh();
 
     wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
     if ( headerWin && headerWin->m_dirty )
     {
     Refresh();
 
     wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
     if ( headerWin && headerWin->m_dirty )
     {

-        headerWin->m_dirty = FALSE;
+        headerWin->m_dirty = false;

         headerWin->Refresh();
     }
 }
         headerWin->Refresh();
     }
 }


@@ -4141,7 +4141,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::DeleteItem( long lindex )
     }
 
     // we need to refresh the (vert) scrollbar as the number of items changed
     }
 
     // we need to refresh the (vert) scrollbar as the number of items changed

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 
     SendNotify( index, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM );
 
 
     SendNotify( index, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM );
 


@@ -4154,7 +4154,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::DeleteColumn( int col )
 
     wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in DeleteColumn()") );
 
 
     wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in DeleteColumn()") );
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

     delete node->GetData();
     m_columns.Erase( node );
 
     delete node->GetData();
     m_columns.Erase( node );
 


@@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::EnsureVisible( long index )
     // been added and its position is not known yet
     if ( m_dirty )
     {
     // been added and its position is not known yet
     if ( m_dirty )
     {

-        RecalculatePositions(TRUE /* no refresh */);
+        RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */);

     }
 
     MoveToItem((size_t)index);
     }
 
     MoveToItem((size_t)index);


@@ -4323,7 +4323,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item )
 
     size_t id = item.m_itemId;
 
 
     size_t id = item.m_itemId;
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 
     #if 0
     // this is unused variable
 
     #if 0
     // this is unused variable


@@ -4369,7 +4369,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item )
 
     m_lines.Insert( line, id );
 
 
     m_lines.Insert( line, id );
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 
     // If an item is selected at or below the point of insertion, we need to
     // increment the member variables because the current row's index has gone
 
     // If an item is selected at or below the point of insertion, we need to
     // increment the member variables because the current row's index has gone


@@ -4386,7 +4386,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item )
 
 void wxListMainWindow::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item )
 {
 
 void wxListMainWindow::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item )
 {

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

     if ( InReportView() )
     {
         if (item.m_width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER)
     if ( InReportView() )
     {
         if (item.m_width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER)


@@ -4447,7 +4447,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data )
     list_ctrl_compare_func_2 = fn;
     list_ctrl_compare_data = data;
     m_lines.Sort( list_ctrl_compare_func_1 );
     list_ctrl_compare_func_2 = fn;
     list_ctrl_compare_data = data;
     m_lines.Sort( list_ctrl_compare_func_1 );

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -4544,7 +4544,7 @@ wxGenericListCtrl::wxGenericListCtrl()
 
     m_ownsImageListNormal =
     m_ownsImageListSmall =
 
     m_ownsImageListNormal =
     m_ownsImageListSmall =

-    m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
+    m_ownsImageListState = false;

 
     m_mainWin = (wxListMainWindow*) NULL;
     m_headerWin = (wxListHeaderWindow*) NULL;
 
     m_mainWin = (wxListMainWindow*) NULL;
     m_headerWin = (wxListHeaderWindow*) NULL;


@@ -4578,7 +4578,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::CalculateAndSetHeaderHeight()
             m_headerWin->SetSize(m_headerWin->GetSize().x, m_headerHeight);
 
             if ( HasHeader() )
             m_headerWin->SetSize(m_headerWin->GetSize().x, m_headerHeight);
 
             if ( HasHeader() )

-                ResizeReportView(TRUE);
+                ResizeReportView(true);

         }
     }
 }
         }
     }
 }


@@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::CreateHeaderWindow()
 {
     m_headerWin = new wxListHeaderWindow
                       (
 {
     m_headerWin = new wxListHeaderWindow
                       (

-                        this, -1, m_mainWin,
+                        this, wxID_ANY, m_mainWin,

                         wxPoint(0, 0),
                         wxSize(GetClientSize().x, m_headerHeight),
                         wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
                         wxPoint(0, 0),
                         wxSize(GetClientSize().x, m_headerHeight),
                         wxTAB_TRAVERSAL


@@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     m_imageListState = (wxImageListType *) NULL;
     m_ownsImageListNormal =
     m_ownsImageListSmall =
     m_imageListState = (wxImageListType *) NULL;
     m_ownsImageListNormal =
     m_ownsImageListSmall =

-    m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
+    m_ownsImageListState = false;

 
     m_mainWin = (wxListMainWindow*) NULL;
     m_headerWin = (wxListHeaderWindow*) NULL;
 
     m_mainWin = (wxListMainWindow*) NULL;
     m_headerWin = (wxListHeaderWindow*) NULL;


@@ -4621,12 +4621,12 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     }
 
     if ( !wxControl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name ) )
     }
 
     if ( !wxControl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name ) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     // don't create the inner window with the border
     style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK;
 
 
     // don't create the inner window with the border
     style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK;
 

-    m_mainWin = new wxListMainWindow( this, -1, wxPoint(0,0), size, style );
+    m_mainWin = new wxListMainWindow( this, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(0,0), size, style );

 
 #if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && __WXMAC_CARBON__
     wxFont font ;
 
 #if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && __WXMAC_CARBON__
     wxFont font ;


@@ -4640,13 +4640,13 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
         if ( HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER) )
         {
             // VZ: why do we create it at all then?
         if ( HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER) )
         {
             // VZ: why do we create it at all then?

-            m_headerWin->Show( FALSE );
+            m_headerWin->Show( false );

         }
     }
 
     SetBestSize(size);
         }
     }
 
     SetBestSize(size);

-    
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericListCtrl::SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add )
 }
 
 void wxGenericListCtrl::SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add )


@@ -4696,7 +4696,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag )
                 if ( m_headerWin )
                 {
                     // don't delete, just hide, as we can reuse it later
                 if ( m_headerWin )
                 {
                     // don't delete, just hide, as we can reuse it later

-                    m_headerWin->Show(FALSE);
+                    m_headerWin->Show(false);

                 }
                 //else: nothing to do
             }
                 }
                 //else: nothing to do
             }


@@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag )
                 }
                 else // already have it, just show
                 {
                 }
                 else // already have it, just show
                 {

-                    m_headerWin->Show( TRUE );
+                    m_headerWin->Show( true );

                 }
             }
 
                 }
             }
 


@@ -4722,13 +4722,13 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag )
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumn(int col, wxListItem &item) const
 {
     m_mainWin->GetColumn( col, item );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumn(int col, wxListItem &item) const
 {
     m_mainWin->GetColumn( col, item );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetColumn( col, item );
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetColumn( col, item );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const
 }
 
 int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const


@@ -4739,7 +4739,7 @@ int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetColumnWidth( col, width );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetColumnWidth( col, width );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 int wxGenericListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const
 }
 
 int wxGenericListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const


@@ -4750,13 +4750,13 @@ int wxGenericListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItem( wxListItem &info ) const
 {
     m_mainWin->GetItem( info );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItem( wxListItem &info ) const
 {
     m_mainWin->GetItem( info );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( wxListItem &info )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetItem( info );
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( wxListItem &info )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetItem( info );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 long wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId )
 }
 
 long wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId )


@@ -4772,7 +4772,7 @@ long wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int
         info.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
     };
     m_mainWin->SetItem(info);
         info.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
     };
     m_mainWin->SetItem(info);

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const
 }
 
 int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const


@@ -4783,7 +4783,7 @@ int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetItemState( item, state, stateMask );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask )
 {
     m_mainWin->SetItemState( item, state, stateMask );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemImage( long item, int image, int WXUNUSED(selImage) )
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemImage( long item, int image, int WXUNUSED(selImage) )


@@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemImage( long item, int image, int WXUNUSED(selImag
     info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
     info.m_itemId = item;
     m_mainWin->SetItem( info );
     info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
     info.m_itemId = item;
     m_mainWin->SetItem( info );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxString wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemText( long item ) const
 }
 
 wxString wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemText( long item ) const


@@ -4821,7 +4821,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemData( long item, long data )
     info.m_itemId = item;
     info.m_data = data;
     m_mainWin->SetItem( info );
     info.m_itemId = item;
     info.m_data = data;
     m_mainWin->SetItem( info );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxRect wxGenericListCtrl::GetViewRect() const
 }
 
 wxRect wxGenericListCtrl::GetViewRect() const


@@ -4834,13 +4834,13 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemRect( long item, wxRect &rect,  int WXUNUSED(code
     m_mainWin->GetItemRect( item, rect );
     if ( m_mainWin->HasHeader() )
         rect.y += m_headerHeight + 1;
     m_mainWin->GetItemRect( item, rect );
     if ( m_mainWin->HasHeader() )
         rect.y += m_headerHeight + 1;

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const
 {
     m_mainWin->GetItemPosition( item, pos );
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const
 {
     m_mainWin->GetItemPosition( item, pos );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemPosition( long WXUNUSED(item), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) )
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemPosition( long WXUNUSED(item), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) )


@@ -4957,19 +4957,19 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
     {
         if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal;
         m_imageListNormal = imageList;
     {
         if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal;
         m_imageListNormal = imageList;

-        m_ownsImageListNormal = FALSE;
+        m_ownsImageListNormal = false;

     }
     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
     {
         if (m_ownsImageListSmall) delete m_imageListSmall;
         m_imageListSmall = imageList;
     }
     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
     {
         if (m_ownsImageListSmall) delete m_imageListSmall;
         m_imageListSmall = imageList;

-        m_ownsImageListSmall = FALSE;
+        m_ownsImageListSmall = false;

     }
     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
     {
         if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState;
         m_imageListState = imageList;
     }
     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
     {
         if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState;
         m_imageListState = imageList;

-        m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
+        m_ownsImageListState = false;

     }
 
     m_mainWin->SetImageList( imageList, which );
     }
 
     m_mainWin->SetImageList( imageList, which );


@@ -4979,11 +4979,11 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::AssignImageList(wxImageListType *imageList, int which)
 {
     SetImageList(imageList, which);
     if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )
 {
     SetImageList(imageList, which);
     if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )

-        m_ownsImageListNormal = TRUE;
+        m_ownsImageListNormal = true;

     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )

-        m_ownsImageListSmall = TRUE;
+        m_ownsImageListSmall = true;

     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
     else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )

-        m_ownsImageListState = TRUE;
+        m_ownsImageListState = true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::Arrange( int WXUNUSED(flag) )
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::Arrange( int WXUNUSED(flag) )


@@ -4994,13 +4994,13 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Arrange( int WXUNUSED(flag) )
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteItem( long item )
 {
     m_mainWin->DeleteItem( item );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteItem( long item )
 {
     m_mainWin->DeleteItem( item );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllItems()
 {
     m_mainWin->DeleteAllItems();
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllItems()
 {
     m_mainWin->DeleteAllItems();

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns()
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns()


@@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns()
     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
         DeleteColumn(0);
 
     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
         DeleteColumn(0);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericListCtrl::ClearAll()
 }
 
 void wxGenericListCtrl::ClearAll()


@@ -5024,10 +5024,10 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteColumn( int col )
     // if we don't have the header any longer, we need to relayout the window
     if ( !GetColumnCount() )
     {
     // if we don't have the header any longer, we need to relayout the window
     if ( !GetColumnCount() )
     {

-        ResizeReportView(FALSE /* no header */);
+        ResizeReportView(false /* no header */);

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericListCtrl::Edit( long item )
 }
 
 void wxGenericListCtrl::Edit( long item )


@@ -5038,7 +5038,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::Edit( long item )
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::EnsureVisible( long item )
 {
     m_mainWin->EnsureVisible( item );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::EnsureVisible( long item )
 {
     m_mainWin->EnsureVisible( item );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 long wxGenericListCtrl::FindItem( long start, const wxString& str,  bool partial )
 }
 
 long wxGenericListCtrl::FindItem( long start, const wxString& str,  bool partial )


@@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@ long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item )
     // window
     if ( GetColumnCount() == 1 && m_mainWin->HasHeader() )
     {
     // window
     if ( GetColumnCount() == 1 && m_mainWin->HasHeader() )
     {

-        ResizeReportView(TRUE /* have header */);
+        ResizeReportView(true /* have header */);

     }
 
     m_headerWin->Refresh();
     }
 
     m_headerWin->Refresh();


@@ -5148,7 +5148,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::ScrollList( int WXUNUSED(dx), int WXUNUSED(dy) )
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data )
 {
     m_mainWin->SortItems( fn, data );
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data )
 {
     m_mainWin->SortItems( fn, data );

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -5201,21 +5201,21 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
     if (m_mainWin)
     {
         m_mainWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
     if (m_mainWin)
     {
         m_mainWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );

-        m_mainWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
+        m_mainWin->m_dirty = true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour( colour ) )
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour( colour ) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     if (m_mainWin)
     {
         m_mainWin->SetForegroundColour( colour );
 
     if (m_mainWin)
     {
         m_mainWin->SetForegroundColour( colour );

-        m_mainWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
+        m_mainWin->m_dirty = true;

     }
 
     if (m_headerWin)
     }
 
     if (m_headerWin)


@@ -5223,18 +5223,18 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
         m_headerWin->SetForegroundColour( colour );
     }
 
         m_headerWin->SetForegroundColour( colour );
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetFont( font ) )
 }
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetFont( font ) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     if (m_mainWin)
     {
         m_mainWin->SetFont( font );
 
     if (m_mainWin)
     {
         m_mainWin->SetFont( font );

-        m_mainWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
+        m_mainWin->m_dirty = true;

     }
 
     if (m_headerWin)
     }
 
     if (m_headerWin)


@@ -5245,7 +5245,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
 
     Refresh();
 
 
     Refresh();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -5291,7 +5291,7 @@ wxDropTarget *wxGenericListCtrl::GetDropTarget() const
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor )
 {
 
 bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor )
 {

-    return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->wxWindow::SetCursor(cursor) : FALSE;
+    return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->wxWindow::SetCursor(cursor) : false;

 }
 
 wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetBackgroundColour() const
 }
 
 wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetBackgroundColour() const


@@ -5309,7 +5309,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y )
 #if wxUSE_MENUS
     return m_mainWin->PopupMenu( menu, x, y );
 #else
 #if wxUSE_MENUS
     return m_mainWin->PopupMenu( menu, x, y );
 #else

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS
 }
 

diff --git a/src/generic/logg.cpp b/src/generic/logg.cpp
index c59319073718e8ee80b24be4a0fb9af1334efa85..3d291f2322610a35bd57a5934bbbb15f819b95f3 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/logg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/logg.cpp
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ void wxLogDialog::CreateDetailsControls()
     heightMax *= 9;
     heightMax /= 10;
 
     heightMax *= 9;
     heightMax /= 10;
 

-    m_listctrl->SetSize(-1, wxMin(height, heightMax));
+    m_listctrl->SetSize(wxDefaultSize.x, wxMin(height, heightMax));

 }
 
 void wxLogDialog::OnListSelect(wxListEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxLogDialog::OnListSelect(wxListEvent& event)


@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ void wxLogDialog::OnDetails(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     SetSizeHints(size.x, size.y, m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight);
 
     // don't change the width when expanding/collapsing
     SetSizeHints(size.x, size.y, m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight);
 
     // don't change the width when expanding/collapsing

-    SetSize(-1, size.y);
+    SetSize(wxDefaultSize.x, size.y);

 
 #ifdef __WXGTK__
     // VS: this is neccessary in order to force frame redraw under
 
 #ifdef __WXGTK__
     // VS: this is neccessary in order to force frame redraw under

diff --git a/src/generic/mdig.cpp b/src/generic/mdig.cpp
index e0b951be0e7b369d28c20b8b8bc1dc49d85431ba..048d45b41333b091ad760517839bdae99289c5bc 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/mdig.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/mdig.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
 #if wxUSE_MENUS
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
 #if wxUSE_MENUS

-    EVT_MENU (-1, wxGenericMDIParentFrame::DoHandleMenu)
+    EVT_MENU (wxID_ANY, wxGenericMDIParentFrame::DoHandleMenu)

 #endif
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 #endif
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 


@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
   OnCreateClient();
 
 
   OnCreateClient();
 

-  return TRUE;
+  return true;

 }
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS
 }
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS


@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     // Stops the same event being processed repeatedly
     static wxEventType inEvent = wxEVT_NULL;
     if (inEvent == event.GetEventType())
     // Stops the same event being processed repeatedly
     static wxEventType inEvent = wxEVT_NULL;
     if (inEvent == event.GetEventType())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     inEvent = event.GetEventType();
 
     // Let the active child (if any) process the event first.
 
     inEvent = event.GetEventType();
 
     // Let the active child (if any) process the event first.

-    bool res = FALSE;
+    bool res = false;

     if (m_pActiveChild && event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent))
 #if 0
         /* This is sure to not give problems... */
     if (m_pActiveChild && event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent))
 #if 0
         /* This is sure to not give problems... */


@@ -408,12 +408,12 @@ wxGenericMDIChildFrame::~wxGenericMDIChildFrame()
 
     if (pParentFrame != NULL)
     {
 
     if (pParentFrame != NULL)
     {

-        bool bActive = FALSE;
+        bool bActive = false;

         if (pParentFrame->GetActiveChild() == this)
         {
             pParentFrame->SetActiveChild((wxGenericMDIChildFrame*) NULL);
             pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar((wxGenericMDIChildFrame*) NULL);
         if (pParentFrame->GetActiveChild() == this)
         {
             pParentFrame->SetActiveChild((wxGenericMDIChildFrame*) NULL);
             pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar((wxGenericMDIChildFrame*) NULL);

-            bActive = TRUE;
+            bActive = true;

         }
 
         wxGenericMDIClientWindow *pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow();
         }
 
         wxGenericMDIClientWindow *pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow();


@@ -468,11 +468,11 @@ bool wxGenericMDIChildFrame::Create( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent,
 
     m_Title = title;
 
 
     m_Title = title;
 

-    pClientWindow->AddPage(this, title, TRUE);
+    pClientWindow->AddPage(this, title, true);

     ApplyMDIChildFrameRect();   // Ok confirme the size change!
     pClientWindow->Refresh();
 
     ApplyMDIChildFrameRect();   // Ok confirme the size change!
     pClientWindow->Refresh();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS
 }
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS


@@ -708,10 +708,10 @@ bool wxGenericMDIClientWindow::CreateClient( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, lo
         GetTabView()->SetTabSize(120, 18);
         GetTabView()->SetTabSelectionHeight(20);
         */
         GetTabView()->SetTabSize(120, 18);
         GetTabView()->SetTabSelectionHeight(20);
         */

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 int wxGenericMDIClientWindow::SetSelection(size_t nPage)
 }
 
 int wxGenericMDIClientWindow::SetSelection(size_t nPage)


@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::PageChanged(int OldSelection, int newSelection)
         wxGenericMDIChildFrame* oldChild = (wxGenericMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(OldSelection);
         if (oldChild)
         {
         wxGenericMDIChildFrame* oldChild = (wxGenericMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(OldSelection);
         if (oldChild)
         {

-            wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, FALSE, oldChild->GetId());
+            wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, false, oldChild->GetId());

             event.SetEventObject( oldChild );
             oldChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }
             event.SetEventObject( oldChild );
             oldChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }


@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::PageChanged(int OldSelection, int newSelection)
         wxGenericMDIChildFrame* activeChild = (wxGenericMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(newSelection);
         if (activeChild)
         {
         wxGenericMDIChildFrame* activeChild = (wxGenericMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(newSelection);
         if (activeChild)
         {

-            wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, TRUE, activeChild->GetId());
+            wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, true, activeChild->GetId());

             event.SetEventObject( activeChild );
             activeChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
             event.SetEventObject( activeChild );
             activeChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 

diff --git a/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp b/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp
index 8a3db3ba9d281859d99adb4331fc0036f1745c12..37e5a23f1ea416f28bfe4096ca51ef824035bd89 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
                                                 const wxString& caption,
                                                 long style,
                                                 const wxPoint& pos)
                                                 const wxString& caption,
                                                 long style,
                                                 const wxPoint& pos)

-                      : wxDialog( parent, -1, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE )
+                      : wxDialog( parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE )

 {
     m_dialogStyle = style;
 
 {
     m_dialogStyle = style;
 


@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
                 bitmap = wxArtProvider::GetIcon(wxART_QUESTION, wxART_MESSAGE_BOX);
                 break;
         }
                 bitmap = wxArtProvider::GetIcon(wxART_QUESTION, wxART_MESSAGE_BOX);
                 break;
         }

-        wxStaticBitmap *icon = new wxStaticBitmap(this, -1, bitmap);
+        wxStaticBitmap *icon = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, bitmap);

         if (is_pda)
             topsizer->Add( icon, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxALIGN_LEFT, 10 );
         else
         if (is_pda)
             topsizer->Add( icon, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxALIGN_LEFT, 10 );
         else


@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
     topsizer->Add( icon_text, 1, wxCENTER | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
 
     // 3) static line
     topsizer->Add( icon_text, 1, wxCENTER | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
 
     // 3) static line

-    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( style & (wxOK|wxCANCEL|wxYES_NO|wxYES_DEFAULT|wxNO_DEFAULT) ),
                    0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( style & (wxOK|wxCANCEL|wxYES_NO|wxYES_DEFAULT|wxNO_DEFAULT) ),
                    0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );

diff --git a/src/generic/notebook.cpp b/src/generic/notebook.cpp
index 719d8bba0d389f8f911810e7cee8a8ae5a3d3bd8..e4cbc77c80b8a0ae4cf75f80521657cd53f40a5e 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/notebook.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/notebook.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED)
 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNotebook, wxControl)
 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING)
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNotebook, wxControl)

-    EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(-1, wxNotebook::OnSelChange)
+    EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxNotebook::OnSelChange)

     EVT_SIZE(wxNotebook::OnSize)
     EVT_PAINT(wxNotebook::OnPaint)
     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxNotebook::OnMouseEvent)
     EVT_SIZE(wxNotebook::OnSize)
     EVT_PAINT(wxNotebook::OnPaint)
     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxNotebook::OnMouseEvent)


@@ -131,16 +131,16 @@ bool wxNotebook::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     // base init
     SetName(name);
 
     // base init
     SetName(name);
 

-    m_windowId = id == -1 ? NewControlId() : id;
+    m_windowId = id == wxID_ANY ? NewControlId() : id;

 
     if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style|wxNO_BORDER, wxDefaultValidator, name))
 
     if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style|wxNO_BORDER, wxDefaultValidator, name))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
 
     SetTabView(new wxNotebookTabView(this));
 
 
     SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
 
     SetTabView(new wxNotebookTabView(this));
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // dtor
 }
 
 // dtor


@@ -191,10 +191,10 @@ bool wxNotebook::SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText)
     {
         m_tabView->SetTabText((int) (long) page, strText);
         Refresh();
     {
         m_tabView->SetTabText((int) (long) page, strText);
         Refresh();

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 wxString wxNotebook::GetPageText(size_t nPage) const
 }
 
 wxString wxNotebook::GetPageText(size_t nPage) const


@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage)
     wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
 
     // TODO
     wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
 
     // TODO

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // set the size (the same for all pages)
 }
 
 // set the size (the same for all pages)


@@ -249,11 +249,11 @@ void wxNotebook::SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz)
 // remove one page from the notebook and delete it
 bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(size_t nPage)
 {
 // remove one page from the notebook and delete it
 bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(size_t nPage)
 {

-    wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), FALSE );
+    wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), false );

 
     if (m_nSelection != -1)
     {
 
     if (m_nSelection != -1)
     {

-        m_pages[m_nSelection]->Show(FALSE);
+        m_pages[m_nSelection]->Show(false);

         m_pages[m_nSelection]->Lower();
     }
 
         m_pages[m_nSelection]->Lower();
     }
 


@@ -267,21 +267,21 @@ bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(size_t nPage)
     if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0)
     {
       m_nSelection = -1;
     if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0)
     {
       m_nSelection = -1;

-      m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, FALSE);
+      m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, false);

     }
     else if (m_nSelection > -1)
     {
       m_nSelection = -1;
 
     }
     else if (m_nSelection > -1)
     {
       m_nSelection = -1;
 

-      m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) GetPage(0), FALSE);
+      m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) GetPage(0), false);

 
       if (m_nSelection != 0)
         ChangePage(-1, 0);
     }
 
 
       if (m_nSelection != 0)
         ChangePage(-1, 0);
     }
 

-    RefreshLayout(FALSE);
+    RefreshLayout(false);

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page)
 }
 
 bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page)


@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page)
     if (pagePos > -1)
         return DeletePage(pagePos);
     else
     if (pagePos > -1)
         return DeletePage(pagePos);
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(size_t nPage)
 }
 
 bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(size_t nPage)


@@ -301,9 +301,9 @@ bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(size_t nPage)
 // remove one page from the notebook
 wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
 {
 // remove one page from the notebook
 wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
 {

-    wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), FALSE );
+    wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), false );

 
 

-    m_pages[nPage]->Show(FALSE);
+    m_pages[nPage]->Show(false);

     //    m_pages[nPage]->Lower();
 
     wxNotebookPage* pPage = GetPage(nPage);
     //    m_pages[nPage]->Lower();
 
     wxNotebookPage* pPage = GetPage(nPage);


@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
     if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0)
     {
       m_nSelection = -1;
     if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0)
     {
       m_nSelection = -1;

-      m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, TRUE);
+      m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, true);

     }
     else if (m_nSelection > -1)
     {
     }
     else if (m_nSelection > -1)
     {


@@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
       {
          m_nSelection = -1;
          // Select the first tab. Generates a ChangePage.
       {
          m_nSelection = -1;
          // Select the first tab. Generates a ChangePage.

-         m_tabView->SetTabSelection(0, TRUE);
+         m_tabView->SetTabSelection(0, true);

       }
       else
       {
       }
       else
       {

-       // We must adjust which tab we think is selected.
+        // We must adjust which tab we think is selected.

         // If greater than the page we deleted, it must be moved down
         // a notch.
         if (size_t(m_nSelection) > nPage)
         // If greater than the page we deleted, it must be moved down
         // a notch.
         if (size_t(m_nSelection) > nPage)


@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
       }
     }
 
       }
     }
 

-    RefreshLayout(FALSE);
+    RefreshLayout(false);

 
     return pPage;
 }
 
     return pPage;
 }


@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(wxNotebookPage* page)
     if (pagePos > -1)
         return RemovePage(pagePos);
     else
     if (pagePos > -1)
         return RemovePage(pagePos);
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 // Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, -1 if not found.
 }
 
 // Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, -1 if not found.


@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ int wxNotebook::FindPagePosition(wxNotebookPage* page) const
 // remove all pages
 bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages()
 {
 // remove all pages
 bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages()
 {

-    m_tabView->ClearTabs(TRUE);
+    m_tabView->ClearTabs(true);

 
     size_t nPageCount = GetPageCount();
     size_t nPage;
 
     size_t nPageCount = GetPageCount();
     size_t nPage;


@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages()
 
     m_pages.Clear();
 
 
     m_pages.Clear();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // same as AddPage() but does it at given position
 }
 
 // same as AddPage() but does it at given position


@@ -385,12 +385,12 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
                             int imageId)
 {
     wxASSERT( pPage != NULL );
                             int imageId)
 {
     wxASSERT( pPage != NULL );

-    wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) || nPage == GetPageCount(), FALSE );
+    wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) || nPage == GetPageCount(), false );

 
     m_tabView->AddTab((int) (long) pPage, strText);
 
     if (!bSelect)
 
     m_tabView->AddTab((int) (long) pPage, strText);
 
     if (!bSelect)

-      pPage->Show(FALSE);
+      pPage->Show(false);

 
     // save the pointer to the page
     m_pages.Insert(pPage, nPage);
 
     // save the pointer to the page
     m_pages.Insert(pPage, nPage);


@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
     {
         // This will cause ChangePage to be called, via OnSelPage
 
     {
         // This will cause ChangePage to be called, via OnSelPage
 

-        m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) pPage, TRUE);
+        m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) pPage, true);

     }
 
     // some page must be selected: either this one or the first one if there is
     }
 
     // some page must be selected: either this one or the first one if there is


@@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
     if ( m_nSelection == -1 )
       ChangePage(-1, 0);
 
     if ( m_nSelection == -1 )
       ChangePage(-1, 0);
 

-    RefreshLayout(FALSE);
+    RefreshLayout(false);

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
 //     time because doing it in ::Create() doesn't work (for unknown reasons)
 void wxNotebook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
 {
 //     time because doing it in ::Create() doesn't work (for unknown reasons)
 void wxNotebook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
 {

-    static bool s_bFirstTime = TRUE;
+    static bool s_bFirstTime = true;

     if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
         // TODO: any first-time-size processing.
     if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
         // TODO: any first-time-size processing.

-        s_bFirstTime = FALSE;
+        s_bFirstTime = false;

     }
 
     RefreshLayout();
     }
 
     RefreshLayout();


@@ -439,8 +439,8 @@ void wxNotebook::OnInternalIdle()
 {
     wxWindow::OnInternalIdle();
 
 {
     wxWindow::OnInternalIdle();
 

-#if 0    
-    static bool s_bFirstTime = TRUE;
+#if 0
+    static bool s_bFirstTime = true;

     if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
       /*
       wxSize sz(GetSize());
     if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
       /*
       wxSize sz(GetSize());


@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ void wxNotebook::OnInternalIdle()
       GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
       Refresh();
       */
       GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
       Refresh();
       */

-      s_bFirstTime = FALSE;
+      s_bFirstTime = false;

     }
 #endif
 }
     }
 #endif
 }


@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::RefreshLayout(bool force)
         m_tabView->LayoutTabs();
 
         if (!force && (rect == oldRect))
         m_tabView->LayoutTabs();
 
         if (!force && (rect == oldRect))

-          return FALSE;
+          return false;

 
         // fit the notebook page to the tab control's display area
 
 
         // fit the notebook page to the tab control's display area
 


@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::RefreshLayout(bool force)
         }
         Refresh();
     }
         }
         Refresh();
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxNotebook::OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxNotebook::OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event)


@@ -564,12 +564,12 @@ void wxNotebook::OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event)
 void wxNotebook::SetConstraintSizes(bool /* recurse */)
 {
     // don't set the sizes of the pages - their correct size is not yet known
 void wxNotebook::SetConstraintSizes(bool /* recurse */)
 {
     // don't set the sizes of the pages - their correct size is not yet known

-    wxControl::SetConstraintSizes(FALSE);
+    wxControl::SetConstraintSizes(false);

 }
 
 bool wxNotebook::DoPhase(int /* nPhase */)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxNotebook::DoPhase(int /* nPhase */)
 {

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxNotebook::Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 }
 
 void wxNotebook::Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))


@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ void wxNotebook::ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel)
     wxASSERT( nOldSel != nSel ); // impossible
 
     if ( nOldSel != -1 ) {
     wxASSERT( nOldSel != nSel ); // impossible
 
     if ( nOldSel != -1 ) {

-        m_pages[nOldSel]->Show(FALSE);
+        m_pages[nOldSel]->Show(false);

         m_pages[nOldSel]->Lower();
     }
 
         m_pages[nOldSel]->Lower();
     }
 


@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void wxNotebook::ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel)
 
     Refresh();
 
 
     Refresh();
 

-    pPage->Show(TRUE);
+    pPage->Show(true);

     pPage->Raise();
     pPage->SetFocus();
 
     pPage->Raise();
     pPage->SetFocus();
 


@@ -680,8 +680,8 @@ void wxNotebookTabView::OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
 // Allows Vetoing
 bool wxNotebookTabView::OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
 {
 // Allows Vetoing
 bool wxNotebookTabView::OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
 {

-  bool retval = TRUE;
-  
+  bool retval = true;
+

   if (m_notebook)
   {
     wxNotebookEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_notebook->GetId());
   if (m_notebook)
   {
     wxNotebookEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_notebook->GetId());


@@ -703,5 +703,5 @@ bool wxNotebookTabView::OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
     }
   }
   return retval;
     }
   }
   return retval;

-} 
+}

 
 

diff --git a/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp b/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp
index b5e06f98d6b25296f1c75e7d720c14337943b710..915d55c73983d55624fc5f00abfb897460efc75e 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                                          long min,
                                          long max,
                                          const wxPoint& pos)
                                          long min,
                                          long max,
                                          const wxPoint& pos)

-                   : wxDialog(parent, -1, caption,
+                   : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, caption,

                               pos, wxDefaultSize)
 {
     m_value = value;
                               pos, wxDefaultSize)
 {
     m_value = value;


@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
     wxBoxSizer *inputsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     // prompt if any
     if (!prompt.IsEmpty())
     wxBoxSizer *inputsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     // prompt if any
     if (!prompt.IsEmpty())

-        inputsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, -1, prompt ), 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, 10 );
+        inputsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, prompt ), 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, 10 );

     // spin ctrl
     wxString valStr;
     valStr.Printf(wxT("%ld"), m_value);
     // spin ctrl
     wxString valStr;
     valStr.Printf(wxT("%ld"), m_value);

-    m_spinctrl = new wxSpinCtrl(this, -1, valStr, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 140, -1 ) );
+    m_spinctrl = new wxSpinCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, valStr, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 140, wxDefaultSize.y ) );

 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
     m_spinctrl->SetRange((int)m_min, (int)m_max);
 #endif
 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
     m_spinctrl->SetRange((int)m_min, (int)m_max);
 #endif


@@ -113,14 +113,14 @@ wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) static line
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) static line

-    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 #endif
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 
     SetSizer( topsizer );

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     topsizer->Fit( this );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     topsizer->Fit( this );


@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ long wxGetNumberFromUser(const wxString& msg,
                                value, min, max, pos);
     if (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
     return dialog.GetValue();
                                value, min, max, pos);
     if (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
     return dialog.GetValue();

-    
+

     return -1;
 }
 
     return -1;
 }
 

diff --git a/src/generic/paletteg.cpp b/src/generic/paletteg.cpp
index 7121430633ef67b08ccfa496e686d4c06c4de720..9501928de31321acb22b4d38c68e26c3ba08f409 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/paletteg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/paletteg.cpp
@@ -122,14 +122,14 @@ bool wxPalette::Create(int n,
         e->blue = blue[i];
     }
 
         e->blue = blue[i];
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 int wxPalette::GetPixel( const unsigned char red,
                          const unsigned char green,
                          const unsigned char blue ) const
 {
 }
 
 int wxPalette::GetPixel( const unsigned char red,
                          const unsigned char green,
                          const unsigned char blue ) const
 {

-    if (!m_refData) return FALSE;
+    if (!m_refData) return false;

 
     int closest = 0;
     double d,distance = 1000.0; // max. dist is 256
 
     int closest = 0;
     double d,distance = 1000.0; // max. dist is 256


@@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ bool wxPalette::GetRGB(int pixel,
                        unsigned char *green,
                        unsigned char *blue) const
 {
                        unsigned char *green,
                        unsigned char *blue) const
 {

-    if (!m_refData) return FALSE;
-    if (pixel >= M_PALETTEDATA->m_count) return FALSE;
+    if (!m_refData) return false;
+    if (pixel >= M_PALETTEDATA->m_count) return false;

 
     wxPaletteEntry& p = M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries[pixel];
     if (red) *red = p.red;
     if (green) *green = p.green;
     if (blue) *blue = p.blue;
 
     wxPaletteEntry& p = M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries[pixel];
     if (red) *red = p.red;
     if (green) *green = p.green;
     if (blue) *blue = p.blue;

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE

diff --git a/src/generic/panelg.cpp b/src/generic/panelg.cpp
index b43832f59643d6ea206ef213d0e3599448ba880f..8fdf61271568a8d724fe1e10ea962543814cbab9 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/panelg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/panelg.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxPanelStyle )
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)

-    
+

     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
     // old style border flags
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)


@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxPanel)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 
 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxPanel)
 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
 

-wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxPanel , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) 
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxPanel , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )

 
 #else
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanel, wxWindow)
 
 #else
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanel, wxWindow)


@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ bool wxPanel::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 
     // so that non-solid background renders correctly under GTK+:
     SetThemeEnabled(true);
 
     // so that non-solid background renders correctly under GTK+:
     SetThemeEnabled(true);

-    
+

 #ifdef __WXMSW__
     // panels don't have the same colour as normal windows under Windows
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
 #ifdef __WXMSW__
     // panels don't have the same colour as normal windows under Windows
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));


@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ void wxPanel::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
             // Uninitialized
 
             ::WinQueryWindowPos(GetHWND(), pWinSwp);
             // Uninitialized
 
             ::WinQueryWindowPos(GetHWND(), pWinSwp);

-       }
-       else
+        }
+        else

         {
             SWP                     vSwp;
             int                     nYDiff;
         {
             SWP                     vSwp;
             int                     nYDiff;

diff --git a/src/generic/printps.cpp b/src/generic/printps.cpp
index aea9ddf5bc1fb1c5a7bff5218852b62ba87326d5..26b6b9108d5291b29ea78cd3324d2b35e88b4309 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/printps.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/printps.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/intl.h"
     #include "wx/progdlg.h"
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/intl.h"
     #include "wx/progdlg.h"

-    #include "wx/log.h"                                                                          
+    #include "wx/log.h"

 #endif
 
 #include "wx/generic/printps.h"
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/generic/printps.h"


@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
     IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPrinterBase)
     IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase)
 
     IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPrinterBase)
     IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase)

-    
+

 // ============================================================================
 // implementation
 // ============================================================================
 // ============================================================================
 // implementation
 // ============================================================================


@@ -77,18 +77,18 @@ wxPostScriptPrinter::~wxPostScriptPrinter()
 
 bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt)
 {
 
 bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt)
 {

-    sm_abortIt = FALSE;
+    sm_abortIt = false;

     sm_abortWindow = (wxWindow *) NULL;
 
     if (!printout)
     {
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
     sm_abortWindow = (wxWindow *) NULL;
 
     if (!printout)
     {
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    printout->SetIsPreview(FALSE);
+    printout->SetIsPreview(false);

 
 

-#if 0    
+#if 0

     // 4/9/99, JACS: this is a silly place to allow preparation, considering
     // the DC and no parameters have been set in the printout object.
     // Moved further down.
     // 4/9/99, JACS: this is a silly place to allow preparation, considering
     // the DC and no parameters have been set in the printout object.
     // Moved further down.


@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
     if (maxPage == 0)
     {
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
     if (maxPage == 0)
     {
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage);
     }
 
     m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage);


@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
 
     if (minPage != 0)
     {
 
     if (minPage != 0)
     {

-        m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(TRUE);
+        m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(true);

         if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() < m_printDialogData.GetMinPage())
             m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(m_printDialogData.GetMinPage());
         else if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > m_printDialogData.GetMaxPage())
         if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() < m_printDialogData.GetMinPage())
             m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(m_printDialogData.GetMinPage());
         else if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > m_printDialogData.GetMaxPage())


@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
             m_printDialogData.SetToPage(m_printDialogData.GetMinPage());
     }
     else
             m_printDialogData.SetToPage(m_printDialogData.GetMinPage());
     }
     else

-        m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(FALSE);
+        m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(false);

 #endif
 
     if (m_printDialogData.GetMinPage() < 1)
 #endif
 
     if (m_printDialogData.GetMinPage() < 1)


@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
     {
         dc = PrintDialog(parent);
         if (!dc)
     {
         dc = PrintDialog(parent);
         if (!dc)

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {


@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
     {
         if (dc) delete dc;
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
     {
         if (dc) delete dc;
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     wxSize ScreenPixels = wxGetDisplaySize();
     }
 
     wxSize ScreenPixels = wxGetDisplaySize();


@@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
     {
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
         wxEndBusyCursor();
     {
         sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
         wxEndBusyCursor();

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     // Only set min and max, because from and to have been
     // set by the user
     m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage);
     m_printDialogData.SetMaxPage(maxPage);
     }
 
     // Only set min and max, because from and to have been
     // set by the user
     m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage);
     m_printDialogData.SetMaxPage(maxPage);

-    
+

     int
        pagesPerCopy = m_printDialogData.GetToPage()-m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()+1,
        totalPages = pagesPerCopy * m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(),
     int
        pagesPerCopy = m_printDialogData.GetToPage()-m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()+1,
        totalPages = pagesPerCopy * m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(),


@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
 
     sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR;
 
 
     sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR;
 

-    bool keepGoing = TRUE;
+    bool keepGoing = true;

 
     int copyCount;
     for (copyCount = 1; copyCount <= m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(); copyCount ++)
 
     int copyCount;
     for (copyCount = 1; copyCount <= m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(); copyCount ++)


@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
         {
             if (sm_abortIt)
             {
         {
             if (sm_abortIt)
             {

-                keepGoing = FALSE;
+                keepGoing = false;

                 sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED;
                 break;
             }
                 sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED;
                 break;
             }


@@ -250,12 +250,12 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
                }
                else
                {
                }
                else
                {

-                  sm_abortIt = TRUE;
+                  sm_abortIt = true;

                   sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED;
                   sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED;

-                  keepGoing = FALSE;
+                  keepGoing = false;

                }
             }
                }
             }

-           wxYield();
+            wxYield();

         }
         printout->OnEndDocument();
     }
         }
         printout->OnEndDocument();
     }


@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ wxDC* wxPostScriptPrinter::PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent)
 bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Setup(wxWindow *parent)
 {
     wxGenericPrintDialog* dialog = new wxGenericPrintDialog(parent, & m_printDialogData);
 bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Setup(wxWindow *parent)
 {
     wxGenericPrintDialog* dialog = new wxGenericPrintDialog(parent, & m_printDialogData);

-    dialog->GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
+    dialog->GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(true);

 
     int ret = dialog->ShowModal();
 
 
     int ret = dialog->ShowModal();
 


@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ wxPostScriptPrintPreview::~wxPostScriptPrintPreview()
 bool wxPostScriptPrintPreview::Print(bool interactive)
 {
     if (!m_printPrintout)
 bool wxPostScriptPrintPreview::Print(bool interactive)
 {
     if (!m_printPrintout)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     wxPostScriptPrinter printer(& m_printDialogData);
     return printer.Print(m_previewFrame, m_printPrintout, interactive);
 }
     wxPostScriptPrinter printer(& m_printDialogData);
     return printer.Print(m_previewFrame, m_printPrintout, interactive);
 }


@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ void wxPostScriptPrintPreview::DetermineScaling()
 
         m_previewPrintout->SetPPIScreen( (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetWidth() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetWidth()),
                                          (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetHeight() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetHeight()) );
 
         m_previewPrintout->SetPPIScreen( (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetWidth() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetWidth()),
                                          (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetHeight() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetHeight()) );

-        m_previewPrintout->SetPPIPrinter(wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution(), wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution()); 
+        m_previewPrintout->SetPPIPrinter(wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution(), wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution());

 
         wxSize sizeDevUnits(paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits());
         sizeDevUnits.x = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.x * wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution() / 72.0);
 
         wxSize sizeDevUnits(paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits());
         sizeDevUnits.x = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.x * wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution() / 72.0);

diff --git a/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp b/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp
index 38938d2c43f6cc1fdd225c99eceacca030c62388..8639cffdc47f9d39b5998168787adda63686d15d 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ extern wxPrintPaperDatabase *wxThePrintPaperDatabase;
 
 wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                                            wxPrintDialogData* data)
 
 wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                                            wxPrintDialogData* data)

-                    : wxDialog(parent, -1, _("Print"),
+                    : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"),

                                wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
                                wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE |
                                wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
                                wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
                                wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE |
                                wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)


@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
 wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                                            wxPrintData* data)
 
 wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                                            wxPrintData* data)

-                    : wxDialog(parent, -1, _("Print"),
+                    : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"),

                                wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
                                wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE |
                                wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
                                wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
                                wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE |
                                wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)


@@ -130,15 +130,15 @@ wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
 void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
 {
 
 void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
 {

-  //    wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, _("Print"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
+  //    wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),

   //                     wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL);
 
     wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
   //                     wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL);
 
     wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 

-    // 1) top row 
-        
-    wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer( 
-        new wxStaticBox( this, -1, _( "Printer options" ) ), wxHORIZONTAL );
+    // 1) top row
+
+    wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer(
+        new wxStaticBox( this, wxID_ANY, _( "Printer options" ) ), wxHORIZONTAL );

     m_printToFileCheckBox = new wxCheckBox( this, wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE, _("Print to File") );
     topsizer->Add( m_printToFileCheckBox, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
 
     m_printToFileCheckBox = new wxCheckBox( this, wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE, _("Print to File") );
     topsizer->Add( m_printToFileCheckBox, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
 


@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
 
     m_setupButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Setup...") );
     topsizer->Add( m_setupButton, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
 
     m_setupButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Setup...") );
     topsizer->Add( m_setupButton, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );

-    
+

     mainsizer->Add( topsizer, 0, wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     mainsizer->Add( topsizer, 0, wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxRIGHT, 10 );

-    
+

     // 2) middle row with radio box
     // 2) middle row with radio box

-    
+

     wxString *choices = new wxString[2];
     choices[0] = _("All");
     choices[1] = _("Pages");
     wxString *choices = new wxString[2];
     choices[0] = _("All");
     choices[1] = _("Pages");


@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
     m_fromText = (wxTextCtrl*)NULL;
     m_toText = (wxTextCtrl*)NULL;
     m_rangeRadioBox = (wxRadioBox *)NULL;
     m_fromText = (wxTextCtrl*)NULL;
     m_toText = (wxTextCtrl*)NULL;
     m_rangeRadioBox = (wxRadioBox *)NULL;

-    
+

     if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0)
     {
         m_rangeRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_RANGE, _("Print Range"),
     if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0)
     {
         m_rangeRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_RANGE, _("Print Range"),


@@ -171,36 +171,36 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
     }
 
     // 3) bottom row
     }
 
     // 3) bottom row

-    
+

     wxBoxSizer *bottomsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
 
     if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0)
     {
         bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("From:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
     wxBoxSizer *bottomsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
 
     if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0)
     {
         bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("From:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );

-        m_fromText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_FROM, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, -1));
+        m_fromText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_FROM, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, wxDefaultSize.y));

         bottomsizer->Add( m_fromText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
 
         bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("To:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5);
         bottomsizer->Add( m_fromText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
 
         bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("To:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5);

-        m_toText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TO, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, -1));
+        m_toText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TO, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, wxDefaultSize.y));

         bottomsizer->Add( m_toText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     }
 
     bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Copies:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
         bottomsizer->Add( m_toText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     }
 
     bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Copies:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );

-    m_noCopiesText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COPIES, wxT(""), wxPoint(252, 130), wxSize(40, -1));
+    m_noCopiesText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COPIES, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(252, 130), wxSize(40, wxDefaultSize.y));

     bottomsizer->Add( m_noCopiesText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
 
     mainsizer->Add( bottomsizer, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 12 );
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 4) static line
     bottomsizer->Add( m_noCopiesText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
 
     mainsizer->Add( bottomsizer, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 12 );
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 4) static line

-    mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 5) buttons
 
     mainsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 10 );
 
 #endif
 
     // 5) buttons
 
     mainsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 10 );
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( mainsizer );
 
     mainsizer->Fit( this );
     SetSizer( mainsizer );
 
     mainsizer->Fit( this );


@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     if (m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile())
     {
         m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().SetPrintMode(wxPRINT_MODE_FILE);
     if (m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile())
     {
         m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().SetPrintMode(wxPRINT_MODE_FILE);

-        
+

         wxFileName fname( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetFilename() );
         wxFileName fname( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetFilename() );

-        
+

         wxFileDialog dialog( this, _("PostScript file"),
             fname.GetPath(), fname.GetFullName(), wxT("*.ps"), wxOPEN | wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT );
         if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK) return;
         wxFileDialog dialog( this, _("PostScript file"),
             fname.GetPath(), fname.GetFullName(), wxT("*.ps"), wxOPEN | wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT );
         if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK) return;


@@ -285,13 +285,13 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnRange(wxCommandEvent& event)
 
     if (event.GetInt() == 0)
     {
 
     if (event.GetInt() == 0)
     {

-        m_fromText->Enable(FALSE);
-        m_toText->Enable(FALSE);
+        m_fromText->Enable(false);
+        m_toText->Enable(false);

     }
     else if (event.GetInt() == 1)
     {
     }
     else if (event.GetInt() == 1)
     {

-        m_fromText->Enable(TRUE);
-        m_toText->Enable(TRUE);
+        m_fromText->Enable(true);
+        m_toText->Enable(true);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
        {
           if (m_printDialogData.GetEnablePageNumbers())
           {
        {
           if (m_printDialogData.GetEnablePageNumbers())
           {

-             m_fromText->Enable(TRUE);
-             m_toText->Enable(TRUE);
+             m_fromText->Enable(true);
+             m_toText->Enable(true);

              if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > 0)
                 m_fromText->SetValue(wxString::Format(_T("%d"), m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()));
              if (m_printDialogData.GetToPage() > 0)
              if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > 0)
                 m_fromText->SetValue(wxString::Format(_T("%d"), m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()));
              if (m_printDialogData.GetToPage() > 0)


@@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
           }
           else
           {
           }
           else
           {

-             m_fromText->Enable(FALSE);
-             m_toText->Enable(FALSE);
+             m_fromText->Enable(false);
+             m_toText->Enable(false);

              if(m_rangeRadioBox)
              {
                 m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(0);
              if(m_rangeRadioBox)
              {
                 m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(0);

-                m_rangeRadioBox->wxRadioBox::Enable(1, FALSE);
+                m_rangeRadioBox->wxRadioBox::Enable(1, false);

              }
           }
        }
              }
           }
        }


@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
 
     m_printToFileCheckBox->SetValue(m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile());
     m_printToFileCheckBox->Enable(m_printDialogData.GetEnablePrintToFile());
 
     m_printToFileCheckBox->SetValue(m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile());
     m_printToFileCheckBox->Enable(m_printDialogData.GetEnablePrintToFile());

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
 }
 
 bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()


@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
                     m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( res );
             }
             if(m_toText)
                     m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( res );
             }
             if(m_toText)

-            {   
+            {

                 wxString value = m_toText->GetValue();
                 if (value.ToLong( &res ))
                     m_printDialogData.SetToPage( res );
                 wxString value = m_toText->GetValue();
                 if (value.ToLong( &res ))
                     m_printDialogData.SetToPage( res );


@@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
         if(m_rangeRadioBox)
         {
            if (m_rangeRadioBox->GetSelection() == 0)
         if(m_rangeRadioBox)
         {
            if (m_rangeRadioBox->GetSelection() == 0)

-              m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(TRUE);
+              m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(true);

            else
            else

-              m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(FALSE);
+              m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(false);

         }
     }
     else
         }
     }
     else


@@ -377,14 +377,14 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
         m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(1);
         m_printDialogData.SetToPage(32000);
     }
         m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(1);
         m_printDialogData.SetToPage(32000);
     }

-    
+

     wxString value = m_noCopiesText->GetValue();
     if (value.ToLong( &res ))
         m_printDialogData.SetNoCopies( res );
     wxString value = m_noCopiesText->GetValue();
     if (value.ToLong( &res ))
         m_printDialogData.SetNoCopies( res );

-        
+

     m_printDialogData.SetPrintToFile(m_printToFileCheckBox->GetValue());
 
     m_printDialogData.SetPrintToFile(m_printToFileCheckBox->GetValue());
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 /*
 }
 
 /*


@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ TODO: collate and noCopies should be duplicated across dialog data and print dat
 
 wxDC *wxGenericPrintDialog::GetPrintDC()
 {
 
 wxDC *wxGenericPrintDialog::GetPrintDC()
 {

-  //    return new wxPostScriptDC(wxThePrintSetupData->GetPrinterFile(), FALSE, (wxWindow *) NULL);
+  //    return new wxPostScriptDC(wxThePrintSetupData->GetPrinterFile(), false, (wxWindow *) NULL);

   return new wxPostScriptDC(GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData());
 }
 
   return new wxPostScriptDC(GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData());
 }
 


@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ wxDC *wxGenericPrintDialog::GetPrintDC()
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data):
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data):

-wxDialog(parent, -1, _("Print Setup"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600), wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print Setup"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600), wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)

 {
     Init(data);
 }
 {
     Init(data);
 }


@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::Init(wxPrintData* data)
     choices[1] = _("Landscape");
 
     m_orientationRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, _("Orientation"),
     choices[1] = _("Landscape");
 
     m_orientationRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, _("Orientation"),

-        wxPoint(10, 80), wxSize(-1, -1), 2, choices, 1, wxRA_VERTICAL );
+        wxPoint(10, 80), wxDefaultSize, 2, choices, 1, wxRA_VERTICAL );

     m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(0);
 
     (void) new wxStaticBox(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Options"), wxPoint(10, 130), wxSize(staticBoxWidth, 50) );
     m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(0);
 
     (void) new wxStaticBox(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Options"), wxPoint(10, 130), wxSize(staticBoxWidth, 50) );


@@ -443,18 +443,18 @@ void wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::Init(wxPrintData* data)
 
     (void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Printer command:"), wxPoint(340, 30));
 
 
     (void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Printer command:"), wxPoint(340, 30));
 

-    m_printerCommandText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COMMAND, wxT(""), wxPoint(360, 55), wxSize(150, -1));
+    m_printerCommandText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COMMAND, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(360, 55), wxSize(150, wxDefaultSize.y));

 
     (void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Printer options:"), wxPoint(340, 110));
 
 
     (void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Printer options:"), wxPoint(340, 110));
 

-    m_printerOptionsText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, wxT(""), wxPoint(360, 135), wxSize(150, -1));
+    m_printerOptionsText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(360, 135), wxSize(150, wxDefaultSize.y));

 
 

-    wxButton *okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"), wxPoint(130, 200), wxSize(80, -1));
-    (void) new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, _("Cancel"), wxPoint(320, 200), wxSize(80, -1));
+    wxButton *okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"), wxPoint(130, 200), wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y));
+    (void) new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, _("Cancel"), wxPoint(320, 200), wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y));

 
     okButton->SetDefault();
     okButton->SetFocus();
 
     okButton->SetDefault();
     okButton->SetFocus();

-    
+

     Fit();
     Centre(wxBOTH);
 
     Fit();
     Centre(wxBOTH);
 


@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
         else
             m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(1);
     }
         else
             m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(1);
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
 }
 
 bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()


@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxComboBox *wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
 }
 
 wxComboBox *wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)


@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ wxComboBox *wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
                                          wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
                                          _("Paper Size"),
                                          wxPoint(*x, *y),
                                          wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
                                          _("Paper Size"),
                                          wxPoint(*x, *y),

-                                         wxSize(width, -1),
+                                         wxSize(width, wxDefaultSize.y),

                                          n, choices );
 
     //    SetFont(thisFont);
                                          n, choices );
 
     //    SetFont(thisFont);


@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ void wxGenericPageSetupDialog::OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     // Transfer the current print settings from this dialog to the page setup dialog.
     wxPrintDialogData data;
     data = GetPageSetupData().GetPrintData();
     // Transfer the current print settings from this dialog to the page setup dialog.
     wxPrintDialogData data;
     data = GetPageSetupData().GetPrintData();

-    data.SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
+    data.SetSetupDialog(true);

     wxPrintDialog *printDialog = new wxPrintDialog(this, & data);
     printDialog->ShowModal();
 
     wxPrintDialog *printDialog = new wxPrintDialog(this, & data);
     printDialog->ShowModal();
 


@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ void wxGenericPageSetupDialog::OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
                                                     wxPageSetupData* data)
     : wxDialog( parent,
 wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
                                                     wxPageSetupData* data)
     : wxDialog( parent,

-                -1,
+                wxID_ANY,

                 _("Page Setup"),
                 wxPoint(0, 0),
                 wxSize(600, 600),
                 _("Page Setup"),
                 wxPoint(0, 0),
                 wxSize(600, 600),


@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
     wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
     // 1) top
     wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
     // 1) top

-    wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer( 
+    wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer(

       new wxStaticBox(this,wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Paper size")), wxHORIZONTAL );
 
     size_t      n = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetCount();
       new wxStaticBox(this,wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Paper size")), wxHORIZONTAL );
 
     size_t      n = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetCount();


@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
                                         wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
                                         _("Paper Size"),
                                         wxDefaultPosition,
                                         wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
                                         _("Paper Size"),
                                         wxDefaultPosition,

-                                        wxSize(300, -1),
+                                        wxSize(300, wxDefaultSize.y),

                                         n, choices );
     topsizer->Add( m_paperTypeChoice, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 5 );
 //  m_paperTypeChoice->SetSelection(sel);
                                         n, choices );
     topsizer->Add( m_paperTypeChoice, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 5 );
 //  m_paperTypeChoice->SetSelection(sel);


@@ -648,22 +648,22 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
     column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Left margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Top margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     table->Add( column1, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 );
     column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Left margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Top margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     table->Add( column1, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 );

-    
+

     wxBoxSizer *column2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
     wxBoxSizer *column2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );

-    m_marginLeftText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
-    m_marginTopText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
+    m_marginLeftText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));
+    m_marginTopText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));

     column2->Add( m_marginLeftText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     column2->Add( m_marginTopText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     table->Add( column2, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 );
     column2->Add( m_marginLeftText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     column2->Add( m_marginTopText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     table->Add( column2, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 );

-    
+

     wxBoxSizer *column3 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
     column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Right margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Bottom margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     table->Add( column3, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 );
     wxBoxSizer *column3 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
     column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Right margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Bottom margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
     table->Add( column3, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 );

-    
+

     wxBoxSizer *column4 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
     wxBoxSizer *column4 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );

-    m_marginRightText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
-    m_marginBottomText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
+    m_marginRightText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));
+    m_marginBottomText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));

     column4->Add( m_marginRightText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     column4->Add( m_marginBottomText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     table->Add( column4, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 );
     column4->Add( m_marginRightText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     column4->Add( m_marginBottomText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
     table->Add( column4, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 );


@@ -672,29 +672,29 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 5) static line
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 5) static line

-    mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 6) buttons
 #endif
 
     // 6) buttons

-    
+

     wxSizer* buttonsizer = CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL);
     m_printerButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Printer...") );
     buttonsizer->Add( m_printerButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     if ( !m_pageData.GetEnablePrinter() )
     wxSizer* buttonsizer = CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL);
     m_printerButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Printer...") );
     buttonsizer->Add( m_printerButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
     if ( !m_pageData.GetEnablePrinter() )

-        m_printerButton->Enable(FALSE);
+        m_printerButton->Enable(false);

     //  if (m_printData.GetEnableHelp())
     //  if (m_printData.GetEnableHelp())

-    //  wxButton *helpButton = new wxButton(this, (wxFunction)wxGenericPageSetupHelpProc, _("Help"), -1, -1, buttonWidth, buttonHeight);
+    //  wxButton *helpButton = new wxButton(this, (wxFunction)wxGenericPageSetupHelpProc, _("Help"), wxDefaultPosition.x, wxDefaultPosition.y, buttonWidth, buttonHeight);

     mainsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 10 );
 
 
     mainsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 10 );
 
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( mainsizer );
 
     mainsizer->Fit( this );
     Centre(wxBOTH);
 
     InitDialog();
     SetSizer( mainsizer );
 
     mainsizer->Fit( this );
     Centre(wxBOTH);
 
     InitDialog();

-    
+

     delete[] choices;
     delete [] choices2;
 }
     delete[] choices;
     delete [] choices2;
 }


@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
         m_paperTypeChoice->SetStringSelection(type->GetName());
     }
 
         m_paperTypeChoice->SetStringSelection(type->GetName());
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
 }
 
 bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()


@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
             m_pageData.GetPrintData().SetOrientation(wxLANDSCAPE);
         }
     }
             m_pageData.GetPrintData().SetOrientation(wxLANDSCAPE);
         }
     }

-    
+

     if (m_paperTypeChoice)
     {
         int selectedItem = m_paperTypeChoice->GetSelection();
     if (m_paperTypeChoice)
     {
         int selectedItem = m_paperTypeChoice->GetSelection();


@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxComboBox *wxGenericPageSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
 }
 
 wxComboBox *wxGenericPageSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)


@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ wxComboBox *wxGenericPageSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
                                          wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
                                          _("Paper Size"),
                                          wxPoint(*x, *y),
                                          wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
                                          _("Paper Size"),
                                          wxPoint(*x, *y),

-                                         wxSize(300, -1),
+                                         wxSize(300, wxDefaultSize.y),

                                          n, choices );
     *y += 35;
     delete[] choices;
                                          n, choices );
     *y += 35;
     delete[] choices;

diff --git a/src/generic/regiong.cpp b/src/generic/regiong.cpp
index ca1ee59ad5a5729e5abff8e635d9309349be8de4..4ed586112c282b58058ec22c022a49cbec4f64b3 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/regiong.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/regiong.cpp
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     2004/04/12
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 2004 David Elliott
 // Created:     2004/04/12
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 2004 David Elliott

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #include "wx/generic/region.h"
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #include "wx/generic/region.h"


@@ -49,17 +49,17 @@ public:
         register int x,
         register int y);
     static bool XIntersectRegion(
         register int x,
         register int y);
     static bool XIntersectRegion(

-        Region                 reg1,
-        Region         reg2,          /* source regions     */
-        register Region        newReg);               /* destination Region */
+        Region reg1,
+        Region reg2,          /* source regions     */
+        register Region newReg);               /* destination Region */

     static bool XUnionRegion(
     static bool XUnionRegion(

-        Region           reg1,
-        Region   reg2,             /* source regions     */
-        Region           newReg);                  /* destination Region */
+        Region reg1,
+        Region reg2,             /* source regions     */
+        Region newReg);                  /* destination Region */

     static bool XSubtractRegion(
     static bool XSubtractRegion(

-        Region                 regM,
-        Region         regS,          
-        register Region        regD);
+        Region regM,
+        Region regS,
+        register Region regD);

     static bool XXorRegion(Region sra, Region srb, Region dr);
     static bool XEmptyRegion(
         Region r);
     static bool XXorRegion(Region sra, Region srb, Region dr);
     static bool XEmptyRegion(
         Region r);


@@ -68,87 +68,87 @@ public:
         Region pRegion,
         int x, int y);
     static wxRegionContain XRectInRegion(
         Region pRegion,
         int x, int y);
     static wxRegionContain XRectInRegion(

-        register Region        region,
+        register Region region,

         int rx, int ry,
         unsigned int rwidth, unsigned int rheight);
 
 protected:
     static Region XCreateRegion(void);
     static void miSetExtents (
         int rx, int ry,
         unsigned int rwidth, unsigned int rheight);
 
 protected:
     static Region XCreateRegion(void);
     static void miSetExtents (

-        Region         pReg);
+        Region pReg);

     static bool XDestroyRegion(Region r);
     static int miIntersectO (
     static bool XDestroyRegion(Region r);
     static int miIntersectO (

-        register Region        pReg,
-        register BoxPtr        r1,
-        BoxPtr                 r1End,
-        register BoxPtr        r2,
-        BoxPtr                 r2End,
-        wxCoord                y1,
-        wxCoord                y2);
+        register Region pReg,
+        register BoxPtr r1,
+        BoxPtr r1End,
+        register BoxPtr r2,
+        BoxPtr r2End,
+        wxCoord y1,
+        wxCoord y2);

     static void miRegionCopy(
         register Region dstrgn,
         register Region rgn);
     static int miCoalesce(
     static void miRegionCopy(
         register Region dstrgn,
         register Region rgn);
     static int miCoalesce(

-        register Region        pReg,           /* Region to coalesce */
-        int                    prevStart,      /* Index of start of previous band */
-        int                    curStart);      /* Index of start of current band */
+        register Region pReg, /* Region to coalesce */
+        int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */
+        int curStart); /* Index of start of current band */

     static void miRegionOp(
     static void miRegionOp(

-        register Region        newReg,         /* Place to store result */
-        Region         reg1,                   /* First region in operation */
-        Region         reg2,                   /* 2d region in operation */
-        int                    (*overlapFunc)(
+        register Region newReg, /* Place to store result */
+        Region reg1, /* First region in operation */
+        Region reg2, /* 2d region in operation */
+        int (*overlapFunc)(

             register Region     pReg,
             register BoxPtr     r1,
             BoxPtr              r1End,
             register BoxPtr     r2,
             BoxPtr              r2End,
             register Region     pReg,
             register BoxPtr     r1,
             BoxPtr              r1End,
             register BoxPtr     r2,
             BoxPtr              r2End,

-            wxCoord               y1,
-            wxCoord               y2),            /* Function to call for over-
-                                                * lapping bands */
-        int                    (*nonOverlap1Func)(
+            wxCoord             y1,
+            wxCoord             y2), /* Function to call for over-
+                                      * lapping bands */
+        int (*nonOverlap1Func)(

             register Region     pReg,
             register BoxPtr     r,
             BoxPtr              rEnd,
             register Region     pReg,
             register BoxPtr     r,
             BoxPtr              rEnd,

-            register wxCoord      y1,
-            register wxCoord      y2),            /* Function to call for non-
-                                                * overlapping bands in region
-                                                * 1 */
-        int                    (*nonOverlap2Func)(
+            register wxCoord    y1,
+            register wxCoord    y2), /* Function to call for non-
+                                      * overlapping bands in region
+                                      * 1 */
+        int (*nonOverlap2Func)(

             register Region     pReg,
             register BoxPtr     r,
             BoxPtr              rEnd,
             register Region     pReg,
             register BoxPtr     r,
             BoxPtr              rEnd,

-            register wxCoord      y1,
-            register wxCoord      y2));           /* Function to call for non-
-                                                * overlapping bands in region
-                                                * 2 */
+            register wxCoord    y1,
+            register wxCoord    y2)); /* Function to call for non-
+                                       * overlapping bands in region
+                                       * 2 */

     static int miUnionNonO (
     static int miUnionNonO (

-        register Region        pReg,
-        register BoxPtr        r,
-        BoxPtr                 rEnd,
-        register wxCoord       y1,
-        register wxCoord       y2);
+        register Region pReg,
+        register BoxPtr r,
+        BoxPtr rEnd,
+        register wxCoord y1,
+        register wxCoord y2);

     static int miUnionO (
     static int miUnionO (

-        register Region        pReg,
-        register BoxPtr        r1,
-        BoxPtr                 r1End,
-        register BoxPtr        r2,
-        BoxPtr                 r2End,
-        register wxCoord       y1,
-        register wxCoord       y2);
+        register Region pReg,
+        register BoxPtr r1,
+        BoxPtr r1End,
+        register BoxPtr r2,
+        BoxPtr r2End,
+        register wxCoord y1,
+        register wxCoord y2);

     static int miSubtractNonO1 (
     static int miSubtractNonO1 (

-        register Region        pReg,
-        register BoxPtr        r,
-        BoxPtr                 rEnd,
-        register wxCoord       y1,
-        register wxCoord       y2);
+        register Region pReg,
+        register BoxPtr r,
+        BoxPtr rEnd,
+        register wxCoord y1,
+        register wxCoord y2);

     static int miSubtractO (
     static int miSubtractO (

-        register Region        pReg,
-        register BoxPtr        r1,
-        BoxPtr                 r1End,
-        register BoxPtr        r2,
-        BoxPtr                 r2End,
-        register wxCoord       y1,
-        register wxCoord       y2);
+        register Region pReg,
+        register BoxPtr r1,
+        BoxPtr r1End,
+        register BoxPtr r2,
+        BoxPtr r2End,
+        register wxCoord y1,
+        register wxCoord y2);

 protected:
     long size;
     long numRects;
 protected:
     long size;
     long numRects;


@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ bool wxRegionGeneric::Union(const wxRect& rect)
 /* XUnionRectWithRegion */
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
 /* XUnionRectWithRegion */
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)

-       return false;
+        return false;

 
     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 
     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);


@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ bool wxRegionGeneric::Union(const wxRegionGeneric& region)
 bool wxRegionGeneric::Intersect(const wxRect& rect)
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
 bool wxRegionGeneric::Intersect(const wxRect& rect)
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)

-       return false;
+        return false;

     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 
     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 


@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ bool wxRegionGeneric::Intersect(const wxRegionGeneric& region)
 bool wxRegionGeneric::Subtract(const wxRect& rect)
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
 bool wxRegionGeneric::Subtract(const wxRect& rect)
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)

-       return false;
+        return false;

     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 
     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 


@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ bool wxRegionGeneric::Subtract(const wxRegionGeneric& region)
 bool wxRegionGeneric::Xor(const wxRect& rect)
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
 bool wxRegionGeneric::Xor(const wxRect& rect)
 {
     if (!rect.width || !rect.height)

-       return false;
+        return false;

     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 
     AllocExclusive();
     REGION region(rect);
 


@@ -373,28 +373,28 @@ wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(long x, long y) const
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XPointInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,x,y)?wxInRegion:wxOutRegion;
 }
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XPointInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,x,y)?wxInRegion:wxOutRegion;
 }

-    
+

 // Does the region contain the point pt?
 wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const
 {
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XPointInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,pt.x,pt.y)?wxInRegion:wxOutRegion;
 }
 // Does the region contain the point pt?
 wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const
 {
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XPointInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,pt.x,pt.y)?wxInRegion:wxOutRegion;
 }

-    
+

 // Does the region contain the rectangle (x, y, w, h)?
 wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(long x, long y, long w, long h) const
 {
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XRectInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,x,y,w,h);
 }
 // Does the region contain the rectangle (x, y, w, h)?
 wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(long x, long y, long w, long h) const
 {
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XRectInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,x,y,w,h);
 }

-    
+

 // Does the region contain the rectangle rect?
 wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(const wxRect& rect) const
 {
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XRectInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,rect.x,rect.y,rect.width,rect.height);
 }
 // Does the region contain the rectangle rect?
 wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::Contains(const wxRect& rect) const
 {
     wxASSERT(m_refData);
     return REGION::XRectInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,rect.x,rect.y,rect.width,rect.height);
 }

-    
+

 // ========================================================================
 // wxRegionIteratorGeneric
 // ========================================================================
 // ========================================================================
 // wxRegionIteratorGeneric
 // ========================================================================


@@ -524,13 +524,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.

 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL


@@ -544,13 +544,13 @@ SOFTWARE.
 
 /*  1 if two BOXs overlap.
  *  0 if two BOXs do not overlap.
 
 /*  1 if two BOXs overlap.
  *  0 if two BOXs do not overlap.

- *  Remember, x2 and y2 are not in the region 
+ *  Remember, x2 and y2 are not in the region

  */
 #define EXTENTCHECK(r1, r2) \
  */
 #define EXTENTCHECK(r1, r2) \

-       ((r1)->x2 > (r2)->x1 && \
-        (r1)->x1 < (r2)->x2 && \
-        (r1)->y2 > (r2)->y1 && \
-        (r1)->y1 < (r2)->y2)
+    ((r1)->x2 > (r2)->x1 && \
+     (r1)->x1 < (r2)->x2 && \
+     (r1)->y2 > (r2)->y1 && \
+     (r1)->y1 < (r2)->y2)

 
 /*
  *   Check to see if there is enough memory in the present region.
 
 /*
  *   Check to see if there is enough memory in the present region.


@@ -602,17 +602,17 @@ SOFTWARE.
  * the y-x-banding that's so nice to have...
  */
 
  * the y-x-banding that's so nice to have...
  */
 

-/*     Create a new empty region       */
+/* Create a new empty region */

 Region REGION::
 XCreateRegion(void)
 {
     Region temp;
 
     if (! (temp = new REGION))
 Region REGION::
 XCreateRegion(void)
 {
     Region temp;
 
     if (! (temp = new REGION))

-       return (Region) NULL;
+        return (Region) NULL;

     if (! (temp->rects = ( BOX * )malloc( (unsigned) sizeof( BOX )))) {
     if (! (temp->rects = ( BOX * )malloc( (unsigned) sizeof( BOX )))) {

-       free((char *) temp);
-       return (Region) NULL;
+        free((char *) temp);
+        return (Region) NULL;

     }
     temp->numRects = 0;
     temp->extents.x1 = 0;
     }
     temp->numRects = 0;
     temp->extents.x1 = 0;


@@ -638,33 +638,32 @@ XClipBox(
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSetExtents --
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSetExtents --

- *     Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
- *     miSubtract and miIntersect b/c they can't figure it out along the
- *     way or do so easily, as miUnion can.
+ *    Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
+ *    miSubtract and miIntersect b/c they can't figure it out along the
+ *    way or do so easily, as miUnion can.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *    None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.
+ *    The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void REGION::
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void REGION::

-miSetExtents (
-    Region             pReg)
+miSetExtents (Region pReg)

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    pBox,
-                       pBoxEnd,
-                       pExtents;
+    register BoxPtr pBox,
+                    pBoxEnd,
+                    pExtents;

 
     if (pReg->numRects == 0)
     {
 
     if (pReg->numRects == 0)
     {

-       pReg->extents.x1 = 0;
-       pReg->extents.y1 = 0;
-       pReg->extents.x2 = 0;
-       pReg->extents.y2 = 0;
-       return;
+        pReg->extents.x1 = 0;
+        pReg->extents.y1 = 0;
+        pReg->extents.x2 = 0;
+        pReg->extents.y2 = 0;
+        return;

     }
 
     pExtents = &pReg->extents;
     }
 
     pExtents = &pReg->extents;


@@ -686,15 +685,15 @@ miSetExtents (
     assert(pExtents->y1 < pExtents->y2);
     while (pBox <= pBoxEnd)
     {
     assert(pExtents->y1 < pExtents->y2);
     while (pBox <= pBoxEnd)
     {

-       if (pBox->x1 < pExtents->x1)
-       {
-           pExtents->x1 = pBox->x1;
-       }
-       if (pBox->x2 > pExtents->x2)
-       {
-           pExtents->x2 = pBox->x2;
-       }
-       pBox++;
+        if (pBox->x1 < pExtents->x1)
+        {
+            pExtents->x1 = pBox->x1;
+        }
+        if (pBox->x2 > pExtents->x2)
+        {
+            pExtents->x2 = pBox->x2;
+        }
+        pBox++;

     }
     assert(pExtents->x1 < pExtents->x2);
 }
     }
     assert(pExtents->x1 < pExtents->x2);
 }


@@ -727,11 +726,11 @@ XOffsetRegion(
 
     while(nbox--)
     {
 
     while(nbox--)
     {

-       pbox->x1 += x;
-       pbox->x2 += x;
-       pbox->y1 += y;
-       pbox->y2 += y;
-       pbox++;
+        pbox->x1 += x;
+        pbox->x2 += x;
+        pbox->y1 += y;
+        pbox->y2 += y;
+        pbox++;

     }
     pRegion->extents.x1 += x;
     pRegion->extents.x2 += x;
     }
     pRegion->extents.x1 += x;
     pRegion->extents.x2 += x;


@@ -741,100 +740,100 @@ XOffsetRegion(
 }
 
 /*======================================================================
 }
 
 /*======================================================================

- *         Region Intersection
+ *  Region Intersection

  *====================================================================*/
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miIntersectO --
  *====================================================================*/
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miIntersectO --

- *     Handle an overlapping band for miIntersect.
+ *    Handle an overlapping band for miIntersect.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *    None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     Rectangles may be added to the region.
+ *    Rectangles may be added to the region.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miIntersectO (
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miIntersectO (

-    register Region    pReg,
-    register BoxPtr    r1,
-    BoxPtr             r1End,
-    register BoxPtr    r2,
-    BoxPtr             r2End,
-    wxCoord                    y1,
-    wxCoord                    y2)
+    register Region     pReg,
+    register BoxPtr     r1,
+    BoxPtr              r1End,
+    register BoxPtr     r2,
+    BoxPtr              r2End,
+    wxCoord             y1,
+    wxCoord             y2)

 {
 {

-    register wxCoord   x1;
-    register wxCoord   x2;
-    register BoxPtr    pNextRect;
+    register wxCoord    x1;
+    register wxCoord    x2;
+    register BoxPtr     pNextRect;

 
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
     while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
     {
 
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
     while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
     {

-       x1 = wxMax(r1->x1,r2->x1);
-       x2 = wxMin(r1->x2,r2->x2);
-
-       /*
-        * If there's any overlap between the two rectangles, add that
-        * overlap to the new region.
-        * There's no need to check for subsumption because the only way
-        * such a need could arise is if some region has two rectangles
-        * right next to each other. Since that should never happen...
-        */
-       if (x1 < x2)
-       {
-           assert(y1<y2);
-
-           MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
-           pNextRect->x1 = x1;
-           pNextRect->y1 = y1;
-           pNextRect->x2 = x2;
-           pNextRect->y2 = y2;
-           pReg->numRects += 1;
-           pNextRect++;
-           assert(pReg->numRects <= pReg->size);
-       }
-
-       /*
-        * Need to advance the pointers. Shift the one that extends
-        * to the right the least, since the other still has a chance to
-        * overlap with that region's next rectangle, if you see what I mean.
-        */
-       if (r1->x2 < r2->x2)
-       {
-           r1++;
-       }
-       else if (r2->x2 < r1->x2)
-       {
-           r2++;
-       }
-       else
-       {
-           r1++;
-           r2++;
-       }
+        x1 = wxMax(r1->x1,r2->x1);
+        x2 = wxMin(r1->x2,r2->x2);
+
+        /*
+         * If there's any overlap between the two rectangles, add that
+         * overlap to the new region.
+         * There's no need to check for subsumption because the only way
+         * such a need could arise is if some region has two rectangles
+         * right next to each other. Since that should never happen...
+         */
+        if (x1 < x2)
+        {
+            assert(y1<y2);
+
+            MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
+            pNextRect->x1 = x1;
+            pNextRect->y1 = y1;
+            pNextRect->x2 = x2;
+            pNextRect->y2 = y2;
+            pReg->numRects += 1;
+            pNextRect++;
+            assert(pReg->numRects <= pReg->size);
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * Need to advance the pointers. Shift the one that extends
+         * to the right the least, since the other still has a chance to
+         * overlap with that region's next rectangle, if you see what I mean.
+         */
+        if (r1->x2 < r2->x2)
+        {
+            r1++;
+        }
+        else if (r2->x2 < r1->x2)
+        {
+            r2++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            r1++;
+            r2++;
+        }

     }
     }

-    return 0;  /* lint */
+    return 0; /* lint */

 }
 
 bool REGION::
 XIntersectRegion(
 }
 
 bool REGION::
 XIntersectRegion(

-    Region             reg1,
-    Region             reg2,          /* source regions     */
-    register Region    newReg)               /* destination Region */
+    Region reg1,
+    Region reg2, /* source regions     */
+    register Region newReg) /* destination Region */

 {
    /* check for trivial reject */
     if ( (!(reg1->numRects)) || (!(reg2->numRects))  ||
 {
    /* check for trivial reject */
     if ( (!(reg1->numRects)) || (!(reg2->numRects))  ||

-       (!EXTENTCHECK(&reg1->extents, &reg2->extents)))
+        (!EXTENTCHECK(&reg1->extents, &reg2->extents)))

         newReg->numRects = 0;
     else
         newReg->numRects = 0;
     else

-       miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2, 
-               miIntersectO, NULL, NULL);
-    
+        miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2,
+                    miIntersectO, NULL, NULL);
+

     /*
      * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because
      * it might be one of the source regions and miRegionOp depends
     /*
      * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because
      * it might be one of the source regions and miRegionOp depends


@@ -853,69 +852,70 @@ miRegionCopy(
 
 {
     if (dstrgn != rgn) /*  don't want to copy to itself */
 
 {
     if (dstrgn != rgn) /*  don't want to copy to itself */

-    {  
+    {

         if (dstrgn->size < rgn->numRects)
         {
             if (dstrgn->rects)
             {
         if (dstrgn->size < rgn->numRects)
         {
             if (dstrgn->rects)
             {

-               BOX *prevRects = dstrgn->rects;
-               
+                BOX *prevRects = dstrgn->rects;
+

                 if (! (dstrgn->rects = (BOX *)
                 if (! (dstrgn->rects = (BOX *)

-                      realloc((char *) dstrgn->rects,
-                               (unsigned) rgn->numRects * (sizeof(BOX))))) {
-                   free(prevRects);
-                   return;
-               }
+                       realloc((char *) dstrgn->rects,
+                               (unsigned) rgn->numRects * (sizeof(BOX)))))
+                {
+                    free(prevRects);
+                    return;
+                }

             }
             dstrgn->size = rgn->numRects;
             }
             dstrgn->size = rgn->numRects;

-       }
+        }

         dstrgn->numRects = rgn->numRects;
         dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
         dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;
         dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
         dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;
 
         dstrgn->numRects = rgn->numRects;
         dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
         dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;
         dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
         dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;
 

-       memcpy((char *) dstrgn->rects, (char *) rgn->rects,
-              (int) (rgn->numRects * sizeof(BOX)));
+        memcpy((char *) dstrgn->rects, (char *) rgn->rects,
+                (int) (rgn->numRects * sizeof(BOX)));

     }
 }
 
 /*======================================================================
     }
 }
 
 /*======================================================================

- *         Generic Region Operator
+ * Generic Region Operator

  *====================================================================*/
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miCoalesce --
  *====================================================================*/
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miCoalesce --

- *     Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
- *     previous one. Used only by miRegionOp.
+ *    Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
+ *    previous one. Used only by miRegionOp.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     The new index for the previous band.
+ *    The new index for the previous band.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     If coalescing takes place:
- *         - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
- *           altered.
- *         - pReg->numRects will be decreased.
+ *    If coalescing takes place:
+ *        - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
+ *          altered.
+ *        - pReg->numRects will be decreased.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static int*/
 int REGION::
 miCoalesce(
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static int*/
 int REGION::
 miCoalesce(

-    register Region    pReg,           /* Region to coalesce */
-    int                        prevStart,      /* Index of start of previous band */
-    int                        curStart)       /* Index of start of current band */
+    register Region pReg,     /* Region to coalesce */
+    int prevStart,            /* Index of start of previous band */
+    int curStart)             /* Index of start of current band */

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    pPrevBox;       /* Current box in previous band */
-    register BoxPtr    pCurBox;        /* Current box in current band */
-    register BoxPtr    pRegEnd;        /* End of region */
-    int                        curNumRects;    /* Number of rectangles in current
-                                        * band */
-    int                        prevNumRects;   /* Number of rectangles in previous
-                                        * band */
-    int                        bandY1;         /* Y1 coordinate for current band */
+    register BoxPtr pPrevBox; /* Current box in previous band */
+    register BoxPtr pCurBox;  /* Current box in current band */
+    register BoxPtr pRegEnd;  /* End of region */
+    int         curNumRects;  /* Number of rectangles in current
+                               * band */
+    int        prevNumRects;  /* Number of rectangles in previous
+                               * band */
+    int              bandY1;  /* Y1 coordinate for current band */

 
     pRegEnd = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
 
     pRegEnd = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 


@@ -930,98 +930,99 @@ miCoalesce(
     pCurBox = &pReg->rects[curStart];
     bandY1 = pCurBox->y1;
     for (curNumRects = 0;
     pCurBox = &pReg->rects[curStart];
     bandY1 = pCurBox->y1;
     for (curNumRects = 0;

-        (pCurBox != pRegEnd) && (pCurBox->y1 == bandY1);
-        curNumRects++)
+         (pCurBox != pRegEnd) && (pCurBox->y1 == bandY1);
+         curNumRects++)

     {
     {

-       pCurBox++;
+        pCurBox++;

     }
     }

-    
+

     if (pCurBox != pRegEnd)
     {
     if (pCurBox != pRegEnd)
     {

-       /*
-        * If more than one band was added, we have to find the start
-        * of the last band added so the next coalescing job can start
-        * at the right place... (given when multiple bands are added,
-        * this may be pointless -- see above).
-        */
-       pRegEnd--;
-       while (pRegEnd[-1].y1 == pRegEnd->y1)
-       {
-           pRegEnd--;
-       }
-       curStart = pRegEnd - pReg->rects;
-       pRegEnd = pReg->rects + pReg->numRects;
+        /*
+         * If more than one band was added, we have to find the start
+         * of the last band added so the next coalescing job can start
+         * at the right place... (given when multiple bands are added,
+         * this may be pointless -- see above).
+         */
+        pRegEnd--;
+        while (pRegEnd[-1].y1 == pRegEnd->y1)
+        {
+            pRegEnd--;
+        }
+        curStart = pRegEnd - pReg->rects;
+        pRegEnd = pReg->rects + pReg->numRects;

     }
     }

-       
-    if ((curNumRects == prevNumRects) && (curNumRects != 0)) {
-       pCurBox -= curNumRects;
-       /*
-        * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
-        * matches the top scanline of the current.
-        */
-       if (pPrevBox->y2 == pCurBox->y1)
-       {
-           /*
-            * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
-            * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
-            * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
-            * have some horizontal space between them.
-            */
-           do
-           {
-               if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) ||
-                   (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2))
-               {
-                   /*
-                    * The bands don't line up so they can't be coalesced.
-                    */
-                   return (curStart);
-               }
-               pPrevBox++;
-               pCurBox++;
-               prevNumRects -= 1;
-           } while (prevNumRects != 0);
-
-           pReg->numRects -= curNumRects;
-           pCurBox -= curNumRects;
-           pPrevBox -= curNumRects;
-
-           /*
-            * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
-            * in the previous band to that of the corresponding box in
-            * the current band.
-            */
-           do
-           {
-               pPrevBox->y2 = pCurBox->y2;
-               pPrevBox++;
-               pCurBox++;
-               curNumRects -= 1;
-           } while (curNumRects != 0);
-
-           /*
-            * If only one band was added to the region, we have to backup
-            * curStart to the start of the previous band.
-            *
-            * If more than one band was added to the region, copy the
-            * other bands down. The assumption here is that the other bands
-            * came from the same region as the current one and no further
-            * coalescing can be done on them since it's all been done
-            * already... curStart is already in the right place.
-            */
-           if (pCurBox == pRegEnd)
-           {
-               curStart = prevStart;
-           }
-           else
-           {
-               do
-               {
-                   *pPrevBox++ = *pCurBox++;
-               } while (pCurBox != pRegEnd);
-           }
-           
-       }
+
+    if ((curNumRects == prevNumRects) && (curNumRects != 0))
+    {
+        pCurBox -= curNumRects;
+        /*
+         * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
+         * matches the top scanline of the current.
+         */
+        if (pPrevBox->y2 == pCurBox->y1)
+        {
+        /*
+         * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
+         * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
+         * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
+         * have some horizontal space between them.
+         */
+            do
+            {
+                if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) ||
+                    (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2))
+                {
+                    /*
+                     * The bands don't line up so they can't be coalesced.
+                     */
+                    return (curStart);
+                }
+                pPrevBox++;
+                pCurBox++;
+                prevNumRects -= 1;
+            } while (prevNumRects != 0);
+
+            pReg->numRects -= curNumRects;
+            pCurBox -= curNumRects;
+            pPrevBox -= curNumRects;
+
+            /*
+             * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
+             * in the previous band to that of the corresponding box in
+             * the current band.
+             */
+            do
+            {
+                pPrevBox->y2 = pCurBox->y2;
+                pPrevBox++;
+                pCurBox++;
+                curNumRects -= 1;
+            } while (curNumRects != 0);
+
+            /*
+             * If only one band was added to the region, we have to backup
+             * curStart to the start of the previous band.
+             *
+             * If more than one band was added to the region, copy the
+             * other bands down. The assumption here is that the other bands
+             * came from the same region as the current one and no further
+             * coalescing can be done on them since it's all been done
+             * already... curStart is already in the right place.
+             */
+            if (pCurBox == pRegEnd)
+            {
+                curStart = prevStart;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                do
+                {
+                    *pPrevBox++ = *pCurBox++;
+                } while (pCurBox != pRegEnd);
+            }
+
+        }

     }
     return (curStart);
 }
     }
     return (curStart);
 }


@@ -1029,82 +1030,82 @@ miCoalesce(
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miRegionOp --
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miRegionOp --

- *     Apply an operation to two regions. Called by miUnion, miInverse,
- *     miSubtract, miIntersect...
+ *        Apply an operation to two regions. Called by miUnion, miInverse,
+ *        miSubtract, miIntersect...

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *        None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     The new region is overwritten.
+ *        The new region is overwritten.

  *
  * Notes:
  *
  * Notes:

- *     The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
- *     Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
- *     into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
- *     or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
- *     each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
- *     second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
- *     is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
- *     this function provides the boundaries.
- *     At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
- *     to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.
+ *        The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
+ *        Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
+ *        into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
+ *        or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
+ *        each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
+ *        second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
+ *        is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
+ *        this function provides the boundaries.
+ *        At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
+ *        to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 void REGION::
 miRegionOp(
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 void REGION::
 miRegionOp(

-    register Region    newReg,                 /* Place to store result */
-    Region             reg1,                   /* First region in operation */
-    Region             reg2,                   /* 2d region in operation */
-    int                (*overlapFunc)(
+    register Region         newReg,                              /* Place to store result */
+    Region                  reg1,                                /* First region in operation */
+    Region                  reg2,                                /* 2d region in operation */
+    int                      (*overlapFunc)(

         register Region     pReg,
         register BoxPtr     r1,
         BoxPtr              r1End,
         register BoxPtr     r2,
         BoxPtr              r2End,
         wxCoord               y1,
         register Region     pReg,
         register BoxPtr     r1,
         BoxPtr              r1End,
         register BoxPtr     r2,
         BoxPtr              r2End,
         wxCoord               y1,

-        wxCoord               y2),                /* Function to call for over-
-                                                * lapping bands */
-    int                (*nonOverlap1Func)(
+        wxCoord               y2),              /* Function to call for over-
+                                                 * lapping bands */
+    int                      (*nonOverlap1Func)(

         register Region     pReg,
         register BoxPtr     r,
         BoxPtr              rEnd,
         register wxCoord      y1,
         register Region     pReg,
         register BoxPtr     r,
         BoxPtr              rEnd,
         register wxCoord      y1,

-        register wxCoord      y2),                /* Function to call for non-
-                                                * overlapping bands in region
-                                                * 1 */
-    int                (*nonOverlap2Func)(
+        register wxCoord      y2),              /* Function to call for non-
+                                                 * overlapping bands in region
+                                                 * 1 */
+    int                      (*nonOverlap2Func)(

         register Region     pReg,
         register BoxPtr     r,
         BoxPtr              rEnd,
         register wxCoord      y1,
         register Region     pReg,
         register BoxPtr     r,
         BoxPtr              rEnd,
         register wxCoord      y1,

-        register wxCoord      y2))                /* Function to call for non-
-                                                * overlapping bands in region
-                                                * 2 */
+        register wxCoord      y2))              /* Function to call for non-
+                                                 * overlapping bands in region
+                                                 * 2 */

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    r1;                     /* Pointer into first region */
-    register BoxPtr    r2;                     /* Pointer into 2d region */
-    BoxPtr             r1End;                  /* End of 1st region */
-    BoxPtr             r2End;                  /* End of 2d region */
-    register wxCoord   ybot;                   /* Bottom of intersection */
-    register wxCoord   ytop;                   /* Top of intersection */
-    BoxPtr             oldRects;               /* Old rects for newReg */
-    int                        prevBand;               /* Index of start of
-                                                * previous band in newReg */
-    int                        curBand;                /* Index of start of current
-                                                * band in newReg */
-    register BoxPtr    r1BandEnd;              /* End of current band in r1 */
-    register BoxPtr    r2BandEnd;              /* End of current band in r2 */
-    wxCoord                    top;                    /* Top of non-overlapping
-                                                * band */
-    wxCoord                    bot;                    /* Bottom of non-overlapping
-                                                * band */
-    
+    register BoxPtr        r1; /* Pointer into first region */
+    register BoxPtr        r2; /* Pointer into 2d region */
+    BoxPtr              r1End; /* End of 1st region */
+    BoxPtr              r2End; /* End of 2d region */
+    register wxCoord     ybot; /* Bottom of intersection */
+    register wxCoord     ytop; /* Top of intersection */
+    BoxPtr           oldRects; /* Old rects for newReg */
+    int              prevBand; /* Index of start of
+                                * previous band in newReg */
+    int               curBand; /* Index of start of current
+                                * band in newReg */
+    register BoxPtr r1BandEnd; /* End of current band in r1 */
+    register BoxPtr r2BandEnd; /* End of current band in r2 */
+    wxCoord               top; /* Top of non-overlapping
+                                * band */
+    wxCoord               bot; /* Bottom of non-overlapping
+                                * band */
+

     /*
      * Initialization:
     /*
      * Initialization:

-     * set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, preserve the important
+     *        set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, preserve the important

      * parts of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
      * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
      * another array of rectangles for it to use.
      * parts of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
      * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
      * another array of rectangles for it to use.


@@ -1113,9 +1114,9 @@ miRegionOp(
     r2 = reg2->rects;
     r1End = r1 + reg1->numRects;
     r2End = r2 + reg2->numRects;
     r2 = reg2->rects;
     r1End = r1 + reg1->numRects;
     r2End = r2 + reg2->numRects;

-    
+

     oldRects = newReg->rects;
     oldRects = newReg->rects;

-    
+

     EMPTY_REGION(newReg);
 
     /*
     EMPTY_REGION(newReg);
 
     /*


@@ -1128,29 +1129,29 @@ miRegionOp(
     newReg->size = wxMax(reg1->numRects,reg2->numRects) * 2;
 
     if (! (newReg->rects = (BoxPtr)
     newReg->size = wxMax(reg1->numRects,reg2->numRects) * 2;
 
     if (! (newReg->rects = (BoxPtr)

-          malloc ((unsigned) (sizeof(BoxRec) * newReg->size)))) {
-       newReg->size = 0;
-       return;
+           malloc ((unsigned) (sizeof(BoxRec) * newReg->size)))) {
+        newReg->size = 0;
+        return;

     }
     }

-    
+

     /*
      * Initialize ybot and ytop.
      * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
      * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
      * band.
     /*
      * Initialize ybot and ytop.
      * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
      * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
      * band.

-     *         In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions
+     *         In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions

      * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
      * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
      * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
      * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.
      * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
      * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
      * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
      * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.

-     * For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips
+     *        For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips

      * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
      */
     if (reg1->extents.y1 < reg2->extents.y1)
      * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
      */
     if (reg1->extents.y1 < reg2->extents.y1)

-       ybot = reg1->extents.y1;
+        ybot = reg1->extents.y1;

     else
     else

-       ybot = reg2->extents.y1;
-    
+        ybot = reg2->extents.y1;
+

     /*
      * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
      * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. miCoalesce, above.
     /*
      * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
      * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. miCoalesce, above.


@@ -1161,107 +1162,107 @@ miRegionOp(
      * array of rectangles.
      */
     prevBand = 0;
      * array of rectangles.
      */
     prevBand = 0;

-    
+

     do
     {
     do
     {

-       curBand = newReg->numRects;
-
-       /*
-        * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
-        * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
-        * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
-        * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
-        * respective regions.
-        */
-       r1BandEnd = r1;
-       while ((r1BandEnd != r1End) && (r1BandEnd->y1 == r1->y1))
-       {
-           r1BandEnd++;
-       }
-       
-       r2BandEnd = r2;
-       while ((r2BandEnd != r2End) && (r2BandEnd->y1 == r2->y1))
-       {
-           r2BandEnd++;
-       }
-       
-       /*
-        * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
-        *
-        * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
-        * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
-        * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
-        * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
-        */
-       if (r1->y1 < r2->y1)
-       {
-           top = wxMax(r1->y1,ybot);
-           bot = wxMin(r1->y2,r2->y1);
-
-           if ((top != bot) && (nonOverlap1Func != NULL))
-           {
-               (* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
-           }
-
-           ytop = r2->y1;
-       }
-       else if (r2->y1 < r1->y1)
-       {
-           top = wxMax(r2->y1,ybot);
-           bot = wxMin(r2->y2,r1->y1);
-
-           if ((top != bot) && (nonOverlap2Func != NULL))
-           {
-               (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
-           }
-
-           ytop = r1->y1;
-       }
-       else
-       {
-           ytop = r1->y1;
-       }
-
-       /*
-        * If any rectangles got added to the region, try and coalesce them
-        * with rectangles from the previous band. Note we could just do
-        * this test in miCoalesce, but some machines incur a not
-        * inconsiderable cost for function calls, so...
-        */
-       if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
-       {
-           prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
-       }
-
-       /*
-        * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
-        * intersect if ybot > ytop
-        */
-       ybot = wxMin(r1->y2, r2->y2);
-       curBand = newReg->numRects;
-       if (ybot > ytop)
-       {
-           (* overlapFunc) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot);
-
-       }
-       
-       if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
-       {
-           prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
-       }
-
-       /*
-        * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
-        * in the region to the next band.
-        */
-       if (r1->y2 == ybot)
-       {
-           r1 = r1BandEnd;
-       }
-       if (r2->y2 == ybot)
-       {
-           r2 = r2BandEnd;
-       }
+        curBand = newReg->numRects;
+
+        /*
+         * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
+         * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
+         * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
+         * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
+         * respective regions.
+         */
+        r1BandEnd = r1;
+        while ((r1BandEnd != r1End) && (r1BandEnd->y1 == r1->y1))
+        {
+            r1BandEnd++;
+        }
+
+        r2BandEnd = r2;
+        while ((r2BandEnd != r2End) && (r2BandEnd->y1 == r2->y1))
+        {
+            r2BandEnd++;
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
+         *
+         * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
+         * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
+         * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
+         * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
+         */
+        if (r1->y1 < r2->y1)
+        {
+            top = wxMax(r1->y1,ybot);
+            bot = wxMin(r1->y2,r2->y1);
+
+            if ((top != bot) && (nonOverlap1Func != NULL))
+            {
+                (* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
+            }
+
+            ytop = r2->y1;
+        }
+        else if (r2->y1 < r1->y1)
+        {
+            top = wxMax(r2->y1,ybot);
+            bot = wxMin(r2->y2,r1->y1);
+
+            if ((top != bot) && (nonOverlap2Func != NULL))
+            {
+                (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
+            }
+
+            ytop = r1->y1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ytop = r1->y1;
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * If any rectangles got added to the region, try and coalesce them
+         * with rectangles from the previous band. Note we could just do
+         * this test in miCoalesce, but some machines incur a not
+         * inconsiderable cost for function calls, so...
+         */
+        if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
+        {
+            prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
+         * intersect if ybot > ytop
+         */
+        ybot = wxMin(r1->y2, r2->y2);
+        curBand = newReg->numRects;
+        if (ybot > ytop)
+        {
+            (* overlapFunc) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot);
+
+        }
+
+        if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
+        {
+            prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
+         * in the region to the next band.
+         */
+        if (r1->y2 == ybot)
+        {
+            r1 = r1BandEnd;
+        }
+        if (r2->y2 == ybot)
+        {
+            r2 = r2BandEnd;
+        }

     } while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End));
 
     /*
     } while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End));
 
     /*


@@ -1270,39 +1271,39 @@ miRegionOp(
     curBand = newReg->numRects;
     if (r1 != r1End)
     {
     curBand = newReg->numRects;
     if (r1 != r1End)
     {

-       if (nonOverlap1Func != NULL)
-       {
-           do
-           {
-               r1BandEnd = r1;
-               while ((r1BandEnd < r1End) && (r1BandEnd->y1 == r1->y1))
-               {
-                   r1BandEnd++;
-               }
-               (* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd,
-                                    wxMax(r1->y1,ybot), r1->y2);
-               r1 = r1BandEnd;
-           } while (r1 != r1End);
-       }
+        if (nonOverlap1Func != NULL)
+        {
+            do
+            {
+                r1BandEnd = r1;
+                while ((r1BandEnd < r1End) && (r1BandEnd->y1 == r1->y1))
+                {
+                    r1BandEnd++;
+                }
+                (* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd,
+                                     wxMax(r1->y1,ybot), r1->y2);
+                r1 = r1BandEnd;
+            } while (r1 != r1End);
+        }

     }
     else if ((r2 != r2End) && (nonOverlap2Func != NULL))
     {
     }
     else if ((r2 != r2End) && (nonOverlap2Func != NULL))
     {

-       do
-       {
-           r2BandEnd = r2;
-           while ((r2BandEnd < r2End) && (r2BandEnd->y1 == r2->y1))
-           {
-                r2BandEnd++;
-           }
-           (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd,
-                               wxMax(r2->y1,ybot), r2->y2);
-           r2 = r2BandEnd;
-       } while (r2 != r2End);
+        do
+        {
+            r2BandEnd = r2;
+            while ((r2BandEnd < r2End) && (r2BandEnd->y1 == r2->y1))
+            {
+                 r2BandEnd++;
+            }
+            (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd,
+                                wxMax(r2->y1,ybot), r2->y2);
+            r2 = r2BandEnd;
+        } while (r2 != r2End);

     }
 
     if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
     {
     }
 
     if (newReg->numRects != curBand)
     {

-       (void) miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+        (void) miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand);

     }
 
     /*
     }
 
     /*


@@ -1315,60 +1316,60 @@ miRegionOp(
      */
     if (newReg->numRects < (newReg->size >> 1))
     {
      */
     if (newReg->numRects < (newReg->size >> 1))
     {

-       if (REGION_NOT_EMPTY(newReg))
-       {
-           BoxPtr prev_rects = newReg->rects;
-           newReg->size = newReg->numRects;
-           newReg->rects = (BoxPtr) realloc ((char *) newReg->rects,
-                                  (unsigned) (sizeof(BoxRec) * newReg->size));
-           if (! newReg->rects)
-               newReg->rects = prev_rects;
-       }
-       else
-       {
-           /*
-            * No point in doing the extra work involved in an realloc if
-            * the region is empty
-            */
-           newReg->size = 1;
-           free((char *) newReg->rects);
-           newReg->rects = (BoxPtr) malloc(sizeof(BoxRec));
-       }
+        if (REGION_NOT_EMPTY(newReg))
+        {
+            BoxPtr prev_rects = newReg->rects;
+            newReg->size = newReg->numRects;
+            newReg->rects = (BoxPtr) realloc ((char *) newReg->rects,
+                                   (unsigned) (sizeof(BoxRec) * newReg->size));
+            if (! newReg->rects)
+                newReg->rects = prev_rects;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /*
+             * No point in doing the extra work involved in an realloc if
+             * the region is empty
+             */
+            newReg->size = 1;
+            free((char *) newReg->rects);
+            newReg->rects = (BoxPtr) malloc(sizeof(BoxRec));
+        }

     }
     free ((char *) oldRects);
     return;
 }
 
 /*======================================================================
     }
     free ((char *) oldRects);
     return;
 }
 
 /*======================================================================

- *         Region Union
+ *            Region Union

  *====================================================================*/
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miUnionNonO --
  *====================================================================*/
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miUnionNonO --

- *     Handle a non-overlapping band for the union operation. Just
- *     Adds the rectangles into the region. Doesn't have to check for
- *     subsumption or anything.
+ *        Handle a non-overlapping band for the union operation. Just
+ *        Adds the rectangles into the region. Doesn't have to check for
+ *        subsumption or anything.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *        None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     pReg->numRects is incremented and the final rectangles overwritten
- *     with the rectangles we're passed.
+ *        pReg->numRects is incremented and the final rectangles overwritten
+ *        with the rectangles we're passed.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miUnionNonO (
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miUnionNonO (

-    register Region    pReg,
-    register BoxPtr    r,
-    BoxPtr             rEnd,
-    register wxCoord   y1,
-    register wxCoord   y2)
+    register Region        pReg,
+    register BoxPtr        r,
+    BoxPtr                 rEnd,
+    register wxCoord       y1,
+    register wxCoord       y2)

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    pNextRect;
+    register BoxPtr        pNextRect;

 
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
 
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 


@@ -1376,34 +1377,34 @@ miUnionNonO (
 
     while (r != rEnd)
     {
 
     while (r != rEnd)
     {

-       assert(r->x1 < r->x2);
-       MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
-       pNextRect->x1 = r->x1;
-       pNextRect->y1 = y1;
-       pNextRect->x2 = r->x2;
-       pNextRect->y2 = y2;
-       pReg->numRects += 1;
-       pNextRect++;
-
-       assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
-       r++;
+        assert(r->x1 < r->x2);
+        MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
+        pNextRect->x1 = r->x1;
+        pNextRect->y1 = y1;
+        pNextRect->x2 = r->x2;
+        pNextRect->y2 = y2;
+        pReg->numRects += 1;
+        pNextRect++;
+
+        assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
+        r++;

     }
     }

-    return 0;  /* lint */
+    return 0;        /* lint */

 }
 
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miUnionO --
 }
 
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miUnionO --

- *     Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
- *     left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.
+ *        Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
+ *        left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *        None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     Rectangles are overwritten in pReg->rects and pReg->numRects will
- *     be changed.
+ *        Rectangles are overwritten in pReg->rects and pReg->numRects will
+ *        be changed.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */


@@ -1411,75 +1412,75 @@ miUnionNonO (
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miUnionO (
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miUnionO (

-    register Region    pReg,
-    register BoxPtr    r1,
-    BoxPtr             r1End,
-    register BoxPtr    r2,
-    BoxPtr             r2End,
-    register wxCoord   y1,
-    register wxCoord   y2)
+    register Region        pReg,
+    register BoxPtr        r1,
+    BoxPtr                 r1End,
+    register BoxPtr        r2,
+    BoxPtr                 r2End,
+    register wxCoord       y1,
+    register wxCoord       y2)

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    pNextRect;
-    
+    register BoxPtr        pNextRect;
+

     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
 #define MERGERECT(r) \
     if ((pReg->numRects != 0) &&  \
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
 #define MERGERECT(r) \
     if ((pReg->numRects != 0) &&  \

-       (pNextRect[-1].y1 == y1) &&  \
-       (pNextRect[-1].y2 == y2) &&  \
-       (pNextRect[-1].x2 >= r->x1))  \
+        (pNextRect[-1].y1 == y1) &&  \
+        (pNextRect[-1].y2 == y2) &&  \
+        (pNextRect[-1].x2 >= r->x1))  \

     {  \
     {  \

-       if (pNextRect[-1].x2 < r->x2)  \
-       {  \
-           pNextRect[-1].x2 = r->x2;  \
-           assert(pNextRect[-1].x1<pNextRect[-1].x2); \
-       }  \
+        if (pNextRect[-1].x2 < r->x2)  \
+        {  \
+            pNextRect[-1].x2 = r->x2;  \
+            assert(pNextRect[-1].x1<pNextRect[-1].x2); \
+        }  \

     }  \
     else  \
     {  \
     }  \
     else  \
     {  \

-       MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);  \
-       pNextRect->y1 = y1;  \
-       pNextRect->y2 = y2;  \
-       pNextRect->x1 = r->x1;  \
-       pNextRect->x2 = r->x2;  \
-       pReg->numRects += 1;  \
+        MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);  \
+        pNextRect->y1 = y1;  \
+        pNextRect->y2 = y2;  \
+        pNextRect->x1 = r->x1;  \
+        pNextRect->x2 = r->x2;  \
+        pReg->numRects += 1;  \

         pNextRect += 1;  \
     }  \
     assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);\
     r++;
         pNextRect += 1;  \
     }  \
     assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);\
     r++;

-    
+

     assert (y1<y2);
     while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
     {
     assert (y1<y2);
     while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
     {

-       if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)
-       {
-           MERGERECT(r1);
-       }
-       else
-       {
-           MERGERECT(r2);
-       }
+        if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)
+        {
+            MERGERECT(r1);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            MERGERECT(r2);
+        }

     }
     }

-    
+

     if (r1 != r1End)
     {
     if (r1 != r1End)
     {

-       do
-       {
-           MERGERECT(r1);
-       } while (r1 != r1End);
+        do
+        {
+            MERGERECT(r1);
+        } while (r1 != r1End);

     }
     else while (r2 != r2End)
     {
     }
     else while (r2 != r2End)
     {

-       MERGERECT(r2);
+        MERGERECT(r2);

     }
     }

-    return 0;  /* lint */
+    return 0;        /* lint */

 }
 
 bool REGION::
 XUnionRegion(
 }
 
 bool REGION::
 XUnionRegion(

-    Region       reg1,
-    Region       reg2,             /* source regions     */
-    Region       newReg)                  /* destination Region */
+    Region           reg1,
+    Region          reg2,             /* source regions     */
+    Region           newReg)                  /* destination Region */

 {
     /*  checks all the simple cases */
 
 {
     /*  checks all the simple cases */
 


@@ -1506,11 +1507,11 @@ XUnionRegion(
     /*
      * Region 1 completely subsumes region 2
      */
     /*
      * Region 1 completely subsumes region 2
      */

-    if ((reg1->numRects == 1) && 
-       (reg1->extents.x1 <= reg2->extents.x1) &&
-       (reg1->extents.y1 <= reg2->extents.y1) &&
-       (reg1->extents.x2 >= reg2->extents.x2) &&
-       (reg1->extents.y2 >= reg2->extents.y2))
+    if ((reg1->numRects == 1) &&
+        (reg1->extents.x1 <= reg2->extents.x1) &&
+        (reg1->extents.y1 <= reg2->extents.y1) &&
+        (reg1->extents.x2 >= reg2->extents.x2) &&
+        (reg1->extents.y2 >= reg2->extents.y2))

     {
         if (newReg != reg1)
             miRegionCopy(newReg, reg1);
     {
         if (newReg != reg1)
             miRegionCopy(newReg, reg1);


@@ -1520,19 +1521,19 @@ XUnionRegion(
     /*
      * Region 2 completely subsumes region 1
      */
     /*
      * Region 2 completely subsumes region 1
      */

-    if ((reg2->numRects == 1) && 
-       (reg2->extents.x1 <= reg1->extents.x1) &&
-       (reg2->extents.y1 <= reg1->extents.y1) &&
-       (reg2->extents.x2 >= reg1->extents.x2) &&
-       (reg2->extents.y2 >= reg1->extents.y2))
+    if ((reg2->numRects == 1) &&
+        (reg2->extents.x1 <= reg1->extents.x1) &&
+        (reg2->extents.y1 <= reg1->extents.y1) &&
+        (reg2->extents.x2 >= reg1->extents.x2) &&
+        (reg2->extents.y2 >= reg1->extents.y2))

     {
         if (newReg != reg2)
             miRegionCopy(newReg, reg2);
         return 1;
     }
 
     {
         if (newReg != reg2)
             miRegionCopy(newReg, reg2);
         return 1;
     }
 

-    miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2, miUnionO, 
-               miUnionNonO, miUnionNonO);
+    miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2, miUnionO,
+                    miUnionNonO, miUnionNonO);

 
     newReg->extents.x1 = wxMin(reg1->extents.x1, reg2->extents.x1);
     newReg->extents.y1 = wxMin(reg1->extents.y1, reg2->extents.y1);
 
     newReg->extents.x1 = wxMin(reg1->extents.x1, reg2->extents.x1);
     newReg->extents.y1 = wxMin(reg1->extents.y1, reg2->extents.y1);


@@ -1543,178 +1544,178 @@ XUnionRegion(
 }
 
 /*======================================================================
 }
 
 /*======================================================================

- *               Region Subtraction
+ *                       Region Subtraction

  *====================================================================*/
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSubtractNonO --
  *====================================================================*/
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSubtractNonO --

- *     Deal with non-overlapping band for subtraction. Any parts from
- *     region 2 we discard. Anything from region 1 we add to the region.
+ *        Deal with non-overlapping band for subtraction. Any parts from
+ *        region 2 we discard. Anything from region 1 we add to the region.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *        None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     pReg may be affected.
+ *        pReg may be affected.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miSubtractNonO1 (
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miSubtractNonO1 (

-    register Region    pReg,
-    register BoxPtr    r,
-    BoxPtr             rEnd,
-    register wxCoord   y1,
-    register wxCoord           y2)
+    register Region        pReg,
+    register BoxPtr        r,
+    BoxPtr                    rEnd,
+    register wxCoord          y1,
+    register wxCoord           y2)

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    pNextRect;
-       
+    register BoxPtr        pNextRect;
+

     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];

-       
+

     assert(y1<y2);
 
     while (r != rEnd)
     {
     assert(y1<y2);
 
     while (r != rEnd)
     {

-       assert(r->x1<r->x2);
-       MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
-       pNextRect->x1 = r->x1;
-       pNextRect->y1 = y1;
-       pNextRect->x2 = r->x2;
-       pNextRect->y2 = y2;
-       pReg->numRects += 1;
-       pNextRect++;
-
-       assert(pReg->numRects <= pReg->size);
-
-       r++;
+        assert(r->x1<r->x2);
+        MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
+        pNextRect->x1 = r->x1;
+        pNextRect->y1 = y1;
+        pNextRect->x2 = r->x2;
+        pNextRect->y2 = y2;
+        pReg->numRects += 1;
+        pNextRect++;
+
+        assert(pReg->numRects <= pReg->size);
+
+        r++;

     }
     }

-    return 0;  /* lint */
+    return 0;        /* lint */

 }
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSubtractO --
 }
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSubtractO --

- *     Overlapping band subtraction. x1 is the left-most point not yet
- *     checked.
+ *        Overlapping band subtraction. x1 is the left-most point not yet
+ *        checked.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     None.
+ *        None.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     pReg may have rectangles added to it.
+ *        pReg may have rectangles added to it.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miSubtractO (
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /* static void*/
 int REGION::
 miSubtractO (

-    register Region    pReg,
-    register BoxPtr    r1,
-    BoxPtr             r1End,
-    register BoxPtr    r2,
-    BoxPtr             r2End,
-    register wxCoord   y1,
-    register wxCoord   y2)
+    register Region        pReg,
+    register BoxPtr        r1,
+    BoxPtr                    r1End,
+    register BoxPtr        r2,
+    BoxPtr                    r2End,
+    register wxCoord          y1,
+    register wxCoord          y2)

 {
 {

-    register BoxPtr    pNextRect;
-    register int       x1;
-    
+    register BoxPtr        pNextRect;
+    register int          x1;
+

     x1 = r1->x1;
     x1 = r1->x1;

-    
+

     assert(y1<y2);
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
     while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
     {
     assert(y1<y2);
     pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects];
 
     while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End))
     {

-       if (r2->x2 <= x1)
-       {
-           /*
-            * Subtrahend missed the boat: go to next subtrahend.
-            */
-           r2++;
-       }
-       else if (r2->x1 <= x1)
-       {
-           /*
-            * Subtrahend preceeds minuend: nuke left edge of minuend.
-            */
-           x1 = r2->x2;
-           if (x1 >= r1->x2)
-           {
-               /*
-                * Minuend completely covered: advance to next minuend and
-                * reset left fence to edge of new minuend.
-                */
-               r1++;
-               if (r1 != r1End)
-                   x1 = r1->x1;
-           }
-           else
-           {
-               /*
-                * Subtrahend now used up since it doesn't extend beyond
-                * minuend
-                */
-               r2++;
-           }
-       }
-       else if (r2->x1 < r1->x2)
-       {
-           /*
-            * Left part of subtrahend covers part of minuend: add uncovered
-            * part of minuend to region and skip to next subtrahend.
-            */
-           assert(x1<r2->x1);
-           MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
-           pNextRect->x1 = x1;
-           pNextRect->y1 = y1;
-           pNextRect->x2 = r2->x1;
-           pNextRect->y2 = y2;
-           pReg->numRects += 1;
-           pNextRect++;
-
-           assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
-
-           x1 = r2->x2;
-           if (x1 >= r1->x2)
-           {
-               /*
-                * Minuend used up: advance to new...
-                */
-               r1++;
-               if (r1 != r1End)
-                   x1 = r1->x1;
-           }
-           else
-           {
-               /*
-                * Subtrahend used up
-                */
-               r2++;
-           }
-       }
-       else
-       {
-           /*
-            * Minuend used up: add any remaining piece before advancing.
-            */
-           if (r1->x2 > x1)
-           {
-               MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
-               pNextRect->x1 = x1;
-               pNextRect->y1 = y1;
-               pNextRect->x2 = r1->x2;
-               pNextRect->y2 = y2;
-               pReg->numRects += 1;
-               pNextRect++;
-               assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
-           }
-           r1++;
-           if (r1 != r1End)
-               x1 = r1->x1;
-       }
+        if (r2->x2 <= x1)
+        {
+            /*
+             * Subtrahend missed the boat: go to next subtrahend.
+             */
+            r2++;
+        }
+        else if (r2->x1 <= x1)
+        {
+            /*
+             * Subtrahend preceeds minuend: nuke left edge of minuend.
+             */
+            x1 = r2->x2;
+            if (x1 >= r1->x2)
+            {
+                /*
+                 * Minuend completely covered: advance to next minuend and
+                 * reset left fence to edge of new minuend.
+                 */
+                r1++;
+                if (r1 != r1End)
+                    x1 = r1->x1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /*
+                 * Subtrahend now used up since it doesn't extend beyond
+                 * minuend
+                 */
+                r2++;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (r2->x1 < r1->x2)
+        {
+            /*
+             * Left part of subtrahend covers part of minuend: add uncovered
+             * part of minuend to region and skip to next subtrahend.
+             */
+            assert(x1<r2->x1);
+            MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
+            pNextRect->x1 = x1;
+            pNextRect->y1 = y1;
+            pNextRect->x2 = r2->x1;
+            pNextRect->y2 = y2;
+            pReg->numRects += 1;
+            pNextRect++;
+
+            assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
+
+            x1 = r2->x2;
+            if (x1 >= r1->x2)
+            {
+                /*
+                 * Minuend used up: advance to new...
+                 */
+                r1++;
+                if (r1 != r1End)
+                    x1 = r1->x1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /*
+                 * Subtrahend used up
+                 */
+                r2++;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /*
+             * Minuend used up: add any remaining piece before advancing.
+             */
+            if (r1->x2 > x1)
+            {
+                MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
+                pNextRect->x1 = x1;
+                pNextRect->y1 = y1;
+                pNextRect->x2 = r1->x2;
+                pNextRect->y2 = y2;
+                pReg->numRects += 1;
+                pNextRect++;
+                assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
+            }
+            r1++;
+            if (r1 != r1End)
+                x1 = r1->x1;
+        }

     }
 
     /*
     }
 
     /*


@@ -1722,57 +1723,57 @@ miSubtractO (
      */
     while (r1 != r1End)
     {
      */
     while (r1 != r1End)
     {

-       assert(x1<r1->x2);
-       MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
-       pNextRect->x1 = x1;
-       pNextRect->y1 = y1;
-       pNextRect->x2 = r1->x2;
-       pNextRect->y2 = y2;
-       pReg->numRects += 1;
-       pNextRect++;
-
-       assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
-
-       r1++;
-       if (r1 != r1End)
-       {
-           x1 = r1->x1;
-       }
+        assert(x1<r1->x2);
+        MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects);
+        pNextRect->x1 = x1;
+        pNextRect->y1 = y1;
+        pNextRect->x2 = r1->x2;
+        pNextRect->y2 = y2;
+        pReg->numRects += 1;
+        pNextRect++;
+
+        assert(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);
+
+        r1++;
+        if (r1 != r1End)
+        {
+            x1 = r1->x1;
+        }

     }
     }

-    return 0;  /* lint */
+    return 0;        /* lint */

 }
 }

-       
+

 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSubtract --
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * miSubtract --

- *     Subtract regS from regM and leave the result in regD.
- *     S stands for subtrahend, M for minuend and D for difference.
+ *        Subtract regS from regM and leave the result in regD.
+ *        S stands for subtrahend, M for minuend and D for difference.

  *
  * Results:
  *
  * Results:

- *     true.
+ *        true.

  *
  * Side Effects:
  *
  * Side Effects:

- *     regD is overwritten.
+ *        regD is overwritten.

  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 bool REGION::
 XSubtractRegion(
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 bool REGION::
 XSubtractRegion(

-    Region             regM,
-    Region             regS,          
-    register Region    regD)
+    Region                   regM,
+    Region                  regS,
+    register Region        regD)

 {
    /* check for trivial reject */
     if ( (!(regM->numRects)) || (!(regS->numRects))  ||
 {
    /* check for trivial reject */
     if ( (!(regM->numRects)) || (!(regS->numRects))  ||

-       (!EXTENTCHECK(&regM->extents, &regS->extents)) )
+        (!EXTENTCHECK(&regM->extents, &regS->extents)) )

     {
     {

-       miRegionCopy(regD, regM);
+        miRegionCopy(regD, regM);

         return true;
     }
         return true;
     }

- 
-    miRegionOp (regD, regM, regS, miSubtractO, 
-               miSubtractNonO1, NULL);
+
+    miRegionOp (regD, regM, regS, miSubtractO,
+                    miSubtractNonO1, NULL);

 
     /*
      * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because
 
     /*
      * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because


@@ -1791,7 +1792,7 @@ XXorRegion(Region sra, Region srb, Region dr)
     Region tra, trb;
 
     if ((! (tra = XCreateRegion())) || (! (trb = XCreateRegion())))
     Region tra, trb;
 
     if ((! (tra = XCreateRegion())) || (! (trb = XCreateRegion())))

-       return 0;
+        return 0;

     (void) XSubtractRegion(sra,srb,tra);
     (void) XSubtractRegion(srb,sra,trb);
     (void) XUnionRegion(tra,trb,dr);
     (void) XSubtractRegion(sra,srb,tra);
     (void) XSubtractRegion(srb,sra,trb);
     (void) XUnionRegion(tra,trb,dr);


@@ -1801,7 +1802,7 @@ XXorRegion(Region sra, Region srb, Region dr)
 }
 
 /*
 }
 
 /*

- * Check to see if the region is empty.  Assumes a region is passed 
+ * Check to see if the region is empty.  Assumes a region is passed

  * as a parameter
  */
 bool REGION::
  * as a parameter
  */
 bool REGION::


@@ -1813,7 +1814,7 @@ XEmptyRegion(
 }
 
 /*
 }
 
 /*

- *     Check to see if two regions are equal   
+ *        Check to see if two regions are equal

  */
 bool REGION::
 XEqualRegion(Region r1, Region r2)
  */
 bool REGION::
 XEqualRegion(Region r1, Region r2)


@@ -1827,10 +1828,10 @@ XEqualRegion(Region r1, Region r2)
     else if ( r1->extents.y1 != r2->extents.y1 ) return false;
     else if ( r1->extents.y2 != r2->extents.y2 ) return false;
     else for( i=0; i < r1->numRects; i++ ) {
     else if ( r1->extents.y1 != r2->extents.y1 ) return false;
     else if ( r1->extents.y2 != r2->extents.y2 ) return false;
     else for( i=0; i < r1->numRects; i++ ) {

-       if ( r1->rects[i].x1 != r2->rects[i].x1 ) return false;
-       else if ( r1->rects[i].x2 != r2->rects[i].x2 ) return false;
-       else if ( r1->rects[i].y1 != r2->rects[i].y1 ) return false;
-       else if ( r1->rects[i].y2 != r2->rects[i].y2 ) return false;
+            if ( r1->rects[i].x1 != r2->rects[i].x1 ) return false;
+            else if ( r1->rects[i].x2 != r2->rects[i].x2 ) return false;
+            else if ( r1->rects[i].y1 != r2->rects[i].y1 ) return false;
+            else if ( r1->rects[i].y2 != r2->rects[i].y2 ) return false;

     }
     return true;
 }
     }
     return true;
 }


@@ -1849,14 +1850,14 @@ XPointInRegion(
     for (i=0; i<pRegion->numRects; i++)
     {
         if (INBOX (pRegion->rects[i], x, y))
     for (i=0; i<pRegion->numRects; i++)
     {
         if (INBOX (pRegion->rects[i], x, y))

-           return true;
+            return true;

     }
     return false;
 }
 
 wxRegionContain REGION::
 XRectInRegion(
     }
     return false;
 }
 
 wxRegionContain REGION::
 XRectInRegion(

-    register Region    region,
+    register Region        region,

     int rx, int ry,
     unsigned int rwidth, unsigned int rheight)
 {
     int rx, int ry,
     unsigned int rwidth, unsigned int rheight)
 {


@@ -1870,69 +1871,69 @@ XRectInRegion(
     prect->y1 = ry;
     prect->x2 = rwidth + rx;
     prect->y2 = rheight + ry;
     prect->y1 = ry;
     prect->x2 = rwidth + rx;
     prect->y2 = rheight + ry;

-    
+

     /* this is (just) a useful optimization */
     if ((region->numRects == 0) || !EXTENTCHECK(&region->extents, prect))
         return(wxOutRegion);
 
     /* this is (just) a useful optimization */
     if ((region->numRects == 0) || !EXTENTCHECK(&region->extents, prect))
         return(wxOutRegion);
 

-    partOut = FALSE;
-    partIn = FALSE;
+    partOut = false;
+    partIn = false;

 
 

-    /* can stop when both partOut and partIn are TRUE, or we reach prect->y2 */
+    /* can stop when both partOut and partIn are true, or we reach prect->y2 */

     for (pbox = region->rects, pboxEnd = pbox + region->numRects;
     for (pbox = region->rects, pboxEnd = pbox + region->numRects;

-        pbox < pboxEnd;
-        pbox++)
+         pbox < pboxEnd;
+         pbox++)

     {
 
     {
 

-       if (pbox->y2 <= ry)
-          continue;    /* getting up to speed or skipping remainder of band */
-
-       if (pbox->y1 > ry)
-       {
-          partOut = TRUE;      /* missed part of rectangle above */
-          if (partIn || (pbox->y1 >= prect->y2))
-             break;
-          ry = pbox->y1;       /* x guaranteed to be == prect->x1 */
-       }
-
-       if (pbox->x2 <= rx)
-          continue;            /* not far enough over yet */
-
-       if (pbox->x1 > rx)
-       {
-          partOut = TRUE;      /* missed part of rectangle to left */
-          if (partIn)
-             break;
-       }
-
-       if (pbox->x1 < prect->x2)
-       {
-           partIn = TRUE;      /* definitely overlap */
-           if (partOut)
-              break;
-       }
-
-       if (pbox->x2 >= prect->x2)
-       {
-          ry = pbox->y2;       /* finished with this band */
-          if (ry >= prect->y2)
-             break;
-          rx = prect->x1;      /* reset x out to left again */
-       } else
-       {
-           /*
-            * Because boxes in a band are maximal width, if the first box
-            * to overlap the rectangle doesn't completely cover it in that
-            * band, the rectangle must be partially out, since some of it
-            * will be uncovered in that band. partIn will have been set true
-            * by now...
-            */
-           break;
-       }
+        if (pbox->y2 <= ry)
+           continue;        /* getting up to speed or skipping remainder of band */
+
+        if (pbox->y1 > ry)
+        {
+           partOut = true;        /* missed part of rectangle above */
+           if (partIn || (pbox->y1 >= prect->y2))
+              break;
+           ry = pbox->y1;        /* x guaranteed to be == prect->x1 */
+        }
+
+        if (pbox->x2 <= rx)
+           continue;                /* not far enough over yet */
+
+        if (pbox->x1 > rx)
+        {
+           partOut = true;        /* missed part of rectangle to left */
+           if (partIn)
+              break;
+        }
+
+        if (pbox->x1 < prect->x2)
+        {
+            partIn = true;        /* definitely overlap */
+            if (partOut)
+               break;
+        }
+
+        if (pbox->x2 >= prect->x2)
+        {
+           ry = pbox->y2;        /* finished with this band */
+           if (ry >= prect->y2)
+              break;
+           rx = prect->x1;        /* reset x out to left again */
+        } else
+        {
+            /*
+             * Because boxes in a band are maximal width, if the first box
+             * to overlap the rectangle doesn't completely cover it in that
+             * band, the rectangle must be partially out, since some of it
+             * will be uncovered in that band. partIn will have been set true
+             * by now...
+             */
+            break;
+        }

 
     }
 
 
     }
 

-    return(partIn ? ((ry < prect->y2) ? wxPartRegion : wxInRegion) : 
-               wxOutRegion);
+    return(partIn ? ((ry < prect->y2) ? wxPartRegion : wxInRegion) :
+                wxOutRegion);

 }
 
 }
 

diff --git a/src/generic/renderg.cpp b/src/generic/renderg.cpp
index fdfb957f7c1109f1d4e461670bd293006c3eb3d5..5aa4bc3d4721a716cc04c7d1067667ef53472ebe 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/renderg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/renderg.cpp
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void wxRendererGeneric::Cleanup()
 {
     if (sm_rendererGeneric)
         delete sm_rendererGeneric;
 {
     if (sm_rendererGeneric)
         delete sm_rendererGeneric;

-    
+

     sm_rendererGeneric = NULL;
 }
 
     sm_rendererGeneric = NULL;
 }
 


@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ wxRendererGeneric::DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
 
     const wxCoord h = size.y;
     wxCoord offset = 0;
 
     const wxCoord h = size.y;
     wxCoord offset = 0;

-    
+

     // If we're drawing the border, draw the sash 3d lines shorter
     if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER) )
     {
     // If we're drawing the border, draw the sash 3d lines shorter
     if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER) )
     {


@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ wxRendererGeneric::DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
     }
 
     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
     }
 
     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);

-    dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)));    
-    
+    dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)));
+

     if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DSASH) )
     {
         // Draw the 3D sash
     if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DSASH) )
     {
         // Draw the 3D sash

diff --git a/src/generic/sashwin.cpp b/src/generic/sashwin.cpp
index b713f12752a95285e8928dc38e373b709656257c..d00ab536136298ba99b9b01301ff7d0d6fb5ba40 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/sashwin.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/sashwin.cpp
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::Init()
     m_maximumPaneSizeY = 10000;
     m_sashCursorWE = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE);
     m_sashCursorNS = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZENS);
     m_maximumPaneSizeY = 10000;
     m_sashCursorWE = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE);
     m_sashCursorNS = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZENS);

-    m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
+    m_mouseCaptured = false;

     m_currentCursor = NULL;
 
     // Eventually, we'll respond to colour change messages
     m_currentCursor = NULL;
 
     // Eventually, we'll respond to colour change messages


@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
     if (event.LeftDown())
     {
         CaptureMouse();
     if (event.LeftDown())
     {
         CaptureMouse();

-        m_mouseCaptured = TRUE;
+        m_mouseCaptured = true;

 
         if ( sashHit != wxSASH_NONE )
         {
 
         if ( sashHit != wxSASH_NONE )
         {


@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
         // Wasn't a proper drag
         if (m_mouseCaptured)
             ReleaseMouse();
         // Wasn't a proper drag
         if (m_mouseCaptured)
             ReleaseMouse();

-        m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
+        m_mouseCaptured = false;

 
         wxScreenDC::EndDrawingOnTop();
         m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE;
 
         wxScreenDC::EndDrawingOnTop();
         m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE;


@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
         m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE;
         if (m_mouseCaptured)
             ReleaseMouse();
         m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE;
         if (m_mouseCaptured)
             ReleaseMouse();

-        m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
+        m_mouseCaptured = false;

 
         // Erase old tracker
         DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, m_oldX, m_oldY);
 
         // Erase old tracker
         DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, m_oldX, m_oldY);


@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
         wxSashDragStatus status = wxSASH_STATUS_OK;
 
         // the new height and width of the window - if -1, it didn't change
         wxSashDragStatus status = wxSASH_STATUS_OK;
 
         // the new height and width of the window - if -1, it didn't change

-        int newHeight = -1,
-            newWidth = -1;
+        int newHeight = wxDefaultSize.y,
+            newWidth = wxDefaultSize.x;

 
         // NB: x and y may be negative and they're relative to the sash window
         //     upper left corner, while xp and yp are expressed in the parent
 
         // NB: x and y may be negative and they're relative to the sash window
         //     upper left corner, while xp and yp are expressed in the parent


@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
                 break;
         }
 
                 break;
         }
 

-        if ( newHeight == -1 )
+        if ( newHeight == wxDefaultSize.y )

         {
             // didn't change
             newHeight = h;
         {
             // didn't change
             newHeight = h;


@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
             newHeight = wxMin(newHeight, m_maximumPaneSizeY);
         }
 
             newHeight = wxMin(newHeight, m_maximumPaneSizeY);
         }
 

-        if ( newWidth == -1 )
+        if ( newWidth == wxDefaultSize.x )

         {
             // didn't change
             newWidth = w;
         {
             // didn't change
             newWidth = w;


@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
     {
         if (m_mouseCaptured)
            ReleaseMouse();
     {
         if (m_mouseCaptured)
            ReleaseMouse();

-        m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
+        m_mouseCaptured = false;

     }
     else if (event.Moving() && !event.Dragging())
     {
     }
     else if (event.Moving() && !event.Dragging())
     {

diff --git a/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp b/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp
index 0c7080d66758525af7b085ce723e47584a2425b7..2eaa60e6cede63565e60306e458688ea73a22788 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxScrolledWindow, wxGenericScrolledWindow)
 
 /*
 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxScrolledWindow, wxGenericScrolledWindow)
 
 /*

-       TODO PROPERTIES
-               style wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL
+    TODO PROPERTIES
+        style wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL

 */
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
 
 
     virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
 

-    void ResetDrawnFlag() { m_hasDrawnWindow = FALSE; }
+    void ResetDrawnFlag() { m_hasDrawnWindow = false; }

 
 private:
     wxScrollHelper *m_scrollHelper;
 
 private:
     wxScrollHelper *m_scrollHelper;


@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     // anything in the window. We set it to true here but reset it to false in
     // wxScrolledWindow::OnPaint() handler (which wouldn't be called if the
     // user code defined OnPaint() in the derived class)
     // anything in the window. We set it to true here but reset it to false in
     // wxScrolledWindow::OnPaint() handler (which wouldn't be called if the
     // user code defined OnPaint() in the derived class)

-    m_hasDrawnWindow = TRUE;
+    m_hasDrawnWindow = true;

 
     // pass it on to the real handler
     bool processed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
 
     // pass it on to the real handler
     bool processed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);


@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     {
         m_scrollHelper->HandleOnSize((wxSizeEvent &)event);
 
     {
         m_scrollHelper->HandleOnSize((wxSizeEvent &)event);
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     if ( processed )
     }
 
     if ( processed )


@@ -231,18 +231,18 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
         // OnDraw() below (from HandleOnPaint)
         if ( m_hasDrawnWindow )
         {
         // OnDraw() below (from HandleOnPaint)
         if ( m_hasDrawnWindow )
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    // reset the skipped flag to FALSE as it might have been set to TRUE in
+    // reset the skipped flag to false as it might have been set to true in

     // ProcessEvent() above
     // ProcessEvent() above

-    event.Skip(FALSE);
+    event.Skip(false);

 
     if ( evType == wxEVT_PAINT )
     {
         m_scrollHelper->HandleOnPaint((wxPaintEvent &)event);
 
     if ( evType == wxEVT_PAINT )
     {
         m_scrollHelper->HandleOnPaint((wxPaintEvent &)event);

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     if ( evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP ||
     }
 
     if ( evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP ||


@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
         return !event.GetSkipped();
     }
 
         return !event.GetSkipped();
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ wxScrollHelper::wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *win)
     m_yScrollLinesPerPage = 0;
 
     m_xScrollingEnabled =
     m_yScrollLinesPerPage = 0;
 
     m_xScrollingEnabled =

-    m_yScrollingEnabled = TRUE;
+    m_yScrollingEnabled = true;

 
     m_scaleX =
     m_scaleY = 1.0;
 
     m_scaleX =
     m_scaleY = 1.0;


@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX,
     m_targetWindow->SetVirtualSize( w, h );
 
     if (do_refresh && !noRefresh)
     m_targetWindow->SetVirtualSize( w, h );
 
     if (do_refresh && !noRefresh)

-        m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
+        m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());

 
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     // If the target is not the same as the window with the scrollbars,
 
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     // If the target is not the same as the window with the scrollbars,


@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
         m_win->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, m_yScrollPosition);
     }
 
         m_win->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, m_yScrollPosition);
     }
 

-    bool needsRefresh = FALSE;
+    bool needsRefresh = false;

     int dx = 0,
         dy = 0;
     if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
     int dx = 0,
         dy = 0;
     if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)


@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
        }
        else
        {
        }
        else
        {

-           needsRefresh = TRUE;
+           needsRefresh = true;

        }
     }
     else
        }
     }
     else


@@ -498,13 +498,13 @@ void wxScrollHelper::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
         }
         else
         {
         }
         else
         {

-            needsRefresh = TRUE;
+            needsRefresh = true;

         }
     }
 
     if ( needsRefresh )
     {
         }
     }
 
     if ( needsRefresh )
     {

-        m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
+        m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());

     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {


@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ int wxScrollHelper::CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
                 nScrollInc = noPositions - m_xScrollPosition; // As +ve as we can go
         }
         else
                 nScrollInc = noPositions - m_xScrollPosition; // As +ve as we can go
         }
         else

-            m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
+            m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());

     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {


@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ int wxScrollHelper::CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
         else
         {
             // VZ: why do we do this? (FIXME)
         else
         {
             // VZ: why do we do this? (FIXME)

-            m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
+            m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars()
         {
             m_xScrollLines = 0;
             m_xScrollPosition = 0;
         {
             m_xScrollLines = 0;
             m_xScrollPosition = 0;

-            m_win->SetScrollbar (wxHORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE);
+            m_win->SetScrollbar (wxHORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0, false);

         }
         else
         {
         }
         else
         {


@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars()
             m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldXScroll - m_xScrollPosition), 0,
                                           GetScrollRect() );
        else
             m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldXScroll - m_xScrollPosition), 0,
                                           GetScrollRect() );
        else

-            m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
+            m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());

     }
 
     if (oldYScroll != m_yScrollPosition)
     }
 
     if (oldYScroll != m_yScrollPosition)


@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars()
             m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( 0, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldYScroll-m_yScrollPosition),
                                           GetScrollRect() );
         else
             m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( 0, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldYScroll-m_yScrollPosition),
                                           GetScrollRect() );
         else

-            m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
+            m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ bool wxGenericScrolledWindow::Layout()
         CalcScrolledPosition(0,0, &x,&y);
         GetVirtualSize(&w, &h);
         GetSizer()->SetDimension(x, y, w, h);
         CalcScrolledPosition(0,0, &x,&y);
         GetVirtualSize(&w, &h);
         GetSizer()->SetDimension(x, y, w, h);

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     // fall back to default for LayoutConstraints
     }
 
     // fall back to default for LayoutConstraints

diff --git a/src/generic/selstore.cpp b/src/generic/selstore.cpp
index dfd54ae7011c74c57fc862cd3831882ff0fa3249..816ed0793956d4ac9872e196c19896900a3e50a6 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/selstore.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/selstore.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ bool wxSelectionStore::SelectItem(size_t item, bool select)
         {
             m_itemsSel.AddAt(item, index);
 
         {
             m_itemsSel.AddAt(item, index);
 

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
     }
     else // reset to default state
         }
     }
     else // reset to default state


@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ bool wxSelectionStore::SelectItem(size_t item, bool select)
         if ( isSel )
         {
             m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(index);
         if ( isSel )
         {
             m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(index);

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxSelectionStore::SelectRange(size_t itemFrom, size_t itemTo,
 }
 
 bool wxSelectionStore::SelectRange(size_t itemFrom, size_t itemTo,

diff --git a/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp b/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp
index 24152c771d486d377e7160d804c497f66d35c9eb..148dd99b20bb6a51419a4c15367ec692e02854a8 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
         : wxTextCtrl(spin->GetParent(), wxID_ANY, value)
     {
         m_spin = spin;
         : wxTextCtrl(spin->GetParent(), wxID_ANY, value)
     {
         m_spin = spin;

-        
+

         // remove the default minsize, the spinctrl will have one instead
         SetSizeHints(wxDefaultSize.x,wxDefaultSize.y);
     }
         // remove the default minsize, the spinctrl will have one instead
         SetSizeHints(wxDefaultSize.x,wxDefaultSize.y);
     }


@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@ bool wxSpinCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
     m_text = new wxSpinCtrlText(this, value);
     m_btn = new wxSpinCtrlButton(this, style);
 
     m_text = new wxSpinCtrlText(this, value);
     m_btn = new wxSpinCtrlButton(this, style);

-        
+

     m_btn->SetRange(min, max);
     m_btn->SetValue(initial);
     SetBestSize(size);
     m_btn->SetRange(min, max);
     m_btn->SetValue(initial);
     SetBestSize(size);

-    
+

     // have to disable this window to avoid interfering it with message
     // processing to the text and the button... but pretend it is enabled to
     // make IsEnabled() return true
     // have to disable this window to avoid interfering it with message
     // processing to the text and the button... but pretend it is enabled to
     // make IsEnabled() return true

diff --git a/src/generic/splash.cpp b/src/generic/splash.cpp
index d498bb4e5575fb0391b725ae85b6cdc4e9287f71..f18edab377d3470623c4bfa6d6dee0ef826e63c3 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/splash.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/splash.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ wxSplashScreen::wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int mil
     m_splashStyle = splashStyle;
     m_milliseconds = milliseconds;
 
     m_splashStyle = splashStyle;
     m_milliseconds = milliseconds;
 

-    m_window = new wxSplashScreenWindow(bitmap, this, -1, pos, size, wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_window = new wxSplashScreenWindow(bitmap, this, wxID_ANY, pos, size, wxNO_BORDER);

 
     SetClientSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight());
 
 
     SetClientSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight());
 


@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ wxSplashScreen::wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int mil
     if (m_splashStyle & wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT)
     {
         m_timer.SetOwner(this, wxSPLASH_TIMER_ID);
     if (m_splashStyle & wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT)
     {
         m_timer.SetOwner(this, wxSPLASH_TIMER_ID);

-        m_timer.Start(milliseconds, TRUE);
+        m_timer.Start(milliseconds, true);

     }
 
     }
 

-    Show(TRUE);
+    Show(true);

     m_window->SetFocus();
 #if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
     Update(); // Without this, you see a blank screen for an instant
     m_window->SetFocus();
 #if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
     Update(); // Without this, you see a blank screen for an instant


@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ wxSplashScreen::~wxSplashScreen()
 
 void wxSplashScreen::OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {
 
 void wxSplashScreen::OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {

-    Close(TRUE);
+    Close(true);

 }
 
 void wxSplashScreen::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 }
 
 void wxSplashScreen::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event))


@@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
 void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
 {
     if (event.LeftDown() || event.RightDown())
 void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
 {
     if (event.LeftDown() || event.RightDown())

-        GetParent()->Close(TRUE);
+        GetParent()->Close(true);

 }
 
 void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {
 }
 
 void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {

-    GetParent()->Close(TRUE);
+    GetParent()->Close(true);

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_SPLASH
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_SPLASH

diff --git a/src/generic/splitter.cpp b/src/generic/splitter.cpp
index 58ec6da0e3a5d11cbb7a7a0ff8f59146cceb5c1f..a67ff0fcd43b22c6a95853d5f66e80418bc2c47e 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/splitter.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/splitter.cpp
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT)
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow, wxWindow)
 
 /*
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow, wxWindow)
 
 /*

-       TODO PROPERTIES
-               style wxSP_3D
-               sashpos (long , 0 )
-               minsize (long -1 )
-               object, object_ref
-               orientation
+    TODO PROPERTIES
+        style wxSP_3D
+        sashpos (long , 0 )
+        minsize (long -1 )
+        object, object_ref
+        orientation

 */
 
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterEvent, wxNotifyEvent)
 */
 
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterEvent, wxNotifyEvent)


@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::OnInternalIdle()
         SizeWindows();
         return; // it won't needUpdating in this case
     }
         SizeWindows();
         return; // it won't needUpdating in this case
     }

-    
+

     if (m_needUpdating)
         SizeWindows();
 }
     if (m_needUpdating)
         SizeWindows();
 }


@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
         {
             // Start the drag now
             m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING;
         {
             // Start the drag now
             m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING;

-            
+

             // Capture mouse and set the cursor
             CaptureMouse();
             SetResizeCursor();
             // Capture mouse and set the cursor
             CaptureMouse();
             SetResizeCursor();


@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
     {
         // We can stop dragging now and see what we've got.
         m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE;
     {
         // We can stop dragging now and see what we've got.
         m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE;

-        
+

         // Release mouse and unset the cursor
         ReleaseMouse();
         SetCursor(* wxSTANDARD_CURSOR);
         // Release mouse and unset the cursor
         ReleaseMouse();
         SetCursor(* wxSTANDARD_CURSOR);


@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ bool wxSplitterWindow::SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance)
     int z = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? x : y;
     int hitMin = m_sashPosition - tolerance;
     int hitMax = m_sashPosition + GetSashSize() + tolerance;
     int z = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? x : y;
     int hitMin = m_sashPosition - tolerance;
     int hitMax = m_sashPosition + GetSashSize() + tolerance;

-    
+

     return z >=  hitMin && z <= hitMax;
 }
 
     return z >=  hitMin && z <= hitMax;
 }
 


@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ bool wxSplitterWindow::DoSplit(wxSplitMode mode,
     // right now (e.g. because the window is too small)
     m_requestedSashPosition = sashPosition;
     m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false;
     // right now (e.g. because the window is too small)
     m_requestedSashPosition = sashPosition;
     m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false;

-    
+

     DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(sashPosition));
 
     SizeWindows();
     DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(sashPosition));
 
     SizeWindows();


@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::SetSashPosition(int position, bool redraw)
     // right now (e.g. because the window is too small)
     m_requestedSashPosition = position;
     m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false;
     // right now (e.g. because the window is too small)
     m_requestedSashPosition = position;
     m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false;

-    
+

     DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(position));
 
     if ( redraw )
     DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(position));
 
     if ( redraw )

diff --git a/src/generic/statline.cpp b/src/generic/statline.cpp
index 28fd5b63d596c4a119c6393916b83f13f5a7fb54..612bcb8211fa92108fe557f09301b7ae73d57c49 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/statline.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/statline.cpp
@@ -51,16 +51,16 @@ bool wxStaticLine::Create( wxWindow *parent,
     m_statbox = NULL;
 
     if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
     m_statbox = NULL;
 
     if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     // ok, this is ugly but it's better than nothing: use a thin static box to
     // emulate static line
 
     wxSize sizeReal = AdjustSize(size);
 
 
     // ok, this is ugly but it's better than nothing: use a thin static box to
     // emulate static line
 
     wxSize sizeReal = AdjustSize(size);
 

-    m_statbox = new wxStaticBox(parent, id, wxT(""), pos, sizeReal, style, name);
+    m_statbox = new wxStaticBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, pos, sizeReal, style, name);

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxStaticLine::~wxStaticLine()
 }
 
 wxStaticLine::~wxStaticLine()

diff --git a/src/generic/statusbr.cpp b/src/generic/statusbr.cpp
index c12bce49e7d37b1a45b6e38b3a92177a900dfab7..7916ca4434a469263aeca1aade629d3e536fce26 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/statusbr.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/statusbr.cpp
@@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ bool wxStatusBarGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent,
   if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, id,
                          wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                          style | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, name) )
   if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, id,
                          wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                          style | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, name) )

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

 
   // The status bar should have a themed background
 
   // The status bar should have a themed background

-  SetThemeEnabled( TRUE );
+  SetThemeEnabled( true );

 
   // Don't wish this to be found as a child
 #ifndef __WXMAC__
 
   // Don't wish this to be found as a child
 #ifndef __WXMAC__


@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ bool wxStatusBarGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 
   int height = (int)( (11*y)/10 + 2*GetBorderY());
 
 
   int height = (int)( (11*y)/10 + 2*GetBorderY());
 

-  SetSize(-1, -1, -1, height);
+  SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x, wxDefaultPosition.y, wxDefaultSize.x, height);

 
   SetFieldsCount(1);
 
 
   SetFieldsCount(1);
 

-  return TRUE;
+  return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ wxSize wxStatusBarGeneric::DoGetBestSize() const
     height = (int)( (11*y)/10 + 2*GetBorderY());
 
     return wxSize(width, height);
     height = (int)( (11*y)/10 + 2*GetBorderY());
 
     return wxSize(width, height);

-}    
+}

 
 void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetFieldsCount(int number, const int *widths)
 {
 
 void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetFieldsCount(int number, const int *widths)
 {


@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number)
         wxRect rect;
         GetFieldRect(number, rect);
 
         wxRect rect;
         GetFieldRect(number, rect);
 

-        Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
+        Refresh( true, &rect );

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i)
   // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
 bool wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldRect(int n, wxRect& rect) const
 {
   // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
 bool wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldRect(int n, wxRect& rect) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( (n >= 0) && (n < m_nFields), FALSE,
+    wxCHECK_MSG( (n >= 0) && (n < m_nFields), false,

                  _T("invalid status bar field index") );
 
     // FIXME: workarounds for OS/2 bugs have nothing to do here (VZ)
                  _T("invalid status bar field index") );
 
     // FIXME: workarounds for OS/2 bugs have nothing to do here (VZ)


@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ bool wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldRect(int n, wxRect& rect) const
     rect.width = m_widthsAbs[n] - 2*m_borderX;
     rect.height = height - 2*m_borderY;
 
     rect.width = m_widthsAbs[n] - 2*m_borderX;
     rect.height = height - 2*m_borderY;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Initialize colours
 }
 
 // Initialize colours


@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetMinHeight(int height)
 
     if ( height > (11*y)/10 )
     {
 
     if ( height > (11*y)/10 )
     {

-        SetSize(-1, -1, -1, height + 2*m_borderY);
+        SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x, wxDefaultPosition.y, wxDefaultSize.x, height + 2*m_borderY);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -432,10 +432,10 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event)
     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {

-        event.Skip( TRUE );
+        event.Skip( true );

     }
 #else
     }
 #else

-    event.Skip( TRUE );
+    event.Skip( true );

 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 


@@ -466,10 +466,10 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event)
     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {

-        event.Skip( TRUE );
+        event.Skip( true );

     }
 #else
     }
 #else

-    event.Skip( TRUE );
+    event.Skip( true );

 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 

diff --git a/src/generic/tabg.cpp b/src/generic/tabg.cpp
index 6c6ffa012047a0e1cdabf551ef3fff4170a279f1..5f66159f7e079f31a5113e4f63e43f58c70ef89b 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/tabg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/tabg.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabControl, wxObject)
 wxTabControl::wxTabControl(wxTabView *v)
 {
   m_view = v;
 wxTabControl::wxTabControl(wxTabView *v)
 {
   m_view = v;

-  m_isSelected = FALSE;
+  m_isSelected = false;

   m_offsetX = 0;
   m_offsetY = 0;
   m_width = 0;
   m_offsetX = 0;
   m_offsetY = 0;
   m_width = 0;


@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@ bool wxTabControl::HitTest(int x, int y) const
   int tabY2 = tabY1 + GetHeight();
 
   if (x >= tabX1 && y >= tabY1 && x <= tabX2 && y <= tabY2)
   int tabY2 = tabY1 + GetHeight();
 
   if (x >= tabX1 && y >= tabY1 && x <= tabX2 && y <= tabY2)

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

   else
   else

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabView, wxObject)
 }
 
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabView, wxObject)


@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ wxTabView::wxTabView(long style)
 
 wxTabView::~wxTabView()
 {
 
 wxTabView::~wxTabView()
 {

-  ClearTabs(TRUE);
+  ClearTabs(true);

 }
 
 // Automatically positions tabs
 }
 
 // Automatically positions tabs


@@ -631,22 +631,22 @@ bool wxTabView::RemoveTab(int id)
 
         // The layout has changed
         LayoutTabs();
 
         // The layout has changed
         LayoutTabs();

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

       }
       tabNode = tabNode->GetNext();
     }
     layerNode = layerNode->GetNext();
   }
       }
       tabNode = tabNode->GetNext();
     }
     layerNode = layerNode->GetNext();
   }

-  return FALSE;
+  return false;

 }
 
 bool wxTabView::SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label)
 {
     wxTabControl* control = FindTabControlForId(id);
     if (!control)
 }
 
 bool wxTabView::SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label)
 {
     wxTabControl* control = FindTabControlForId(id);
     if (!control)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

     control->SetLabel(label);
     control->SetLabel(label);

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxString wxTabView::GetTabText(int id) const
 }
 
 wxString wxTabView::GetTabText(int id) const


@@ -877,11 +877,11 @@ void wxTabView::Draw(wxDC& dc)
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 

-// Process mouse event, return FALSE if we didn't process it
+// Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it

 bool wxTabView::OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
 {
   if (!event.LeftDown())
 bool wxTabView::OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
 {
   if (!event.LeftDown())

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
   wxCoord x, y;
   event.GetPosition(&x, &y);
 
   wxCoord x, y;
   event.GetPosition(&x, &y);


@@ -911,16 +911,16 @@ bool wxTabView::OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
   }
 
   if (!hitControl)
   }
 
   if (!hitControl)

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
   wxTabControl *currentTab = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection);
 
   if (hitControl == currentTab)
 
   wxTabControl *currentTab = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection);
 
   if (hitControl == currentTab)

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
   ChangeTab(hitControl);
 
 
   ChangeTab(hitControl);
 

-  return TRUE;
+  return true;

 }
 
 bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)
 }
 
 bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)


@@ -931,28 +931,28 @@ bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)
     oldTab = currentTab->GetId();
 
   if (control == currentTab)
     oldTab = currentTab->GetId();
 
   if (control == currentTab)

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 
   if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0)
 
   if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0)

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
   if (!OnTabPreActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab))
 
   if (!OnTabPreActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab))

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
   // Move the tab to the bottom
   MoveSelectionTab(control);
 
   if (currentTab)
 
   // Move the tab to the bottom
   MoveSelectionTab(control);
 
   if (currentTab)

-    currentTab->SetSelected(FALSE);
+    currentTab->SetSelected(false);

 
 

-  control->SetSelected(TRUE);
+  control->SetSelected(true);

   m_tabSelection = control->GetId();
 
   OnTabActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab);
 
   // Leave window refresh for the implementing window
 
   m_tabSelection = control->GetId();
 
   OnTabActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab);
 
   // Leave window refresh for the implementing window
 

-  return TRUE;
+  return true;

 }
 
 // Move the selected tab to the bottom layer, if necessary,
 }
 
 // Move the selected tab to the bottom layer, if necessary,


@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)
 bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
 {
   if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0)
 bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
 {
   if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0)

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
   wxTabLayer *firstLayer = (wxTabLayer *)m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData();
 
 
   wxTabLayer *firstLayer = (wxTabLayer *)m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData();
 


@@ -972,14 +972,14 @@ bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
     int col = 0;
     wxList::compatibility_iterator thisNode = FindTabNodeAndColumn(control, &col);
     if (!thisNode)
     int col = 0;
     wxList::compatibility_iterator thisNode = FindTabNodeAndColumn(control, &col);
     if (!thisNode)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

     wxList::compatibility_iterator otherNode = firstLayer->Item(col);
     if (!otherNode)
     wxList::compatibility_iterator otherNode = firstLayer->Item(col);
     if (!otherNode)

-      return FALSE;
+      return false;

 
     // If this is already in the bottom layer, return now
     if (otherNode == thisNode)
 
     // If this is already in the bottom layer, return now
     if (otherNode == thisNode)

-      return TRUE;
+      return true;

 
     wxTabControl *otherTab = (wxTabControl *)otherNode->GetData();
 
 
     wxTabControl *otherTab = (wxTabControl *)otherNode->GetData();
 


@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
     thisNode->SetData(otherTab);
     otherNode->SetData(control);
   }
     thisNode->SetData(otherTab);
     otherNode->SetData(control);
   }

-  return TRUE;
+  return true;

 }
 
 // Called when a tab is activated
 }
 
 // Called when a tab is activated


@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ void wxTabView::SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool)
   }
 
   if (oldControl)
   }
 
   if (oldControl)

-    oldControl->SetSelected(FALSE);
+    oldControl->SetSelected(false);

 
   m_tabSelection = sel;
 
 
   m_tabSelection = sel;
 


@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ wxPanelTabView::wxPanelTabView(wxPanel *pan, long style)
 
 wxPanelTabView::~wxPanelTabView(void)
 {
 
 wxPanelTabView::~wxPanelTabView(void)
 {

-  ClearWindows(TRUE);
+  ClearWindows(true);

 }
 
 // Called when a tab is activated
 }
 
 // Called when a tab is activated


@@ -1246,9 +1246,9 @@ void wxPanelTabView::OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
   wxWindow *newWindow = GetTabWindow(activateId);
 
   if (oldWindow)
   wxWindow *newWindow = GetTabWindow(activateId);
 
   if (oldWindow)

-    oldWindow->Show(FALSE);
+    oldWindow->Show(false);

   if (newWindow)
   if (newWindow)

-    newWindow->Show(TRUE);
+    newWindow->Show(true);

 
   m_panel->Refresh();
 }
 
   m_panel->Refresh();
 }


@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ void wxPanelTabView::AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window)
 {
   wxASSERT(m_tabWindows.find(id) == m_tabWindows.end());
   m_tabWindows[id] = window;
 {
   wxASSERT(m_tabWindows.find(id) == m_tabWindows.end());
   m_tabWindows[id] = window;

-  window->Show(FALSE);
+  window->Show(false);

 }
 
 wxWindow *wxPanelTabView::GetTabWindow(int id) const
 }
 
 wxWindow *wxPanelTabView::GetTabWindow(int id) const


@@ -1280,8 +1280,8 @@ void wxPanelTabView::ShowWindowForTab(int id)
   if (newWindow == m_currentWindow)
     return;
   if (m_currentWindow)
   if (newWindow == m_currentWindow)
     return;
   if (m_currentWindow)

-    m_currentWindow->Show(FALSE);
-  newWindow->Show(TRUE);
+    m_currentWindow->Show(false);
+  newWindow->Show(true);

   newWindow->Refresh();
 }
 
   newWindow->Refresh();
 }
 

diff --git a/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp b/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp
index 6e0ab1e48d48febdb7833076acb189d4d77ac26a..52c2c15c722b9b4bed1a5bc8fb6439152b69e0b5 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
                                      const wxString& value,
                                      long style,
                                      const wxPoint& pos)
                                      const wxString& value,
                                      long style,
                                      const wxPoint& pos)

-                 : wxDialog(parent, -1, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize,
+                 : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize,

                             wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxDIALOG_MODAL),
                    m_value(value)
 {
                             wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxDIALOG_MODAL),
                    m_value(value)
 {


@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
     // 2) text ctrl
     m_textctrl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_TEXT, value,
 
     // 2) text ctrl
     m_textctrl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_TEXT, value,

-                                wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(300, -1),
+                                wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(300, wxDefaultSize.y),

                                 style & ~wxTextEntryDialogStyle);
     topsizer->Add( m_textctrl, 1, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 15 );
 
                                 style & ~wxTextEntryDialogStyle);
     topsizer->Add( m_textctrl, 1, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 15 );
 


@@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) static line
 
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     // 3) static line

-    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
+    topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );

 #endif
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( style ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 
 #endif
 
     // 4) buttons
     topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( style ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
 

-    SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
+    SetAutoLayout( true );

     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
     SetSizer( topsizer );
 
     topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );


@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 void wxTextEntryDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
 {
 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 void wxTextEntryDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
 {
 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS

-    if( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() ) 
+    if( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() )

     {
         EndModal( wxID_OK );
     }
     {
         EndModal( wxID_OK );
     }

diff --git a/src/generic/timer.cpp b/src/generic/timer.cpp
index 495ca2111cbf7750efaa4154bc77330accab9bb2..24d5888cddcf746af8821614440ab3ac5fc89056 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/timer.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/timer.cpp
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
 #endif
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #endif
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// NB: when using generic wxTimer implementation in your port, you *must* call 
-//     wxTimer::NotifyTimers() often enough. The ideal place for this 
+// NB: when using generic wxTimer implementation in your port, you *must* call
+//     wxTimer::NotifyTimers() often enough. The ideal place for this

 //     is in wxEventLoop::Dispatch().
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 //     is in wxEventLoop::Dispatch().
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 


@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
 class wxTimerDesc
 {
 public:
 class wxTimerDesc
 {
 public:

-    wxTimerDesc(wxTimer *t) : 
-        timer(t), running(FALSE), next(NULL), prev(NULL), 
+    wxTimerDesc(wxTimer *t) :
+        timer(t), running(false), next(NULL), prev(NULL),

         shotTime(0), deleteFlag(NULL) {}
 
     wxTimer         *timer;
     bool             running;
     wxTimerDesc     *next, *prev;
         shotTime(0), deleteFlag(NULL) {}
 
     wxTimer         *timer;
     bool             running;
     wxTimerDesc     *next, *prev;

-    wxTimerTick_t    shotTime;  
+    wxTimerTick_t    shotTime;

     volatile bool   *deleteFlag; // see comment in ~wxTimer
 };
 
     volatile bool   *deleteFlag; // see comment in ~wxTimer
 };
 


@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public:
     void QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when = 0);
     void RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc);
     void NotifyTimers();
     void QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when = 0);
     void RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc);
     void NotifyTimers();

-   
+

 private:
     wxTimerDesc *m_timers;
 };
 private:
     wxTimerDesc *m_timers;
 };


@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ void wxTimerScheduler::QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when)
 {
     if ( desc->running )
         return; // already scheduled
 {
     if ( desc->running )
         return; // already scheduled

-        
+

     if ( when == 0 )
         when = GetMillisecondsTime() + desc->timer->GetInterval();
     desc->shotTime = when;
     if ( when == 0 )
         when = GetMillisecondsTime() + desc->timer->GetInterval();
     desc->shotTime = when;

-    desc->running = TRUE;
+    desc->running = true;

 
     wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"),
 
     wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"),

-                wxT("queued timer %p at tick %") wxTimerTickFmtSpec, 
+                wxT("queued timer %p at tick %") wxTimerTickFmtSpec,

                desc->timer,  wxTimerTickPrintfArg(when));
 
     if ( m_timers )
                desc->timer,  wxTimerTickPrintfArg(when));
 
     if ( m_timers )


@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void wxTimerScheduler::QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when)
 
 void wxTimerScheduler::RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc)
 {
 
 void wxTimerScheduler::RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc)
 {

-    desc->running = FALSE;
+    desc->running = false;

     if ( desc == m_timers )
         m_timers = desc->next;
     if ( desc->prev )
     if ( desc == m_timers )
         m_timers = desc->next;
     if ( desc->prev )


@@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ void wxTimerScheduler::NotifyTimers()
             oneShot = desc->timer->IsOneShot();
             RemoveTimer(desc);
 
             oneShot = desc->timer->IsOneShot();
             RemoveTimer(desc);
 

-            timerDeleted = FALSE;
+            timerDeleted = false;

             desc->deleteFlag = &timerDeleted;
             desc->timer->Notify();
             desc->deleteFlag = &timerDeleted;
             desc->timer->Notify();

-            
+

             if ( !timerDeleted )
             {
                 wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"),
                             wxT("notified timer %p sheduled for %")
             if ( !timerDeleted )
             {
                 wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"),
                             wxT("notified timer %p sheduled for %")

-                            wxTimerTickFmtSpec, 
+                            wxTimerTickFmtSpec,

                             desc->timer,
                             wxTimerTickPrintfArg(desc->shotTime) );
 
                             desc->timer,
                             wxTimerTickPrintfArg(desc->shotTime) );
 


@@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ wxTimer::~wxTimer()
         Stop();
 
     // NB: this is a hack: wxTimerScheduler must have some way of knowing
         Stop();
 
     // NB: this is a hack: wxTimerScheduler must have some way of knowing

-    //     that wxTimer object was deleted under its hands -- this may 
+    //     that wxTimer object was deleted under its hands -- this may

     //     happen if somebody is really nasty and deletes the timer
     //     from wxTimer::Notify()
     if ( m_desc->deleteFlag != NULL )
     //     happen if somebody is really nasty and deletes the timer
     //     from wxTimer::Notify()
     if ( m_desc->deleteFlag != NULL )

-        *m_desc->deleteFlag = TRUE;
+        *m_desc->deleteFlag = true;

 
     delete m_desc;
     wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("    ...done destroying timer %p..."), this);
 
     delete m_desc;
     wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("    ...done destroying timer %p..."), this);


@@ -210,20 +210,20 @@ bool wxTimer::IsRunning() const
 
 bool wxTimer::Start(int millisecs, bool oneShot)
 {
 
 bool wxTimer::Start(int millisecs, bool oneShot)
 {

-    wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("started timer %p: %i ms, oneshot=%i"), 
+    wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("started timer %p: %i ms, oneshot=%i"),

                this, millisecs, oneShot);
 
     if ( !wxTimerBase::Start(millisecs, oneShot) )
                this, millisecs, oneShot);
 
     if ( !wxTimerBase::Start(millisecs, oneShot) )

-        return FALSE;
-    
+        return false;
+

     gs_scheduler->QueueTimer(m_desc);
     gs_scheduler->QueueTimer(m_desc);

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxTimer::Stop()
 {
     if ( !m_desc->running ) return;
 }
 
 void wxTimer::Stop()
 {
     if ( !m_desc->running ) return;

-    
+

     gs_scheduler->RemoveTimer(m_desc);
 }
 
     gs_scheduler->RemoveTimer(m_desc);
 }
 


@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ class wxTimerModule: public wxModule
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerModule)
 public:
     wxTimerModule() {}
 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerModule)
 public:
     wxTimerModule() {}

-    bool OnInit() { return TRUE; }
+    bool OnInit() { return true; }

     void OnExit() { delete gs_scheduler; gs_scheduler = NULL; }
 };
 
     void OnExit() { delete gs_scheduler; gs_scheduler = NULL; }
 };
 

diff --git a/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp b/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp
index 78a423326e45cac0bd7b313c4269174319340334..f9c2870942920d2bce6010ff2d2770ad24d70a44 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ wxTipDialog::wxTipDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 
     wxButton *btnNext = new wxButton(this, wxID_NEXT_TIP, _("&Next Tip"));
 
 
     wxButton *btnNext = new wxButton(this, wxID_NEXT_TIP, _("&Next Tip"));
 

-    wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Did you know..."), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1,30) );
+    wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Did you know..."), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x,30) );

 #if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
     text->SetFont(wxFont(16, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD));
 #else
 #if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
     text->SetFont(wxFont(16, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD));
 #else

diff --git a/src/generic/tipwin.cpp b/src/generic/tipwin.cpp
index 17093b2d9e5d71b8f2f7fe7b2ce9ac9f03eb16fd..c001b072f3e10f5ce2046c60def81ae670dc1614 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/tipwin.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/tipwin.cpp
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ wxTipWindow::wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent,
 #if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
            : wxPopupTransientWindow(parent)
 #else
 #if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
            : wxPopupTransientWindow(parent)
 #else

-           : wxFrame(parent, -1, _T(""),
+           : wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,

                      wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                      wxNO_BORDER | wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR )
 #endif
                      wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                      wxNO_BORDER | wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR )
 #endif


@@ -162,10 +162,10 @@ wxTipWindow::wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent,
     #ifdef __WXGTK__
         if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB(m_widget))
             gtk_grab_add( m_widget );
     #ifdef __WXGTK__
         if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB(m_widget))
             gtk_grab_add( m_widget );

-    #endif   
+    #endif

 #else
     Move(x, y);
 #else
     Move(x, y);

-    Show(TRUE);
+    Show(true);

 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 


@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ void wxTipWindow::Close()
     }
 
 #if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
     }
 
 #if wxUSE_POPUPWIN

-    Show(FALSE);
+    Show(false);

     #ifdef __WXGTK__
         if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB(m_widget))
             gtk_grab_remove( m_widget );
     #ifdef __WXGTK__
         if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB(m_widget))
             gtk_grab_remove( m_widget );

-    #endif   
+    #endif

     Destroy();
 #else
     wxFrame::Close();
     Destroy();
 #else
     wxFrame::Close();


@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ void wxTipWindow::Close()
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 wxTipWindowView::wxTipWindowView(wxWindow *parent)
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 wxTipWindowView::wxTipWindowView(wxWindow *parent)

-               : wxWindow(parent, -1,
+               : wxWindow(parent, wxID_ANY,

                           wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                           wxNO_BORDER)
 {
                           wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
                           wxNO_BORDER)
 {


@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void wxTipWindowView::Adjust(const wxString& text, wxCoord maxLength)
             widthMax = 0;
     m_parent->m_heightLine = 0;
 
             widthMax = 0;
     m_parent->m_heightLine = 0;
 

-    bool breakLine = FALSE;
+    bool breakLine = false;

     for ( const wxChar *p = text.c_str(); ; p++ )
     {
         if ( *p == _T('\n') || *p == _T('\0') )
     for ( const wxChar *p = text.c_str(); ; p++ )
     {
         if ( *p == _T('\n') || *p == _T('\0') )


@@ -293,21 +293,21 @@ void wxTipWindowView::Adjust(const wxString& text, wxCoord maxLength)
             }
 
             current.clear();
             }
 
             current.clear();

-            breakLine = FALSE;
+            breakLine = false;

         }
         else if ( breakLine && (*p == _T(' ') || *p == _T('\t')) )
         {
             // word boundary - break the line here
             m_parent->m_textLines.Add(current);
             current.clear();
         }
         else if ( breakLine && (*p == _T(' ') || *p == _T('\t')) )
         {
             // word boundary - break the line here
             m_parent->m_textLines.Add(current);
             current.clear();

-            breakLine = FALSE;
+            breakLine = false;

         }
         else // line goes on
         {
             current += *p;
             dc.GetTextExtent(current, &width, &height);
             if ( width > maxLength )
         }
         else // line goes on
         {
             current += *p;
             dc.GetTextExtent(current, &width, &height);
             if ( width > maxLength )

-                breakLine = TRUE;
+                breakLine = true;

 
             if ( width > widthMax )
                 widthMax = width;
 
             if ( width > widthMax )
                 widthMax = width;

diff --git a/src/generic/treectlg.cpp b/src/generic/treectlg.cpp
index 39d30b76147bfd97e8435b32026edacf82f8e2da..d6a9c14aeba8cf914391940ab3eb24c166e95090 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/treectlg.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/treectlg.cpp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 #ifdef __WXMAC__
     #include "wx/mac/private.h"
 #endif
 #ifdef __WXMAC__
     #include "wx/mac/private.h"
 #endif

-    
+

 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // array types
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // array types
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public:
     void SetImage(int image, wxTreeItemIcon which) { m_images[which] = image; }
     void SetData(wxTreeItemData *data) { m_data = data; }
 
     void SetImage(int image, wxTreeItemIcon which) { m_images[which] = image; }
     void SetData(wxTreeItemData *data) { m_data = data; }
 

-    void SetHasPlus(bool has = TRUE) { m_hasPlus = has; }
+    void SetHasPlus(bool has = true) { m_hasPlus = has; }

 
     void SetBold(bool bold) { m_isBold = bold; }
 
 
     void SetBold(bool bold) { m_isBold = bold; }
 


@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public:
     void DeleteChildren(wxGenericTreeCtrl *tree = NULL);
 
     // get count of all children (and grand children if 'recursively')
     void DeleteChildren(wxGenericTreeCtrl *tree = NULL);
 
     // get count of all children (and grand children if 'recursively')

-    size_t GetChildrenCount(bool recursively = TRUE) const;
+    size_t GetChildrenCount(bool recursively = true) const;

 
     void Insert(wxGenericTreeItem *child, size_t index)
     { m_children.Insert(child, index); }
 
     void Insert(wxGenericTreeItem *child, size_t index)
     { m_children.Insert(child, index); }


@@ -186,17 +186,17 @@ public:
     void GetSize( int &x, int &y, const wxGenericTreeCtrl* );
 
         // return the item at given position (or NULL if no item), onButton is
     void GetSize( int &x, int &y, const wxGenericTreeCtrl* );
 
         // return the item at given position (or NULL if no item), onButton is

-        // TRUE if the point belongs to the item's button, otherwise it lies
+        // true if the point belongs to the item's button, otherwise it lies

         // on the item's label
     wxGenericTreeItem *HitTest( const wxPoint& point,
                                 const wxGenericTreeCtrl *,
                                 int &flags,
                                 int level );
 
         // on the item's label
     wxGenericTreeItem *HitTest( const wxPoint& point,
                                 const wxGenericTreeCtrl *,
                                 int &flags,
                                 int level );
 

-    void Expand() { m_isCollapsed = FALSE; }
-    void Collapse() { m_isCollapsed = TRUE; }
+    void Expand() { m_isCollapsed = false; }
+    void Collapse() { m_isCollapsed = true; }

 
 

-    void SetHilight( bool set = TRUE ) { m_hasHilight = set; }
+    void SetHilight( bool set = true ) { m_hasHilight = set; }

 
     // status inquiries
     bool HasChildren() const { return !m_children.IsEmpty(); }
 
     // status inquiries
     bool HasChildren() const { return !m_children.IsEmpty(); }


@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ public:
         if ( !m_attr )
         {
             m_attr = new wxTreeItemAttr;
         if ( !m_attr )
         {
             m_attr = new wxTreeItemAttr;

-            m_ownsAttr = TRUE;
+            m_ownsAttr = true;

         }
         return *m_attr;
     }
         }
         return *m_attr;
     }


@@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ public:
     {
         if ( m_ownsAttr ) delete m_attr;
         m_attr = attr;
     {
         if ( m_ownsAttr ) delete m_attr;
         m_attr = attr;

-        m_ownsAttr = FALSE;
+        m_ownsAttr = false;

     }
         // set them and delete when done
     void AssignAttributes(wxTreeItemAttr *attr)
     {
         SetAttributes(attr);
     }
         // set them and delete when done
     void AssignAttributes(wxTreeItemAttr *attr)
     {
         SetAttributes(attr);

-        m_ownsAttr = TRUE;
+        m_ownsAttr = true;

     }
 
 private:
     }
 
 private:


@@ -295,13 +295,13 @@ static bool IsDescendantOf(wxGenericTreeItem *parent, wxGenericTreeItem *item)
         if ( item == parent )
         {
             // item is a descendant of parent
         if ( item == parent )
         {
             // item is a descendant of parent

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
 
         item = item->GetParent();
     }
 
         }
 
         item = item->GetParent();
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ wxTreeTextCtrl::wxTreeTextCtrl(wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner,
               : m_itemEdited(item), m_startValue(item->GetText())
 {
     m_owner = owner;
               : m_itemEdited(item), m_startValue(item->GetText())
 {
     m_owner = owner;

-    m_finished = FALSE;
+    m_finished = false;

 
     int w = m_itemEdited->GetWidth(),
         h = m_itemEdited->GetHeight();
 
     int w = m_itemEdited->GetWidth(),
         h = m_itemEdited->GetHeight();


@@ -373,19 +373,19 @@ bool wxTreeTextCtrl::AcceptChanges()
     if ( value == m_startValue )
     {
         // nothing changed, always accept
     if ( value == m_startValue )
     {
         // nothing changed, always accept

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) )
     {
         // vetoed by the user
     }
 
     if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) )
     {
         // vetoed by the user

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     // accepted, do rename the item
     m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value);
 
     }
 
     // accepted, do rename the item
     m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxTreeTextCtrl::Finish()
 }
 
 void wxTreeTextCtrl::Finish()


@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ void wxTreeTextCtrl::Finish()
 
         wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
 
 
         wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
 

-        m_finished = TRUE;
+        m_finished = true;

 
         m_owner->SetFocus(); // This doesn't work. TODO.
     }
 
         m_owner->SetFocus(); // This doesn't work. TODO.
     }


@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void wxTreeTextCtrl::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event )
             sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x;
         if (mySize.x > sx)
             sx = mySize.x;
             sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x;
         if (mySize.x > sx)
             sx = mySize.x;

-        SetSize(sx, -1);
+        SetSize(sx, wxDefaultSize.y);

     }
 
     event.Skip();
     }
 
     event.Skip();


@@ -476,15 +476,15 @@ wxGenericTreeItem::wxGenericTreeItem(wxGenericTreeItem *parent,
     m_data = data;
     m_x = m_y = 0;
 
     m_data = data;
     m_x = m_y = 0;
 

-    m_isCollapsed = TRUE;
-    m_hasHilight = FALSE;
-    m_hasPlus = FALSE;
-    m_isBold = FALSE;
+    m_isCollapsed = true;
+    m_hasHilight = false;
+    m_hasPlus = false;
+    m_isBold = false;

 
     m_parent = parent;
 
     m_attr = (wxTreeItemAttr *)NULL;
 
     m_parent = parent;
 
     m_attr = (wxTreeItemAttr *)NULL;

-    m_ownsAttr = FALSE;
+    m_ownsAttr = false;

 
     // We don't know the height here yet.
     m_width = 0;
 
     // We don't know the height here yet.
     m_width = 0;


@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericTreeCtrl,wxScrolledWindow)
     EVT_CHAR           (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar)
     EVT_SET_FOCUS      (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus)
     EVT_KILL_FOCUS     (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus)
     EVT_CHAR           (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar)
     EVT_SET_FOCUS      (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus)
     EVT_KILL_FOCUS     (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus)

-    EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(-1, wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnGetToolTip)
+    EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(wxID_ANY, wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnGetToolTip)

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 #if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 #if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)


@@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl, wxGenericTreeCtrl)
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
 {
     m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor = m_select_me = (wxGenericTreeItem *) NULL;
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
 {
     m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor = m_select_me = (wxGenericTreeItem *) NULL;

-    m_hasFocus = FALSE;
-    m_dirty = FALSE;
+    m_hasFocus = false;
+    m_dirty = false;

 
     m_lineHeight = 10;
     m_indent = 15;
 
     m_lineHeight = 10;
     m_indent = 15;


@@ -725,10 +725,10 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
     m_imageListNormal = m_imageListButtons =
     m_imageListState = (wxImageList *) NULL;
     m_ownsImageListNormal = m_ownsImageListButtons =
     m_imageListNormal = m_imageListButtons =
     m_imageListState = (wxImageList *) NULL;
     m_ownsImageListNormal = m_ownsImageListButtons =

-    m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
+    m_ownsImageListState = false;

 
     m_dragCount = 0;
 
     m_dragCount = 0;

-    m_isDragging = FALSE;
+    m_isDragging = false;

     m_dropTarget = m_oldSelection = NULL;
     m_underMouse = NULL;
     m_textCtrl = NULL;
     m_dropTarget = m_oldSelection = NULL;
     m_underMouse = NULL;
     m_textCtrl = NULL;


@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
 
     m_findTimer = NULL;
 
 
     m_findTimer = NULL;
 

-    m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
+    m_lastOnSame = false;

 
 #if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && __WXMAC_CARBON__
     m_normalFont.MacCreateThemeFont( kThemeViewsFont ) ;
 
 #if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && __WXMAC_CARBON__
     m_normalFont.MacCreateThemeFont( kThemeViewsFont ) ;


@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     SetValidator( validator );
 #endif
 
     SetValidator( validator );
 #endif
 

-    wxVisualAttributes attr = GetDefaultAttributes();    
+    wxVisualAttributes attr = GetDefaultAttributes();

     SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
     SetDefaultFont(attr.font);
     SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
     SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
     SetDefaultFont(attr.font);


@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     m_dottedPen = wxPen( wxT("grey"), 0, 0 );
 
     SetBestSize(size);
     m_dottedPen = wxPen( wxT("grey"), 0, 0 );
 
     SetBestSize(size);

-    
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxGenericTreeCtrl::~wxGenericTreeCtrl()
 }
 
 wxGenericTreeCtrl::~wxGenericTreeCtrl()


@@ -844,13 +844,13 @@ size_t wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetCount() const
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetIndent(unsigned int indent)
 {
     m_indent = (unsigned short) indent;
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetIndent(unsigned int indent)
 {
     m_indent = (unsigned short) indent;

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetSpacing(unsigned int spacing)
 {
     m_spacing = (unsigned short) spacing;
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetSpacing(unsigned int spacing)
 {
     m_spacing = (unsigned short) spacing;

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 }
 
 size_t
 }
 
 size_t


@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetWindowStyle(const long styles)
     // want to update the inherited styles, but right now
     // none of the parents has updatable styles
     m_windowStyle = styles;
     // want to update the inherited styles, but right now
     // none of the parents has updatable styles
     m_windowStyle = styles;

-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_dirty = true;

 }
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *da
 
     if (data)
         data->SetId( item );
 
     if (data)
         data->SetId( item );

-        
+

     ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->SetData(data);
 }
 
     ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->SetData(data);
 }
 


@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
                         m_normalFont.GetFaceName(),
                         m_normalFont.GetEncoding());
 
                         m_normalFont.GetFaceName(),
                         m_normalFont.GetEncoding());
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );

 
     // An item is only visible if it's not a descendant of a collapsed item
     wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem;
 
     // An item is only visible if it's not a descendant of a collapsed item
     wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem;


@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
     while (parent)
     {
         if (!parent->IsExpanded())
     while (parent)
     {
         if (!parent->IsExpanded())

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

         parent = parent->GetParent();
     }
 
         parent = parent->GetParent();
     }
 


@@ -1057,20 +1057,20 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 
     wxRect rect;
     if (!GetBoundingRect(item, rect))
 
     wxRect rect;
     if (!GetBoundingRect(item, rect))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     if (rect.GetWidth() == 0 || rect.GetHeight() == 0)
     if (rect.GetWidth() == 0 || rect.GetHeight() == 0)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     if (rect.GetBottom() < 0 || rect.GetTop() > clientSize.y)
     if (rect.GetBottom() < 0 || rect.GetTop() > clientSize.y)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     if (rect.GetRight() < 0 || rect.GetLeft() > clientSize.x)
     if (rect.GetRight() < 0 || rect.GetLeft() > clientSize.x)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {
 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );

 
     // consider that the item does have children if it has the "+" button: it
     // might not have them (if it had never been expanded yet) but then it
 
     // consider that the item does have children if it has the "+" button: it
     // might not have them (if it had never been expanded yet) but then it


@@ -1082,21 +1082,21 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );

 
     return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsExpanded();
 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {
 
     return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsExpanded();
 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );

 
     return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsSelected();
 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {
 
     return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsSelected();
 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );

 
     return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsBold();
 }
 
     return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsBold();
 }


@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parentId,
         return AddRoot(text, image, selImage, data);
     }
 
         return AddRoot(text, image, selImage, data);
     }
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
+    m_dirty = true;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker

 
     wxGenericTreeItem *item =
         new wxGenericTreeItem( parent, text, image, selImage, data );
 
     wxGenericTreeItem *item =
         new wxGenericTreeItem( parent, text, image, selImage, data );


@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::AddRoot(const wxString& text,
 {
     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_anchor, wxTreeItemId(), wxT("tree can have only one root") );
 
 {
     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_anchor, wxTreeItemId(), wxT("tree can have only one root") );
 

-    m_dirty = TRUE;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
+    m_dirty = true;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker

 
     m_anchor = new wxGenericTreeItem((wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL, text,
                                    image, selImage, data);
 
     m_anchor = new wxGenericTreeItem((wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL, text,
                                    image, selImage, data);


@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::AddRoot(const wxString& text,
     if (!HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE))
     {
         m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor;
     if (!HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE))
     {
         m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor;

-        m_current->SetHilight( TRUE );
+        m_current->SetHilight( true );

     }
 
     return m_anchor;
     }
 
     return m_anchor;


@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SendDeleteEvent(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
 {
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
 {

-    m_dirty = TRUE;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
+    m_dirty = true;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker

 
     wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
     item->DeleteChildren(this);
 
     wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
     item->DeleteChildren(this);


@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
 {
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
 {

-    m_dirty = TRUE;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
+    m_dirty = true;     // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker

 
     wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
 
 
     wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
 


@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
         // Don't silently change the selection:
         // do it properly in idle time, so event
         // handlers get called.
         // Don't silently change the selection:
         // do it properly in idle time, so event
         // handlers get called.

-        
+

         // m_key_current = parent;
         m_key_current = NULL;
     }
         // m_key_current = parent;
         m_key_current = NULL;
     }


@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
         // Don't silently change the selection:
         // do it properly in idle time, so event
         // handlers get called.
         // Don't silently change the selection:
         // do it properly in idle time, so event
         // handlers get called.

-        
+

         // m_current = parent;
         m_current = NULL;
         m_select_me = parent;
         // m_current = parent;
         m_current = NULL;
         m_select_me = parent;


@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Unselect()
 {
     if (m_current)
     {
 {
     if (m_current)
     {

-        m_current->SetHilight( FALSE );
+        m_current->SetHilight( false );

         RefreshLine( m_current );
 
         m_current = NULL;
         RefreshLine( m_current );
 
         m_current = NULL;


@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::UnselectAllChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
 {
     if (item->IsSelected())
     {
 {
     if (item->IsSelected())
     {

-        item->SetHilight(FALSE);
+        item->SetHilight(false);

         RefreshLine(item);
     }
 
         RefreshLine(item);
     }
 


@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::TagNextChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTr
     size_t count = children.Count();
     for (size_t n=(size_t)(index+1); n<count; ++n)
     {
     size_t count = children.Count();
     for (size_t n=(size_t)(index+1); n<count; ++n)
     {

-        if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select)) return TRUE;
+        if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select)) return true;

     }
 
     return TagNextChildren(parent, last_item, select);
     }
 
     return TagNextChildren(parent, last_item, select);


@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxG
     RefreshLine(crt_item);
 
     if (crt_item==last_item)
     RefreshLine(crt_item);
 
     if (crt_item==last_item)

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

 
     if (crt_item->HasChildren())
     {
 
     if (crt_item->HasChildren())
     {


@@ -1736,11 +1736,11 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxG
         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n )
         {
             if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select))
         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n )
         {
             if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select))

-                return TRUE;
+                return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-  return FALSE;
+  return false;

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItemRange(wxGenericTreeItem *item1, wxGenericTreeItem *item2)
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItemRange(wxGenericTreeItem *item1, wxGenericTreeItem *item2)


@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId,
     wxCHECK_RET( itemId.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") );
 
     m_select_me = NULL;
     wxCHECK_RET( itemId.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") );
 
     m_select_me = NULL;

-    
+

     bool is_single=!(GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTR_MULTIPLE);
     wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
 
     bool is_single=!(GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTR_MULTIPLE);
     wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
 


@@ -1779,8 +1779,8 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId,
     {
         if (item->IsSelected())
             return; // nothing to do
     {
         if (item->IsSelected())
             return; // nothing to do

-        unselect_others = TRUE;
-        extended_select = FALSE;
+        unselect_others = true;
+        extended_select = false;

     }
     else if ( unselect_others && item->IsSelected() )
     {
     }
     else if ( unselect_others && item->IsSelected() )
     {


@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId,
     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {

-        bool select=TRUE; // the default
+        bool select = true; // the default

 
         // Check if we need to toggle hilight (ctrl mode)
         if (!unselect_others)
 
         // Check if we need to toggle hilight (ctrl mode)
         if (!unselect_others)


@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId, bool select)
         wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
         wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("SelectItem(): invalid tree item") );
 
         wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
         wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("SelectItem(): invalid tree item") );
 

-        item->SetHilight(FALSE);
+        item->SetHilight(false);

         RefreshLine(item);
     }
 }
         RefreshLine(item);
     }
 }


@@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId &item)
     // We have to call this here because the label in
     // question might just have been added and no screen
     // update taken place.
     // We have to call this here because the label in
     // question might just have been added and no screen
     // update taken place.

-    if (m_dirty) 
+    if (m_dirty)

 #if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
         Update();
 #else
 #if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
         Update();
 #else


@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
     wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren();
     if ( children.Count() > 1 )
     {
     wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren();
     if ( children.Count() > 1 )
     {

-        m_dirty = TRUE;
+        m_dirty = true;

 
         s_treeBeingSorted = this;
         children.Sort(tree_ctrl_compare_func);
 
         s_treeBeingSorted = this;
         children.Sort(tree_ctrl_compare_func);


@@ -2072,8 +2072,8 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal;
     m_imageListNormal = imageList;
 {
     if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal;
     m_imageListNormal = imageList;

-    m_ownsImageListNormal = FALSE;
-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_ownsImageListNormal = false;
+    m_dirty = true;

     // Don't do any drawing if we're setting the list to NULL,
     // since we may be in the process of deleting the tree control.
     if (imageList)
     // Don't do any drawing if we're setting the list to NULL,
     // since we may be in the process of deleting the tree control.
     if (imageList)


@@ -2084,34 +2084,34 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState;
     m_imageListState = imageList;
 {
     if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState;
     m_imageListState = imageList;

-    m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
+    m_ownsImageListState = false;

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     if (m_ownsImageListButtons) delete m_imageListButtons;
     m_imageListButtons = imageList;
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     if (m_ownsImageListButtons) delete m_imageListButtons;
     m_imageListButtons = imageList;

-    m_ownsImageListButtons = FALSE;
-    m_dirty = TRUE;
+    m_ownsImageListButtons = false;
+    m_dirty = true;

     CalculateLineHeight();
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     SetImageList(imageList);
     CalculateLineHeight();
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     SetImageList(imageList);

-    m_ownsImageListNormal = TRUE;
+    m_ownsImageListNormal = true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     SetStateImageList(imageList);
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     SetStateImageList(imageList);

-    m_ownsImageListState = TRUE;
+    m_ownsImageListState = true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     SetButtonsImageList(imageList);
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
 {
     SetButtonsImageList(imageList);

-    m_ownsImageListButtons = TRUE;
+    m_ownsImageListButtons = true;

 }
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -2374,13 +2374,13 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level
             {
                 static const int wImage = 9;
                 static const int hImage = 9;
             {
                 static const int wImage = 9;
                 static const int hImage = 9;

-                
+

                 int flag = 0;
                 if (item->IsExpanded())
                     flag |= wxCONTROL_EXPANDED;
                 if (item == m_underMouse)
                     flag |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT;
                 int flag = 0;
                 if (item->IsExpanded())
                     flag |= wxCONTROL_EXPANDED;
                 if (item == m_underMouse)
                     flag |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT;

-                                            
+

                 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton
                                         (
                                             this,
                 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton
                                         (
                                             this,


@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level
                 if (HasButtons()) y_mid += 5;
 
                 // Only draw the portion of the line that is visible, in case it is huge
                 if (HasButtons()) y_mid += 5;
 
                 // Only draw the portion of the line that is visible, in case it is huge

-                wxCoord        xOrigin=0, yOrigin=0, width, height;
+                wxCoord xOrigin=0, yOrigin=0, width, height;

                 dc.GetDeviceOrigin(&xOrigin, &yOrigin);
                 yOrigin = abs(yOrigin);
                 GetClientSize(&width, &height);
                 dc.GetDeviceOrigin(&xOrigin, &yOrigin);
                 yOrigin = abs(yOrigin);
                 GetClientSize(&width, &height);


@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
         {
             // draw a line under the drop target because the item will be
             // dropped there
         {
             // draw a line under the drop target because the item will be
             // dropped there

-            DrawLine(item, TRUE /* below */);
+            DrawLine(item, true /* below */);

         }
 
         SetCursor(wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE);
         }
 
         SetCursor(wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE);


@@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
 {
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
 {

-    m_hasFocus = TRUE;
+    m_hasFocus = true;

 
     RefreshSelected();
 
 
     RefreshSelected();
 


@@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
 {
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
 {

-    m_hasFocus = FALSE;
+    m_hasFocus = false;

 
     RefreshSelected();
 
 
     RefreshSelected();
 


@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event )
 
                     // it may happen if the item was expanded but then all of
                     // its children have been deleted - so IsExpanded() returned
 
                     // it may happen if the item was expanded but then all of
                     // its children have been deleted - so IsExpanded() returned

-                    // TRUE, but GetLastChild() returned invalid item
+                    // true, but GetLastChild() returned invalid item

                     if ( !lastChild )
                         break;
 
                     if ( !lastChild )
                         break;
 


@@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
                                         wxRect& rect,
                                         bool WXUNUSED(textOnly)) const
 {
                                         wxRect& rect,
                                         bool WXUNUSED(textOnly)) const
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, _T("invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, _T("invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect") );

 
     wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem;
 
 
     wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem;
 


@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
     //rect.height = i->GetHeight();
     rect.height = GetLineHeight(i);
 
     //rect.height = i->GetHeight();
     rect.height = GetLineHeight(i);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Edit( const wxTreeItemId& item )
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Edit( const wxTreeItemId& item )


@@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameAccept(wxGenericTreeItem *item,
     le.m_item = item;
     le.SetEventObject( this );
     le.m_label = value;
     le.m_item = item;
     le.SetEventObject( this );
     le.m_label = value;

-    le.m_editCancelled = FALSE;
+    le.m_editCancelled = false;

 
     return !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) || le.IsAllowed();
 }
 
     return !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) || le.IsAllowed();
 }


@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameCancelled(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
     le.m_item = item;
     le.SetEventObject( this );
     le.m_label = wxEmptyString;
     le.m_item = item;
     le.SetEventObject( this );
     le.m_label = wxEmptyString;

-    le.m_editCancelled = TRUE;
+    le.m_editCancelled = true;

 
     GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le );
 }
 
     GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le );
 }


@@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
     if ( !m_anchor ) return;
 
     wxPoint pt = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
     if ( !m_anchor ) return;
 
     wxPoint pt = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());

-    
+

     // Is the mouse over a tree item button?
     int flags = 0;
     wxGenericTreeItem *thisItem = m_anchor->HitTest(pt, this, flags, 0);
     // Is the mouse over a tree item button?
     int flags = 0;
     wxGenericTreeItem *thisItem = m_anchor->HitTest(pt, this, flags, 0);


@@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
     if ((underMouse) &&
         (flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON) &&
         (!event.LeftIsDown()) &&
     if ((underMouse) &&
         (flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON) &&
         (!event.LeftIsDown()) &&

-        (!m_isDragging) && 
+        (!m_isDragging) &&

         (!m_renameTimer || !m_renameTimer->IsRunning()))
     {
     }
         (!m_renameTimer || !m_renameTimer->IsRunning()))
     {
     }


@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
     {
         underMouse = NULL;
     }
     {
         underMouse = NULL;
     }

-    
+

     if (underMouse != m_underMouse)
     {
          if (m_underMouse)
     if (underMouse != m_underMouse)
     {
          if (m_underMouse)


@@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
             m_underMouse = NULL;
             RefreshLine( tmp );
          }
             m_underMouse = NULL;
             RefreshLine( tmp );
          }

-         
+

          m_underMouse = underMouse;
          if (m_underMouse)
             RefreshLine( m_underMouse );
          m_underMouse = underMouse;
          if (m_underMouse)
             RefreshLine( m_underMouse );


@@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
         }
     }
 #endif
         }
     }
 #endif

-    
+

     // we process left mouse up event (enables in-place edit), right down
     // (pass to the user code), left dbl click (activate item) and
     // dragging/moving events for items drag-and-drop
     // we process left mouse up event (enables in-place edit), right down
     // (pass to the user code), left dbl click (activate item) and
     // dragging/moving events for items drag-and-drop


@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
         if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent) && nevent.IsAllowed() )
         {
             // we're going to drag this item
         if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent) && nevent.IsAllowed() )
         {
             // we're going to drag this item

-            m_isDragging = TRUE;
+            m_isDragging = true;

 
             // remember the old cursor because we will change it while
             // dragging
 
             // remember the old cursor because we will change it while
             // dragging


@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
 
                 if ( m_oldSelection )
                 {
 
                 if ( m_oldSelection )
                 {

-                    m_oldSelection->SetHilight(FALSE);
+                    m_oldSelection->SetHilight(false);

                     RefreshLine(m_oldSelection);
                 }
             }
                     RefreshLine(m_oldSelection);
                 }
             }


@@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
 
         if ( m_oldSelection )
         {
 
         if ( m_oldSelection )
         {

-            m_oldSelection->SetHilight(TRUE);
+            m_oldSelection->SetHilight(true);

             RefreshLine(m_oldSelection);
             m_oldSelection = (wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL;
         }
             RefreshLine(m_oldSelection);
             m_oldSelection = (wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL;
         }


@@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
 
         (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
         (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 

-        m_isDragging = FALSE;
+        m_isDragging = false;

         m_dropTarget = (wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL;
 
         ReleaseMouse();
         m_dropTarget = (wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL;
 
         ReleaseMouse();


@@ -3147,10 +3147,10 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
                         m_renameTimer = new wxTreeRenameTimer( this );
                     }
 
                         m_renameTimer = new wxTreeRenameTimer( this );
                     }
 

-                    m_renameTimer->Start( wxTreeRenameTimer::DELAY, TRUE );
+                    m_renameTimer->Start( wxTreeRenameTimer::DELAY, true );

                 }
 
                 }
 

-                m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
+                m_lastOnSame = false;

             }
         }
         else // !RightDown() && !LeftUp() ==> LeftDown() || LeftDClick()
             }
         }
         else // !RightDown() && !LeftUp() ==> LeftDown() || LeftDClick()


@@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
                 if ( m_renameTimer )
                     m_renameTimer->Stop();
 
                 if ( m_renameTimer )
                     m_renameTimer->Stop();
 

-                m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
+                m_lastOnSame = false;

 
                 // send activate event first
                 wxTreeEvent nevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, GetId() );
 
                 // send activate event first
                 wxTreeEvent nevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, GetId() );


@@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnInternalIdle()
 {
     wxWindow::OnInternalIdle();
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnInternalIdle()
 {
     wxWindow::OnInternalIdle();

-    
+

     // Check if we need to select the root item
     // because nothing else has been selected.
     // Delaying it means that we can invoke event handlers
     // Check if we need to select the root item
     // because nothing else has been selected.
     // Delaying it means that we can invoke event handlers


@@ -3243,8 +3243,8 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnInternalIdle()
 
     if (!m_dirty) return;
     if (m_freezeCount) return;
 
     if (!m_dirty) return;
     if (m_freezeCount) return;

-    
-    m_dirty = FALSE;
+
+    m_dirty = false;

 
     CalculatePositions();
     Refresh();
 
     CalculatePositions();
     Refresh();


@@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSubtree(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
     rect.width = client.x;
     rect.height = client.y;
 
     rect.width = client.x;
     rect.height = client.y;
 

-    Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
+    Refresh(true, &rect);

 
     AdjustMyScrollbars();
 }
 
     AdjustMyScrollbars();
 }


@@ -3378,13 +3378,13 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshLine( wxGenericTreeItem *item )
     rect.width = GetClientSize().x;
     rect.height = GetLineHeight(item); //dc.GetCharHeight() + 6;
 
     rect.width = GetClientSize().x;
     rect.height = GetLineHeight(item); //dc.GetCharHeight() + 6;
 

-    Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
+    Refresh(true, &rect);

 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelected()
 {
     if (m_freezeCount) return;
 }
 
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelected()
 {
     if (m_freezeCount) return;

-    
+

     // TODO: this is awfully inefficient, we should keep the list of all
     //       selected items internally, should be much faster
     if ( m_anchor )
     // TODO: this is awfully inefficient, we should keep the list of all
     //       selected items internally, should be much faster
     if ( m_anchor )


@@ -3394,7 +3394,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelected()
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
 {
     if (m_freezeCount) return;
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
 {
     if (m_freezeCount) return;

-    
+

     if ( item->IsSelected() )
         RefreshLine(item);
 
     if ( item->IsSelected() )
         RefreshLine(item);
 


@@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Freeze()
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Thaw()
 {
     wxCHECK_RET( m_freezeCount > 0, _T("thawing unfrozen tree control?") );
 void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Thaw()
 {
     wxCHECK_RET( m_freezeCount > 0, _T("thawing unfrozen tree control?") );

-    
+

     if ( !--m_freezeCount )
     {
         Refresh();
     if ( !--m_freezeCount )
     {
         Refresh();


@@ -3428,25 +3428,25 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Thaw()
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetBackgroundColour(colour) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
+
+    if (m_freezeCount) return true;

 
 

-    if (m_freezeCount) return TRUE;
-    

     Refresh();
 
     Refresh();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour(colour) )
 }
 
 bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
 {
     if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour(colour) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
+
+    if (m_freezeCount) return true;

 
 

-    if (m_freezeCount) return TRUE;
-    

     Refresh();
 
     Refresh();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Process the tooltip event, to speed up event processing.
 }
 
 // Process the tooltip event, to speed up event processing.

diff --git a/src/generic/vscroll.cpp b/src/generic/vscroll.cpp
index ad0951f3a7dfc87908ff27611356247e57d5ffe3..30b888bb2ea0834ba67839fa0597124f2e221d97 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/vscroll.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/vscroll.cpp
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ void wxVScrolledWindow::OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
     {
         lineFirstNew = event.GetPosition();
     }
     {
         lineFirstNew = event.GetPosition();
     }

-        
+

     else // unknown scroll event?
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown scroll event type?") );
     else // unknown scroll event?
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown scroll event type?") );

diff --git a/src/generic/wizard.cpp b/src/generic/wizard.cpp
index bceae5eb1649ee54a1cd65aa0777a2df3ef1a146..9beedbfa47197e364f7f654240c65939ad400339 100644 (file)
--- a/src/generic/wizard.cpp
+++ b/src/generic/wizard.cpp
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ public:
 
     wxSize GetMaxChildSize();
     int Border() const;
 
     wxSize GetMaxChildSize();
     int Border() const;

-    
+

 private:
     wxSize SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child);
 private:
     wxSize SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child);

-    
+

     wxWizard *m_owner;
     bool m_childSizeValid;
     wxSize m_childSize;
     wxWizard *m_owner;
     bool m_childSizeValid;
     wxSize m_childSize;


@@ -85,20 +85,20 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWizard, wxDialog)
     EVT_BUTTON(wxID_FORWARD, wxWizard::OnBackOrNext)
     EVT_BUTTON(wxID_HELP, wxWizard::OnHelp)
 
     EVT_BUTTON(wxID_FORWARD, wxWizard::OnBackOrNext)
     EVT_BUTTON(wxID_HELP, wxWizard::OnHelp)
 

-    EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
-    EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
-    EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
-    EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
-    EVT_WIZARD_HELP(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
+    EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
+    EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
+    EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
+    EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
+    EVT_WIZARD_HELP(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard, wxDialog)
 
 /*
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard, wxDialog)
 
 /*

-       TODO PROPERTIES :
-       wxWizard
-               extstyle
-               title
+    TODO PROPERTIES :
+    wxWizard
+        extstyle
+        title

 */
 
 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWizardPage, wxPanel)
 */
 
 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWizardPage, wxPanel)


@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ bool wxWizardPage::Create(wxWizard *parent,
                           const wxBitmap& bitmap,
                           const wxChar *resource)
 {
                           const wxBitmap& bitmap,
                           const wxChar *resource)
 {

-    if ( !wxPanel::Create(parent, -1) )
-        return FALSE;
+    if ( !wxPanel::Create(parent, wxID_ANY) )
+        return false;

 
     if ( resource != NULL )
     {
 
     if ( resource != NULL )
     {


@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ bool wxWizardPage::Create(wxWizard *parent,
     // initially the page is hidden, it's shown only when it becomes current
     Hide();
 
     // initially the page is hidden, it's shown only when it becomes current
     Hide();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ wxSize wxWizardSizer::GetMaxChildSize()
         m_childSizeValid = true;
         m_childSize = maxOfMin;
     }
         m_childSizeValid = true;
         m_childSize = maxOfMin;
     }

-    
+

     return maxOfMin;
 }
 
     return maxOfMin;
 }
 


@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ int wxWizardSizer::Border() const
 wxSize wxWizardSizer::SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child)
 {
     wxSize maxSibling;
 wxSize wxWizardSizer::SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child)
 {
     wxSize maxSibling;

-    
+

     if ( child->IsWindow() )
     {
         wxWizardPage *page = wxDynamicCast(child->GetWindow(), wxWizardPage);
     if ( child->IsWindow() )
     {
         wxWizardPage *page = wxDynamicCast(child->GetWindow(), wxWizardPage);


@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ wxSize wxWizardSizer::SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child)
             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }

-    
+

     return maxSibling;
 }
 
     return maxSibling;
 }
 


@@ -287,12 +287,12 @@ bool wxWizard::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                       long style)
 {
     bool result = wxDialog::Create(parent,id,title,pos,wxDefaultSize,style);
                       long style)
 {
     bool result = wxDialog::Create(parent,id,title,pos,wxDefaultSize,style);

-    
+

     m_posWizard = pos;
     m_bitmap = bitmap ;
 
     DoCreateControls();
     m_posWizard = pos;
     m_bitmap = bitmap ;
 
     DoCreateControls();

-    
+

     return result;
 }
 
     return result;
 }
 


@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddBitmapRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn)
 #if wxUSE_STATBMP
     if ( m_bitmap.Ok() )
     {
 #if wxUSE_STATBMP
     if ( m_bitmap.Ok() )
     {

-        m_statbmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, -1, m_bitmap);
+        m_statbmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, m_bitmap);

         m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add(
             m_statbmp,
             0, // No horizontal stretching
         m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add(
             m_statbmp,
             0, // No horizontal stretching


@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddStaticLine(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn)
 {
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     mainColumn->Add(
 {
 #if wxUSE_STATLINE
     mainColumn->Add(

-        new wxStaticLine(this, -1),
+        new wxStaticLine(this, wxID_ANY),

         0, // Vertically unstretchable
         wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Border all around, horizontally stretchable
         5 // Border width
         0, // Vertically unstretchable
         wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Border all around, horizontally stretchable
         5 // Border width


@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddBackNextPair(wxBoxSizer *buttonRow)
         wxALL, // Border all around
         5 // Border width
     );
         wxALL, // Border all around
         5 // Border width
     );

-    
+

     backNextPair->Add(m_btnPrev);
     backNextPair->Add(BACKNEXT_MARGIN,0,
         0, // No horizontal stretching
     backNextPair->Add(m_btnPrev);
     backNextPair->Add(BACKNEXT_MARGIN,0,
         0, // No horizontal stretching


@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn)
         );
 
     AddBackNextPair(buttonRow);
         );
 
     AddBackNextPair(buttonRow);

-    
+

     buttonRow->Add(
         btnCancel,
         0, // Horizontally unstretchable
     buttonRow->Add(
         btnCancel,
         0, // Horizontally unstretchable


@@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ void wxWizard::DoCreateControls()
     // do nothing if the controls were already created
     if ( WasCreated() )
         return;
     // do nothing if the controls were already created
     if ( WasCreated() )
         return;

-    
+

     // wxWindow::SetSizer will be called at end
     wxBoxSizer *windowSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
     // wxWindow::SetSizer will be called at end
     wxBoxSizer *windowSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);

-    
+

     wxBoxSizer *mainColumn = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
     windowSizer->Add(
         mainColumn,
     wxBoxSizer *mainColumn = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
     windowSizer->Add(
         mainColumn,


@@ -440,11 +440,11 @@ void wxWizard::DoCreateControls()
         wxALL | wxEXPAND, // Border all around, horizontal stretching
         5 // Border width
     );
         wxALL | wxEXPAND, // Border all around, horizontal stretching
         5 // Border width
     );

-    
+

     AddBitmapRow(mainColumn);
     AddStaticLine(mainColumn);
     AddButtonRow(mainColumn);
     AddBitmapRow(mainColumn);
     AddStaticLine(mainColumn);
     AddButtonRow(mainColumn);

-    
+

     // wxWindow::SetSizer should be followed by wxWindow::Fit, but
     // this is done in FinishLayout anyway so why duplicate it
     SetSizer(windowSizer);
     // wxWindow::SetSizer should be followed by wxWindow::Fit, but
     // this is done in FinishLayout anyway so why duplicate it
     SetSizer(windowSizer);


@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ void wxWizard::FinishLayout()
         wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Vertically stretchable
         m_sizerPage->Border()
     );
         wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Vertically stretchable
         m_sizerPage->Border()
     );

-    
+

     GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this);
     if ( m_posWizard == wxDefaultPosition )
         CentreOnScreen();
     GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this);
     if ( m_posWizard == wxDefaultPosition )
         CentreOnScreen();


@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void wxWizard::FinishLayout()
 void wxWizard::FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *page)
 {
     wxCHECK_RET(!m_started,wxT("wxWizard::FitToPage after RunWizard"));
 void wxWizard::FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *page)
 {
     wxCHECK_RET(!m_started,wxT("wxWizard::FitToPage after RunWizard"));

-    
+

     while ( page )
     {
         wxSize size = page->GetBestSize();
     while ( page )
     {
         wxSize size = page->GetBestSize();


@@ -490,14 +490,14 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
 
     // we'll use this to decide whether we have to change the label of this
     // button or not (initially the label is "Next")
 
     // we'll use this to decide whether we have to change the label of this
     // button or not (initially the label is "Next")

-    bool btnLabelWasNext = TRUE;
+    bool btnLabelWasNext = true;

 
     // Modified 10-20-2001 Robert Cavanaugh.
     // Fixed bug for displaying a new bitmap
     // in each *consecutive* page
 
     // flag to indicate if this page uses a new bitmap
 
     // Modified 10-20-2001 Robert Cavanaugh.
     // Fixed bug for displaying a new bitmap
     // in each *consecutive* page
 
     // flag to indicate if this page uses a new bitmap

-    bool bmpIsDefault = TRUE;
+    bool bmpIsDefault = true;

 
     // use these labels to determine if we need to change the bitmap
     // for this page
 
     // use these labels to determine if we need to change the bitmap
     // for this page


@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
              !event.IsAllowed() )
         {
             // vetoed by the page
              !event.IsAllowed() )
         {
             // vetoed by the page

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

         }
 
         m_page->Hide();
         }
 
         m_page->Hide();


@@ -537,15 +537,15 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
 
         // and notify the user code (this is especially useful for modeless
         // wizards)
 
         // and notify the user code (this is especially useful for modeless
         // wizards)

-        wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, GetId(), FALSE, 0);
+        wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, GetId(), false, 0);

         (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
         (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     // position and show the new page
     (void)m_page->TransferDataToWindow();
     }
 
     // position and show the new page
     (void)m_page->TransferDataToWindow();

-    
+

     // wxWizardSizer::RecalcSizes wants to be called when m_page changes
     m_sizerPage->RecalcSizes();
 
     // wxWizardSizer::RecalcSizes wants to be called when m_page changes
     m_sizerPage->RecalcSizes();
 


@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
     if ( m_page->GetBitmap().Ok() )
     {
         bmpCur = m_page->GetBitmap();
     if ( m_page->GetBitmap().Ok() )
     {
         bmpCur = m_page->GetBitmap();

-        bmpIsDefault = FALSE;
+        bmpIsDefault = false;

     }
 
 #if wxUSE_STATBMP
     }
 
 #if wxUSE_STATBMP


@@ -596,22 +596,22 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
     m_page->Show();
     m_page->SetFocus();
 
     m_page->Show();
     m_page->SetFocus();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxWizard::RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWizard::RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage)
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( firstPage, FALSE, wxT("can't run empty wizard") );
-    
+    wxCHECK_MSG( firstPage, false, wxT("can't run empty wizard") );
+

     // Set before FinishLayout to enable wxWizardSizer::GetMaxChildSize
     m_started = true;
     // Set before FinishLayout to enable wxWizardSizer::GetMaxChildSize
     m_started = true;

-    
+

     // This cannot be done sooner, because user can change layout options
     // up to this moment
     FinishLayout();
     // This cannot be done sooner, because user can change layout options
     // up to this moment
     FinishLayout();

-    
-    // can't return FALSE here because there is no old page
-    (void)ShowPage(firstPage, TRUE /* forward */);
+
+    // can't return false here because there is no old page
+    (void)ShowPage(firstPage, true /* forward */);

 
     return ShowModal() == wxID_OK;
 }
 
     return ShowModal() == wxID_OK;
 }


@@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ wxSize wxWizard::GetManualPageSize() const
     static const int DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT = 290;
 
     wxSize totalPageSize(DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH,DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT);
     static const int DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT = 290;
 
     wxSize totalPageSize(DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH,DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT);

-    
+

     totalPageSize.IncTo(m_sizePage);
     totalPageSize.IncTo(m_sizePage);

-    
+

     if ( m_statbmp )
     {
         totalPageSize.IncTo(wxSize(0, m_bitmap.GetHeight()));
     }
     if ( m_statbmp )
     {
         totalPageSize.IncTo(wxSize(0, m_bitmap.GetHeight()));
     }

-    
+

     return totalPageSize;
 }
 
     return totalPageSize;
 }
 


@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ void wxWizard::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(eventUnused))
     // page, but a small extra check won't hurt
     wxWindow *win = m_page ? (wxWindow *)m_page : (wxWindow *)this;
 
     // page, but a small extra check won't hurt
     wxWindow *win = m_page ? (wxWindow *)m_page : (wxWindow *)this;
 

-    wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, GetId(), FALSE, m_page);
+    wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, GetId(), false, m_page);

     if ( !win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed() )
     {
         // no objections - close the dialog
     if ( !win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed() )
     {
         // no objections - close the dialog


@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ void wxWizard::OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
         // Create and send the help event to the specific page handler
         // event data contains the active page so that context-sensitive
         // help is possible
         // Create and send the help event to the specific page handler
         // event data contains the active page so that context-sensitive
         // help is possible

-        wxWizardEvent eventHelp(wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, GetId(), TRUE, m_page);
+        wxWizardEvent eventHelp(wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, GetId(), true, m_page);

         (void)m_page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventHelp);
     }
 }
         (void)m_page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventHelp);
     }
 }